# Welcome to TempoWeave Studio **TempoWeave Studio** is the modern, cross-platform evolution of TempoWeave. While the original Windows-only version is now known as TempoWeave Classic, TempoWeave Studio runs natively on Windows, macOS, and Linux. It retains all of the powerful features users rely on, while introducing expanded capabilities. Most importantly, TempoWeave Studio preserves the familiar look and feel of TempoWeave across all platforms, ensuring a consistent experience regardless of the operating system. If you have questions or comments, you may [contact us here](https://loftyfiber.freshdesk.com/support/tickets/new).
# Getting Started with TempoWeave Documentation This documentation includes both a Navigation panel and a Search feature. On smaller screens, click the three horizontal bars icon in the upper-left corner to open the navigation panel. TempoWeave features are organized according to the menu structure to make topics easier to locate. In addition to written instructions, many features also include accompanying videos. Within TempoWeave, when you see a question mark in the upper right corner of a dialog window, click to take directly to the documentation. Also, this documentation is accessible from Help | User Guide in TempoWeave, or docs.tempoweave.com. Below the [*Help by Menu Tabs*](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu) section, you will find documentation covering [Special Topics](/special-topics/starting-a-new-draft). If you would like to browse all videos included in the documentation, they are also collected near the bottom of the navigation panel under [*Video Collection*.](/video-collection/basic-user-interface) A new section focuses on specific weave design topics using TempoWeave; this section will have mini e-learning courses and can be found on a tab at the top of the documentation called [TempoWeave Course Library.](https://docs.tempoweave.com/tempoweave-course-library/) We occasionally host free Zoom sessions covering specific topics. Let us know if there are topics you would like us to include. Recordings of some previous Zoom sessions are available here: [Recorded Zoom Sessions](/video-collection/recorded-zoom-sessions) We welcome your feedback on how we can improve the documentation or add additional videos. If you need assistance or have questions, reach out to us at . # Overview ### Jump right in (this section is under construction)

:bolt:

Welcome

Installation, Getting Started, Release Notes

/pages/7FvWQMF0kTK7HGhlQfmo

:file:

Managing Weaving Drafts

File Management, Saving, Thumbnail, Viewing, 3D Viewing

:pencil-line:

Editing DraftsDrawing Tools, Copy, Paste, Insert, Repeats, Rotate, Mirror, Turn, Tie-Up Functions

:palette:

Color ManagementYarn Color Palettes, Color Substitution, Color Repeats, Color Swaphttps://github.com/GitbookIO/gitbook-templates/blob/main/product-docs/broken-reference/README.md

:globe-pointer:

Project Planning

Sett, Dimensions, Calculations

/pages/QPzbTvC6XsT5gERiU43E

:plane-departure:

Advanced DesignSection Assembly, Netowrk Drafting, Block Substitution, Amalgamation, Interleave and Combining Drafts

:video:

Video Collection
# Installing TempoWeave Studio TempoWeave Studio runs on macOS, Windows, and Linux. This guide walks you through downloading, installing, and getting started on each platform. *** ### Downloading TempoWeave Studio Visit the TempoWeave Studio website to download the installer for your operating system. You'll see options for: * **macOS** — PKG installer (recommended — required for automatic updates) or DMG disk image (contact us) * **Windows** — Standard installer * **Linux** — AppImage (available for both x64 and arm64 processors) *** ### macOS Installation #### Using the PKG Installer (Recommended) The PKG installer is the recommended way to install TempoWeave Studio on macOS. It enables automatic updates, so you'll always have the latest version without needing to re-download. 1. Double-click the downloaded `.pkg` file 2. Follow the on-screen prompts — the installer will place TempoWeave Studio in your Applications folder 3. Open TempoWeave Studio from your Applications folder or Launchpad **First Launch on macOS** macOS may show a security prompt the first time you open TempoWeave Studio. This is normal — Apple requires all applications to be verified before running. If you see a message saying the app "cannot be opened": 1. Open **System Settings** (or System Preferences on older macOS) 2. Go to **Privacy & Security** 3. Scroll down and you'll see a message about TempoWeave Studio being blocked 4. Click **Open Anyway** You only need to do this once. After that, TempoWeave Studio will open normally every time. **Tip:** You can also right-click (or Control-click) the app and choose **Open** from the menu. This bypasses the security dialog directly. #### Using the DMG Installer If you prefer a DMG disk image: 1. Double-click the downloaded `.dmg` file to mount it 2. Drag the TempoWeave Studio icon to the Applications folder shortcut shown in the window 3. Eject the disk image 4. Open TempoWeave Studio from your Applications folder **Important:** DMG installations do not support automatic updates. You'll need to download and install new versions manually. For this reason, we **strongly** recommend using the PKG installer instead. #### macOS Compatibility TempoWeave Studio runs natively on both Apple Silicon (M1, M2, M3, M4, M5) and Intel Macs. You don't need to choose a version — the PKG installer includes support for both processor types and will use the right one automatically. *** ### Windows Installation 1. Double-click the downloaded installer 2. Follow the on-screen prompts to complete the installation 3. TempoWeave Studio will appear in your Start Menu **Windows SmartScreen** If Windows shows a SmartScreen warning ("Windows protected your PC"), click **More info** and then **Run anyway**. This can happen with newly released versions and is not a security concern. If your other anti-virus interferes with the installation, you may need to refer to your antivirus software instructions to temporarily allow installation. Once installed, TempoWeave Studio will check for updates automatically and notify you when a new version is available. *** ## Linux Installation ### System Requirements * Ubuntu 22.04 or newer (or compatible distribution) * x64 or ARM64 processor ### Step 1: Install required library AppImage files require FUSE to run. Open Terminal and run the commands for your distribution. This only needs to be done once. **Ubuntu 24.04 and newer:** ``` sudo apt install libfuse2t64 ``` **Ubuntu 22.04 / 23.10 and older, Debian 12:** ``` sudo add-apt-repository universe sudo apt install libfuse2 ``` The library was renamed starting with Ubuntu 24.04 — if one package name isn't found, try the other. **Arch Linux / Manjaro:** ``` sudo pacman -S fuse2 ``` **Fedora:** ``` sudo dnf install fuse-libs ``` Enter your password when prompted. ### Step 2: Download TempoWeave Studio Download the TempoWeave Studio AppImage from your account at tempoweave.com. ### Step 3: Make it executable Right-click the downloaded file, then Properties, then Permissions, and check "Allow executing file as program." Or in Terminal: ``` chmod +x ~/Downloads/TempoWeave*.AppImage ``` ### Step 4: Launch Double-click the AppImage file, or in Terminal: ``` ~/Downloads/TempoWeave*.AppImage ``` ### Automatic Updates After the first launch, TempoWeave will check for updates automatically. You do not need to download new versions manually. ### Troubleshooting **Nothing happens when you double-click, or you see "AppImages require FUSE to run"** — go back to Step 1 and install the FUSE library (`libfuse2t64` on Ubuntu 24.04 and newer, `libfuse2` on older releases). **Still not launching?** Run it from Terminal to see the error message: ``` ~/Downloads/TempoWeave*.AppImage ``` You can also run the app without FUSE at all: ``` ~/Downloads/TempoWeave*.AppImage --appimage-extract-and-run ``` **Using AppImageLauncher or another integration tool?** Try launching the AppImage directly from Terminal as above — integration tools sometimes interfere on newer distributions. For help, contact — include your distribution version and any Terminal output. *** ### Automatic Updates TempoWeave Studio checks for updates automatically in the background. When a new version is available, a green **Update** button appears on the right side of the application just below the ribbon. Click it to open the update dialog, which shows: * The new version number * Release notes describing what's changed * A download size estimate From there you can choose to: * **Update Now** — Downloads and installs the update, then restarts the app. If you have unsaved work, you'll be prompted to save first. * **Later** — Dismisses the notification. You'll be reminded next time. * **Skip This Version** — Won't ask about this specific version again. You'll still be notified about future versions. Update checks happen every two hours while the app is running. You can disable automatic update checks in **Settings** if you prefer to update manually. **Note:** Automatic updates require the PKG installer on macOS. If you installed from a DMG, you'll see a message suggesting you switch to the PKG installer for automatic updates. *** ### Uninstalling **macOS:** Drag TempoWeave Studio from your Applications folder to the Trash. **Windows:** Use "Add or Remove Programs" in Windows Settings, or the uninstaller in the Start Menu. **Linux:** Simply delete the AppImage file. Your settings and preferences are stored separately and are not removed when you uninstall, so if you reinstall later your preferences will still be there. *** ## Chromebook Installation TempoWeave Studio runs on Chromebooks through the built-in **Linux development environment** (sometimes called Crostini). This guide walks you through enabling Linux on your Chromebook and installing TempoWeave. ### Is my Chromebook compatible? Most Chromebooks made from 2019 onward can run Linux apps. To check: 1. Open **Settings** 2. Look for **About ChromeOS** → **Additional details** 3. Confirm your ChromeOS version is 80 or newer 4. Open **Advanced** in Settings and look for **Developers** If you see a **Linux development environment** option, you're good. If you don't see it at all, your Chromebook is too old or was sold into a school/enterprise account that restricts Linux. Ask your IT administrator, or try a different Chromebook. #### Recommended specs * **RAM**: 4 GB minimum, 8 GB recommended for larger drafts * **Storage**: At least 10 GB free on your Chromebook * **Processor**: Intel, AMD, or ARM — TempoWeave supports all three ### Step 1: Turn on Linux 1. Open **Settings** 2. Click **Advanced** in the left sidebar, then **Developers** 3. Click **Turn on** next to **Linux development environment** 4. Follow the setup wizard — accept the defaults. Choose a username (any name is fine) and allocate at least **10 GB** of disk space 5. Wait a few minutes for the setup to finish. A **Terminal** app will open when it's ready You only need to do this once. ### Step 2: Find out if your Chromebook is ARM or Intel/AMD TempoWeave Studio comes in two Linux builds — one for ARM processors and one for Intel/AMD. Most newer, lightweight Chromebooks use ARM. Most larger or higher-end Chromebooks use Intel or AMD. In the **Terminal** app, run: ``` uname -m ``` * If it says **`aarch64`** — download the **ARM64** build * If it says **`x86_64`** — download the **x64** build ### Step 3: Install the required library TempoWeave uses the AppImage format, which needs a small library called FUSE. In the **Terminal**, run: ``` sudo apt update sudo apt install libfuse2 ``` Enter your Linux password when prompted. This only needs to be done once. ### Step 4: Download TempoWeave Studio 1. Open the **Files** app on your Chromebook 2. Sign in to your account at [tempoweave.com](https://tempoweave.com) and download the Linux build that matches your architecture from Step 2 3. The file will land in **Downloads** (the ChromeOS Downloads folder, not the Linux one) #### Move the download into the Linux container Linux apps can't see ChromeOS files by default. You need to share the file with Linux: 1. In the **Files** app, find the downloaded TempoWeave AppImage 2. Right-click the file and choose **Share with Linux**, or drag it into the **Linux files** folder in the sidebar ### Step 5: Make it executable In the **Terminal** app: ``` cd ~ chmod +x TempoWeave*.AppImage ``` (If you put the file somewhere other than your Linux home folder, adjust the path accordingly.) ### Step 6: Launch TempoWeave Double-click the AppImage in the **Linux files** folder, or in the **Terminal**: ``` ~/TempoWeave*.AppImage ``` The first launch takes a few seconds longer than later launches. TempoWeave will appear in your ChromeOS app launcher after the first run, so you can pin it to your shelf for quick access. ### Working with your draft files #### Opening WIF files from ChromeOS Linux apps can only open files that live in the **Linux files** folder, or folders you've explicitly shared with Linux. To work with your WIF files: * **Easiest**: Keep your WIF files in the **Linux files** folder * **Alternative**: Right-click any folder in the Files app and choose **Share with Linux** — that folder and its contents become visible to TempoWeave #### Saving files When you save from TempoWeave, files are saved inside the Linux container by default. They show up in the ChromeOS **Files** app under **Linux files** — you can copy, email, or upload them from there. #### Google Drive and cloud storage Google Drive files don't sync into the Linux container automatically. To open a Drive file in TempoWeave, first copy it from **Google Drive** into **Linux files** using the ChromeOS Files app. ### Automatic updates TempoWeave checks for updates automatically after the first launch. Updates install in the background — you don't need to download new versions manually. ### Performance notes * **Lightweight Chromebooks** (4 GB RAM, older ARM chips) run TempoWeave fine for small to medium drafts. Very large drafts with 3D Interlacement or Cloth Simulation may feel slow. * **Higher-end Chromebooks** (8 GB+ RAM, newer chips) handle large drafts comfortably. * TempoWeave's rendering is optimized for low-end hardware — viewport culling means only visible cells are drawn. ### Known limitations on Chromebook * **Printing**: Printing from the Linux app may not reach an app that can render the PDF. In TempoWeave, every Print button — Print Threading, Print Project Report, Print Sleying Guide, etc. — generates a PDF on its own and tries to open it in your system's default PDF viewer. If you get a message that "Your file couldn't be accessed" error, that is a known Chromebook quirk where nothing opens. TempoWeave runs inside the Chromebook’s Linux container (Crostini), and it generates the PDF on the Linux side. Chrome OS's built-in viewer can't see into the Linux container's files, so the handoff fails. The fix for Chrome, is to install a Linux-native PDF viewer so the PDF opens within Linux instead of trying to cross over to Chrome OS. The easiest one: 1. Open the Linux Terminal. 2. Run: sudo apt install evince 3. Enter your password if prompted, then y to confirm. After that, click any Print button in TempoWeave and it should pop the PDF up in Evince (a clean, simple PDF reader). From inside Evince you can save the PDF to Linux files in your Files app — and from there Chrome OS can grab it to send to a real printer. * **File associations**: Double-clicking a .wif or .twa file in the ChromeOS Files app won't open TempoWeave automatically. Instead, open TempoWeave first, then use **File → Open**. * **Audio chimes**: The Weave Assistant's chime feature depends on Linux audio passthrough. On most Chromebooks this works, but if chimes are silent, try adjusting your ChromeOS volume or restart the Linux container (Settings → Developers → Linux → **Shut down**). ### Troubleshooting **"AppImages require FUSE to run"** — Go back to Step 3 and install libfuse2. **"Permission denied" when launching** — Go back to Step 5 and run `chmod +x` on the AppImage. **The app window is blank or flickers** — Restart the Linux container (Settings → Developers → Linux → **Shut down**), then try launching again. **Fonts look wrong or blocky** — Install a basic font package in Terminal: ``` sudo apt install fonts-liberation fonts-noto ``` **The app won't launch at all** — Run it from the Terminal to see the error message: ``` ~/TempoWeave*.AppImage ``` Copy the error and send it to ****. ### Getting help For Chromebook-specific issues, contact **** with: * Your Chromebook model (Settings → About ChromeOS) * The output of `uname -m` from Terminal * The error message (if any) For general TempoWeave questions, the full documentation is at [tempoweave.com](https://tempoweave.com). # License Activation TempoWeave Studio uses is a perpetual license with the option of a Pro Subscription for advanced features. When you first install the application, it runs in Demo mode. After purchasing a license, you activate your license to unlock the features included with your tier. For TempoWeave Studio Pro, once you purchase it, all of the Core features are yours perpetually. If you decide you don't want the renew the free 1-year Pro subscription that was included in your purchase, you simply need to go to your Account Settings and Cancel your Pro Subscription before it renews. If the subscription is cancelled, at the end of the term your license will revert to Core Tier. **Important: As a owner of TempoWeave Studio (any tier), you also have access to** [**TempoWeave Mobile**](https://www.tempoweave.com/tempoweave-mobile)**!** *** ### How to Tell Which Tier You're On Features that aren't available in your current tier appear dimmed (greyed out) in the ribbon. You can see them and read their tooltips, but clicking them won't do anything until you upgrade. Your current license status is shown in the **License** dialog (Help tab > License). *** ### Purchasing a Pro Subscription Pro Subscriptions are available through our online store powered by FastSpring at . When you complete your purchase, you'll receive two emails: * A **confirmation email** with your order details * A **License** **ID** — this is what you'll use to activate TempoWeave Studio Keep your confirmation email safe. If you ever need to reactivate on a new computer or after reinstalling, you'll need your License ID. *** ### Activating Your License Open the License dialog from the **Help** tab on the ribbon and click **License**. #### Automatic Activation (Recommended) This is the quickest way to activate: 1. Open the **License** dialog (Help tab > License) 2. Paste your **License ID** from your purchase confirmation email 3. Click **Validate** TempoWeave Studio will contact the licensing server, verify your License ID, and activate your license immediately. You'll see your name, email, subscription status, and renewal date displayed in the dialog. You must be connected to the internet. #### Manual Activation (do not use this option) If you've been provided a license code directly (for example, from customer support): 1. Open the **License** dialog 2. Switch to the **Manual** tab 3. Enter your **email address** and **license code** 4. Click **Activate** #### Lookup (Lost Your email with License ID?) If you can't find your License ID: 1. Open the **License** dialog 2. Click **Lookup** 3. Enter your **email address** and the approximate **order date** TempoWeave Studio will search for your subscription and help you reactivate. *** ### License / Subscription Status Your license or subscription can be in one of these states: * **Active** — Your subscription is current and all features for your tier are available. Shown with a green indicator. * **Deactivated** — Your subscription has been paused or deactivated. You can reactivate through the FastSpring customer portal. * **Canceled** — Your subscription has been canceled. Features remain available until your current billing period ends, then the app reverts to Demo mode. * **Unlicensed** — No license has been entered. The app runs in Demo mode. *** ### Pro Subscription Renewal TempoWeave Studio subscriptions renew automatically through FastSpring. You don't need to do anything — your license stays active as long as your subscription is current. The app periodically verifies your subscription status in the background (approximately once a month). This happens silently and doesn't interrupt your work. If your subscription lapses, you'll still have access to all the features listed above in Core. You can always renew your subscription at a later time. You still still get updates to all existing Core features. *** ### Managing Your License and Subscription To manage your subscription — update payment details, view invoices, pause, or cancel — click the **Manage Subscription** button in the License dialog. This opens the FastSpring customer portal in your web browser, where you have full control over your account. *** ### Moving to a New Computer To use TempoWeave Studio on a new computer: 1. Install TempoWeave Studio on the new machine 2. Open the License dialog 3. Enter your License ID and click Validate Your subscription is tied to your account, not to a specific computer, so you can activate on your new machine right away. *** ### Upgrading from Core to Pro If you're currently on Core and want to upgrade to Pro: 1. Visit the TempoWeave Studio store or contact us for upgrade options 2. Once your subscription is updated, open the License dialog in TempoWeave Studio 3. Click **Validate** to refresh your license Your Pro features will be available immediately — no need to reinstall or restart. *** ### Clearing Your License If you need to remove your license from a computer (for example, before selling or giving away the machine): 1. Open the License dialog 2. Click **Clear License** This reverts the app to Demo mode and removes your license information from that computer. *** ### Troubleshooting & Other **"My subscription shows as Deactivated"** This usually means a payment issue. Visit the FastSpring customer portal (click Manage Subscription in the License dialog) to check your payment method and update it if needed. **"Features are still greyed out after activating"** Make sure you activated with the correct subscription tier. Core and Pro unlock different feature sets. Check the License dialog to confirm which tier is active. **"I can't connect to the licensing server"** TempoWeave Studio needs an internet connection to validate your subscription. If you're offline, the app will use your last successful validation. As long as your subscription is current, brief periods without internet won't affect your access. **"I reinstalled and lost my license"** Simply re-enter your License ID in the License dialog. Your subscription is still active — you just need to tell the app about it again. If you decide you want a full refund of TempoWeave Studio (including the core) you'll still be able to open and view your drafts, but saving, exporting, and printing will be restricted until you purchase a new copy of TempoWeave Studio. # License Tiers ### License Tiers #### Demo The free demo tier. You can open and view WIF files, explore the interface, and work with a draft — but you cannot save, export, or print your work. You also have full access to the Yarn Catalog and palette tools (Clear Palette, Import/Export Yarns). Demo mode is a great way to explore TempoWeave Studio before purchasing. #### Lite The entry-level purchase. Lite unlocks the ability to save, export, and print your work. You can create and edit drafts, use Common Weaves, mark cloth sections with the Section Marker, connect a TempoTreadle to the Weave Assistant, and access the full set of drawing and manipulation tools. (The Yarn Catalog and palette tools are available in every tier, including Demo). You will find it very easy to upgrade from Lite to Core+ and you will only have to pay the difference in license cost. #### Core The Core Tier includes everything in Lite, plus additional design and planning tools for more productive weaving: * Browse Drafts and Browse Patterns * Color & Weave Explorer and AI Draft * Design Repeats and Diagonal * Add and Remove Tabby * Turn Draft and Rotate Draft * 3D Interlacement and Cloth Simulation * Cloud Share/Upload * AI Assistant * Warp Winding Plan and Weft Color Plan * Reed Calculator and Raddle Calculator #### Pro The premium tier is an annual subscription (with 1-year free). Pro includes everything in Core, plus advanced tools for experienced weavers and complex projects: * Section Assembly and Block Substitution * Treadle Reducer, Shaft Reducer, and Treadle Expander * Arrange Treadles and Arrange Shafts * Simplify Draft * Echo, Warp Amalgamation, and Warp Spread * Interleave Warp and Combine Weft * Plot on Network (Warp and Weft) * Color Repeats, Thickness Repeats, and Color Pattern Draw * Create Double Cloth * Fabric Analysis Mode * Image Center and Analyze Repeats * Prepare Threading WIF * Math Drafts * Krokbragd Designer * Commercial dobby loom connections in the Weave Assistant (Louet Megado/Octado/Magic, Leclerc Weavebird) * Weaver's Writeup (in the Project Information dialog) *** ### Feature Comparison | Feature | Demo | Lite | Core | Pro | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---- | ---- | ---- | ---------------------------------- | | **File Operations** | | | | | | Open / New / Close drafts | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Save, Save As | | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Export to TT | | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Browse Drafts / Browse Patterns | | | ✅ | ✅ | | **Printing** | | | | | | Print Threading, Treadling, Tie-Up, Drawdown, Color Card | | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Print Warp Winding Plan, Weft Color Plan, Project Report | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Print Weaver's Writeup | | | | ✅ | | **Drawing & Editing** | | | | | | Drawing tools (Straight, Freehand, Line, Point, Select) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Warp/Weft/Tie-Up manipulation (Clear, Invert, Reverse, Mirror, Shift) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Undo / Redo | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Cut / Copy / Paste / Insert | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | **Design Tools** | | | | | | Common Weaves | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Color & Weave Explorer | | | ✅ | ✅ | | AI Draft | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Diagonal | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Design Repeats | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Color Repeats | | | | ✅ | | Thickness Repeats | | | | ✅ | | Color Pattern Draw | | | | ✅ | | **Weave Manipulation** | | | | | | Convert to Liftplan / Tieup | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Tromp as Writ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Add / Remove Tabby | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Turn Draft, Rotate Draft | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Simplify Draft | | | | ✅ | | Create Double Cloth | | | | ✅ | | **Advanced Design (Pro)** | | | | | | Arrange Treadles / Arrange Shafts | | | | ✅ | | Treadle Reducer / Shaft Reducer / Treadle Expander | | | | ✅ | | Warp Amalgamation | | | | ✅ | | Echo | | | | ✅ | | Warp Spread | | | | ✅ | | Interleave Warp | | | | ✅ | | Combine Weft | | | | ✅ | | Plot on Network (Warp / Weft) | | | | ✅ | | Image Center | | | | ✅ | | Analyze Repeats | | | | ✅ | | Prepare Threading WIF | | | | ✅ | | Math Drafts | | | | ✅ | | Krokbragd Designer | | | | ✅ | | **Assembly & Sections** | | | | | | Section Marker / Variable Density | | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Section Assembly | | | | ✅ | | Block Substitution | | | | ✅ | | **View & Visualization** | | | | | | Front/Back View | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Interlacement, Thickness, Variegated, Grayscale | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Structure Only, Numeric Tie-Up, Grayscale Palette | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Show Rulers | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | View Fabric | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Zoom In / Out / Reset | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | 3D Interlacement | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Cloth Simulation | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Fabric Analysis Mode | | | | ✅ | | **Project & Planning** | | | | | | Project Info (Summary, Notes) | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Float Check | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Planning (Sizing, Yarn Requirements) | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Yarn Usage by Color | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Cloth Construction | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Reed Calculator | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Raddle Calculator | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Warp Winding Plan | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Weft Color Plan | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Weaver's Writeup | | | | ✅ | | **Yarns & Palette** | | | | | | Default Palette | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Yarn Catalog | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Clear Palette, Export/Import Yarns | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | **Window & Layout** | | | | | | Split View, Focus Mode, Full Screen | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Weave Assistant | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Weave Assistant: TempoTreadle connection | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Weave Assistant: Commercial dobby looms (Louet, Leclerc) | | | | ✅ | | **Cloud** | | | | | | Cloud Gallery: browse, download, view repositories, open shared links | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Upload to My Patterns / private share link | | ✅ | ✅ | ✅ | | Publish a draft to Public · contribute a draft to a Repository | | | ✅ | ✅ | | Create & manage your own Repository | | | | ✅ | | AI Assistant | | | | ✅ Coming Soon | *** ### How to Tell Which Tier You're On Features that aren't available in your current tier appear dimmed (greyed out) in the ribbon. You can see them and read their tooltips, but clicking them won't do anything until you upgrade. Your current license status is shown in the **License** dialog (Help tab > License). *** ### Purchasing TempoWeave Studio You can purchase through our online store at [www.tempoweave.com](https://www.tempoweave.com) which is powered by FastSpring. When you complete your purchase, you'll receive: * A **confirmation email** with your order details * A **License ID** — this is what you'll use to activate TempoWeave Studio Keep your confirmation email safe. If you ever need to reactivate on a new computer or after reinstalling, you'll need your License ID. *** # Release Notes ## TempoWeave Studio v26.803.2 ### Profile Designer — sketch your block designs The headline this release: **Profile Designer**, a design surface on the Design tab for working out block profiles before you commit to a structure. Paint blocks with live A-Z letters and per-block colors, explore **Kaleidoscope** rotation designs, stack up to **four mirrors** with dashed axis guides for eight-fold symmetry, Rotate, or press **Surprise Me** and see what happens. A live loom meter shows the shafts each weave structure would need as your design grows. When you like what you see, open it as a profile draft or send it straight into **Block Substitution** to become weavable cloth. Your work-in-progress survives closing the window for the whole session. See the new Profile Designer guide. This is a Pro-tier feature. Note Rep weave is next... ### Also working with Fiberworks or WeavePoint? TempoWeave ill now open those files directly TempoWeave Studio now opens **Fiberworks .dtx** and **WeavePoint .wpo** files directly — no working copy of the original software needed, no conversion step. Threading, tie-up or liftplan, treadling, and colors all come across. Available in every tier, on desktop and mobile alike; the first Save creates a regular TempoWeave file. WeavePoint **Complex Drafting .wpe** files open too, arriving as Pattern and Ground drafts. (Native .dtx reading was built with reference to Russell Owen's open-source dtx\_to\_wif — thank you, Russell.) ### Enhanced-quality printing and export * **Alpha letters.** Shafts and treadles past 26 continue with lowercase a-z, then cycle — and Alpha now carries into every printout, including the Full Draft, which previously fell back to blocks. * **White ends always read as ends.** Printed color cells get the same diagonal hatch the screen uses, and color bars frame near-white threads so they never vanish into the page. * **Save as Images.** The report viewer can now save any report as one PNG or JPEG per page at 150, 300, or 600 DPI — publication-ready without a conversion step. (Save as PDF remains vector and always crisp.) ### A new default palette, and palettes you can keep * **The default palette is updated**: 57 curated colors arranged like a paint-chip rack — Black, White, and Gray anchors, twelve hue families in light / mid / deep ramps, then earths, naturals, and grays. Every color is named. * **Palette sorts now look better.** Sort by Hue reads like a paint-chip display when you have enough colors: families in color-wheel order, light to dark within each, with grays and naturals gathered at the end instead of scattered — an ivory no longer files itself under yellow. * **Save Palette to My Yarns** (Yarns tab): keep the current draft's palette as a named yarn line under a My Palettes supplier — complete with color names, thickness, and variegation. Load it into any draft, share it to the cloud, or set it as your default palette in Settings. * One note: if you had picked default warp/weft colors from a yarn-line palette in Settings, re-check those two picks after updating — the built-in line's order changed with the new palette. ### New Features * **Mirror and Reverse in Section Assembly.** Every assembly entry can now run backward two ways: **Mirror** reflects about a fold line (the pivot thread weaves once — 1,2,3,4,3,2,1), while the new **Reverse** is a plain retrograde (every thread weaves — 1,2,3,4,4,3,2,1). Right-click for Toggle Reverse and Insert Reversed Copy Below alongside the mirror actions; distinct badges tell them apart in the tree. Existing drafts are untouched — every saved mirror stays a Mirror. (Requested by Russell) * **Paint All.** A new palette-sidebar button sets every warp and/or weft thread to the selected color in one step — including the colors that threads added later inherit, so it works exactly like starting the draft in that colorway. Great for testing colors on a fresh draft. Mobile gets Paint All Warp / Paint All Weft in the Yarns panel. * **Pinned thread guides.** Right-click a warp end or weft pick in Select mode to pin a colored, numbered guide line across the header and drawdown — zoom-proof markers for repeats, borders, and crop planning. Click the badge to unpin. (Thanks, Matthew.) * **The pointer tells you the mode.** Crosshair while drawing, arrow in Select mode, open hand over a draggable selection, and a paintbrush over the color bars when a color is armed — plus a friendly one-time hint if you click a color bar before picking a color. * **Hover popups show where you are.** Hovering the treadling grid now reads "Pick 12 - Treadle 3" and the threading grid "Thread 45 - Shaft 2" — the corner readout's information, right at the cursor. (Thanks, Matthew.) * **Echo can work on a selection.** Select a range of warp ends first and the Echo dialog offers to apply only to those ends. * **View Fabric save sizes.** A Full / Half / Quarter size selector next to Save keeps fabric images shareable — especially with Yarn Bloom, whose fine detail makes full-size files large. * **Thread Assistant shows floating selvedges.** Floating selvedge ends display as "FS" — no heddle, sley through the reed only — instead of a shaft number. * **Repeat Counter in the Weave Assistant.** Counts each time weaving wraps from the end of your cycle back to the start — the whole piece, or the marked section you're weaving. Unweaving across the boundary un-counts, so it's always true completed repeats, never arithmetic on pick totals. Editable (below Pick Counter 2), with the count shown as "Repeats: N" beside the pick number. (Requested at the loom.) * **Profile Designer accepts odd grids, and mirrors fold your way.** Sizes now step by one (from 3 up), and a new **Fold** selector beside the mirrors chooses how a reflection meets its axis: repeat the center block (even) or pivot on a single center block (odd) — the structure of designs like Rosalie Neilson's. The grid nudges itself one block to match your choice. Kaleidoscope joins in: odd squares rotate about their center block, which stays fixed as the design turns around it. * **Repeat Analysis sees mirrors — and your marked sections.** Symmetric drafts confused the analyzer — a perfectly mirrored draft reported "no repeat" and dozens of near-duplicate motifs. It now reports reflection axes ("MIRROR: the whole range reflects between picks 81/82"), distinguishes single-pivot mirrors from doubled-pivot reverses, and collapses nested motif echoes so the list shows real repeated units, and no longer discards a genuinely different motif just because another motif has the same size. Marked sections become first-class: each named section reports where its pattern occurs ("Motif-16: 4× — at picks 22, 48, 100, 126") and is clickable in the motif list to highlight every occurrence. The dialog also fits smaller screens (options wrap instead of clipping) and starts smaller so your draft stays visible. * **Credits.** Help tab gains a Credits screen acknowledging the open-source projects TempoWeave is built with — including Russell Owen's dtx\_to\_wif, the reference for our Fiberworks and WeavePoint readers. * **Big drafts open zoomed out and readable.** Drafts with more than 32 shafts or treadles now open auto-zoomed to fit instead of nearly blank. ### Improvements * **Back View now shows the true reverse of the cloth** — it flips the face and mirrors left-to-right, exactly as if you turned the fabric over. Drawdown and cloth views finally agree. * **View Fabric respects your loom's point of view**: Origin Side is honored (left-origin weavers see end 1 on the same side as their drawdown), and sinking-shed looms see the back of the cloth without a mirror flip. * **View Fabric remembers size setting** — Maximize it once and it opens maximized; your Repeat to Fill choice sticks between openings. * **Dialog tabs look like tabs** — a resting background, a hover tint, and a filled highlight on the selected tab, in every dialog. * **Edit Yarn dialogs fit low-resolution screens** — no more OK button living below the bottom edge. * **The Select button toggles.** Click it again to leave selection mode and return to your last drawing tool. * **Drawing drags auto-scroll** past the viewport edge, just as selection drags already did. * **Teaching Mode now gates every dialog**, not just the ribbon — simulated tiers look exactly like the real thing in class. * **Project Info Notes can grow.** A small expand button beside the Notes box triples its height for reading long notes. * **User Guide stands alone on the Help tab.** It sits in its own ribbon group, so narrow windows never bury it in an overflow menu. * **Weave Assistant counter rows fit the pane.** Pick Counter 2's Start button no longer overlaps the number field — the buttons sit on their own line beneath each counter. ### Bug Fixes * **Color Pattern Draw colors join the Active Palette properly** and swap individually — pattern-drawn threads no longer all change together in Color Swap. * **Color Swap keeps your selection valid** — swapping a color that a selection pointed at no longer offers the departed color in Exchange. * **Default palette White works again** — picking White no longer gives Yellow, and picks past it no longer shift by one. * **Echo dialog layout** — clipped labels and an overlapping checkbox fixed. * **Yarn edit labels no longer truncate** ("Yarn Thickness" has its s back). * **Fiberworks .dtx notes arrive in full.** Weaving drafts with notes longer than five lines were silently cut off on import, and files saved by the Mac edition of Fiberworks lost everything after the first line (its notes use classic Mac line endings). The whole note now lands in Project Info from either edition. (Thanks, Nancy) * **Three potential crashes fixed**: closing the app while an unsaved Image Center drawing prompted could crash on exit; View Fabric could crash on drafts built through Image Center paste and Block Substitution; and pasting into the drawdown could crash — or silently corrupt threading — when the pasted region was more complex than the loom limits allow. All three now behave. * **Section Assembly group mirrors are true mirrors.** Insert Mirrored Copy Below on a group (and Toggle Mirror on a group) dropped a whole child section from the reflected half, making the result read as a repeat. Groups now reflect every child, and the fold thread is handled at the thread level like everywhere else. The tree also makes the reversal visible: children of a mirrored group carry the same double-arrow badge, and the group is labeled "weaves children in reverse." ## TempoWeave Studio v26.726.1 ### Pattern and Ground — a new drafting mode for drawloom weaves **Pattern and Ground**, TempoWeave Studio's drafting mode for drawlooms or other weaving such as damask, lampas, beiderwand, and related complex structures, where a figure is woven on top of a ground cloth. Requires the Pro tier; see the new Pattern and Ground guide for the full story. In brief: * A **pattern harness** (up to 128 shafts or draw cords, driven by a pattern liftplan) plus up to two **ground shaft groups** with their own threadings, treadlings, and four three-state tie-ups where solid means rise, blank means sink, and a **dot delegates the decision to the figure**. Impossible cell combinations render red as conflicts instead of silently weaving something you did not design. * **The full TempoWeave toolkit works there**: drawing tools, selections and transforms (right-click or the Design tab), Design, Color, and Thickness Repeats per band, keyboard color entry, per-thread thickness, Float Check, Grid Overlay, Section Marker, Back View, View Fabric, Cloth Simulation, 3D View, and cloud sharing with full fidelity. * **Loom conventions**: shaft one top or bottom, treadle one left or right, treadling direction, and Origin Side — choosing Left mirrors the whole surface for Swedish-convention drafts. * **Project Info gains a Loom Dressing tab**: ground heddle counts per shaft, pattern cord and maillon counts with the ends each cord carries, printable from Print Center alongside new Drawplan, Tie-Up Sheet, Warp Winding, Weft Color, and Weaver Writeup reports for these drafts. * **A dedicated Weave Assistant** shows the draw cords to pull (as runs and as large chips) and the ground treadles to press, pick by pick, with section jumps and your position remembered in the draft. ### New Features * **Keyboard color entry.** Tap a warp or weft color bar to place the cursor, then type Active Palette numbers to paint colors thread by thread — no modifier keys, and the cursor advances as you type. Palette badges keep stable numbers while you work. (Customer request.) * **Image Center reads charts.** Point it at a photo or scan of a gridded chart — book pages, screenshots, even tilted phone photos — and Detect Grid traces the gridlines and samples cell by cell. Also new: paste images straight from the clipboard (including macOS screenshots or Windows Snipit), a Lock Aspect option, blank-grid start, drawing that survives re-thresholding, adjustable brush sizes, Save Image, jacquard modes, and Export TIFF. * **Deflected Double Weave** joins the Block Substitution template library — a two-shaft, two-treadle unit verified cell for cell against handwoven reference drafts. Existing template folders gain it automatically. (Thanks, Dawne.) * **Color Repeats multi-select.** Shift-click ranges and Cmd/Ctrl-click toggles in the pattern list; Remove deletes the selection at once and Move Up/Down moves it as a block. (Thanks, Teresa.) * **Pick color from screen for variegation stops.** The stop color dialog now has the same eyedropper as the yarn dialogs — build a variegated yarn straight from a photo of the skein. (Thanks, Pat.) * **Show thickness indicators setting.** The orange dots marking non-default thread thickness on the color bars can now be turned off (Settings, under Thread Markers). * **Messages from LoftyFiber.** A bell at the right end of the ribbon tab row shows news, update announcements, and tips, with an unread badge, per-message dismiss, and Dismiss All. See the Messages guide. ### Weave Assistant * **Weaving progress saves itself.** Your current pick, odometer, and counters are written into the draft file automatically — every ten picks in the background and when you close the assistant — and this works even on locked drafts, touching only the weaving-progress section of the file. A power failure now costs you at most ten picks of position. (Thanks, Lee.) * **Project Info changes reach an open assistant immediately** — apply a new density and the Woven Length numbers update without reopening. ### Improvements * **macOS runs cooler.** Idle processor use dropped from partial core to nearly zero, and two rare freezes (extreme zoom-out on very large drafts, and with Show Thickness off) are fixed. ### Bug Fixes * **License validation unlocks features immediately** — no more restarting TempoWeave after entering a license. This one had persisted through an earlier fix attempt; it is truly gone now. * **The screen eyedropper picks true colors.** A red/blue channel swap made blues sample as browns and teals as mustards; both the picked color and the magnifier preview are now correct everywhere the eyedropper appears. (Thanks, Pat.) * **Design Repeats keeps Warp and Weft straight.** The Advanced tab sometimes showed the wrong axis label and values after switching the radio buttons. * **Generate with warp-only sections** no longer collapses the weft to a single pick. (Thanks, Russell.) * **Image Center no longer crashes** after clearing thumbnails or resizing on macOS. * **Dobby looms disconnecting mid-session no longer raise errors.** Unplugging the USB cable or powering off a Louet or Weavebird loom while the Weave Assistant is open is now handled quietly; reconnect and keep weaving. ## TempoWeave Studio v26.712.1 ### New Features * **Print Center.** All printing now lives in one place: the backstage Print tab is a master-detail Print Center — pick a report on the left (Draft, Plans, Project groups), set only the options that apply to it on the right, and print. On macOS the File menu has a single Print… (Cmd+P) that opens it. * **Full Draft report.** A new report prints the draft the way you see it on screen — threading, tie-up, treadling/liftplan, and drawdown together, with include toggles for each area, as-displayed or structural black-and-white rendering, fit-to-page or exact-size scaling with a live page estimate, and warp/weft counts that default to what is visible at your current zoom. * **Repeat to Fill in View Fabric.** A new checkbox tiles your cloth seamlessly to fill the window at any zoom — see yardage, not just one repeat. Instant even on very large drafts. (Thanks, Russell.) * **Generated drafts remember your sections.** Generate from Section Assembly now writes named section markers into the new draft at their exact positions — repeated sections get one marker per repeat (Body 1/9 through Body 9/9), and mirrored sections are tagged. Navigate, thread, weave, and print by the plan you designed instead of counting threads. (Thanks, Russell.) * **TempoTreadle Connectivity.** The Weave Assistant's TempoTreadle connection is now available in every copy of TempoWeave Studio — pair the box, and your loom advances the pattern as you treadle. * **Doubleweave construction type.** Project Info - Cloth Construction can now designate a draft as Doubleweave; View Fabric and Cloth Simulation start with the Double Weave checkbox on for designated drafts. The checkbox itself remains available on any draft. ### Weave Assistant * **New View menu on the toolbar** gathers the display toggles in one place: treadle overlay, large overlay, Next and Prev preview lines, interlacement rendering, color change alert, and the treadling panel. (The Settings Display card retired in its favor.) * **Pick Counter 1 and Pick Counter 2.** The odometer and trip meter are now named as a pair, and the Length Calculator lets you choose which counter feeds its Picks value. * **Reverse shows red.** The direction pill turns red in Reverse so you cannot miss it — and flipping direction now repositions sensibly: switching to Reverse steps back to the last pick you wove, switching to Forward steps ahead to the next one, wrapping at section boundaries. * **Zoom moved to the top bar**, clearing the Section selector's space on the toolbar. * **Tune mode is labeled.** The tune grid shows your treadle numbers — using the mapped numbers when you have remapped, with a red X over positions mapped OFF — and tapping Done with a box connected drops you straight into Weave mode. ### Improvements * **Selection modifier fix**: Option/Alt (not Shift) now inverts between Region and Full selection, so it no longer collides with Shift-extend. * **Section Assembly: the Del button now serves the Available Sections list too** — whichever list you clicked last is the target. Every delete confirms by name first, and deleting a section still referenced by the assembly warns with the use count (the assembly entries keep working). * **Section Assembly: Order and Repeat columns** now appear in the same order across the Warp, Weft, and Colors tabs, with Order first. * **Override Woven Length keeps its decimals** in Project Planning — 16.5 no longer displays as 17. (#326) * **Tie-up numbers scale correctly in printed reports**, and the **Weaver's Writeup can attach PDFs**. ### Bug Fixes * **Section Mirror only removes the pivot thread at a true fold.** A mirrored section that does not directly follow its forward twin now keeps its first thread — standalone mirrors are a plain reverse, and mirrored group tails no longer lose a thread each. (#332) * **Section Assembly no longer crashes ("Row is not realized")** when editing the Order column repeatedly. * **Weaver's Writeup honors the Marked Sections Only flags** in its embedded threading and treadling reports. (#331) * **Fabric Analysis works on drawn cloth**: analyzing a draft whose cloth was drawn directly (no threading/treadling yet) now derives the structure instead of returning nothing. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.708.1 ### New Features * **Gradient tool.** Build stepped color gradients across the warp, the weft, or any selected range — from the Yarns menu, Design ▸ Repeats, or the palette sidebar. Choose Linear, Curve, Fibonacci, Dither, or Mix distributions, adjust the Transition slider, and Mirror the result. Blending is perceptual (OKLab) so the steps look even to the eye, and Snap to Yarn Colors matches every step to real yarns from the Yarn Catalog or My Yarns (with supplier/line filtering). One undo step; in-window undo/redo while you experiment. Lite+. * **Share My Yarns.** Publish your My Yarns list to the TempoWeave cloud — all of it, or just the yarns you have selected — and get a short TW-XXXXX code to hand to another weaver. They enter the code under Get Shared Yarns and choose to merge into (or replace) their own My Yarns. Colors and yarn details travel; publishing requires Lite or above. * **Block Substitution supports liftplan drafts.** Liftplan profile drafts now generate correctly (previously the treadling came out empty), output returns as a liftplan for dobby looms, and multi-treadle profile picks are honored. Summer and Winter templates now work from liftplan profiles. (Thanks, Teresa.) * **Add Tabby works on liftplan drafts.** Tabby picks insert directly into the liftplan, with lift sets derived from the threading — the correct tie-down vs pattern tabby for Summer and Winter — and Block Substitution passes each template's exact tabby lifts through. * **Section Assembly: "Use" checkboxes and saved groups.** Check exactly which assembled sections Generate should include (warp, weft, and color trees) with Select All / Deselect All and tri-state group cascade — then save any checked combination as a named group under Generated Drafts for reusable recipes inside one library draft. State saves in the TWA. (#311) * **Section Assembly: multi-select.** Cmd/Ctrl/Shift-click sibling rows for bulk Delete, Copy/Cut/Paste, Duplicate, Toggle Mirror, and block Move Up/Down — plus Insert Mirrored Copy Below to mirror a whole selected run (A, B, C becomes A, B, C, C', B', A'). (#321) * **Yarn Catalog: multi-select.** Select many yarns at once and Copy to Palette or Copy to My Yarns in one step. (#309) * **Eraser mode.** A new Drawing Tools mode makes the drawing tools clear instead of set — composes with Point, Freehand, Straight, and Line. Built for weavers working without a right mouse button. (#308) * **Double-click clears** a tie-up, threading, or treadling/liftplan entry — same as right-click, for trackpads and touch. (#299) * **Arrange Shafts and Arrange Treadles preview live.** Every drag updates the real draft as you reorder; Save commits one undo entry, Cancel or Esc restores the draft exactly. (#310) * **Export Bitmap: native 1-bit TIFF and BMP** for TC2 jacquard looms — no more conversion step in an image editor. * **Settings ▸ "Confirm before delete operations."** On by default; turn it off to delete threads, picks, and sections immediately and let undo be the safety net. (#307) * **System Info now reports Graphics** — the active renderer, the software-rendering setting, and your GPU model and driver — for faster support diagnosis. (#313) * **Built-in report viewer.** Reports and PDFs (Weaver's Writeup, Yarn Usage, and friends) now open in an in-app viewer with printing that works the same on macOS, Windows, and Linux. * **Tie-Up print: size presets and multi-page tiling.** Choose a cell-size preset, and large tie-ups tile cleanly across multiple pages instead of shrinking to fit one. * **Grid Overlay: per-canvas settings.** Row, column, and color grid-overlay options can now be set independently for each of the four panes (drawdown, threading, treadling, tie-up). ### Thread Assistant * **Heddle Count card.** The whole-draft heddles-per-shaft table (the same numbers as Project Info ▸ Heddle Count) now lives right in the assistant's settings, so you can pre-pull heddles without leaving the threading bench. * **Tie-Up card.** Each treadle listed with the shafts it is tied to — check or tie up the loom from the same panel. * **Settings are collapsible cards** — the everyday setup (Direction, Group size, Starting thread) starts open, everything else tucks away. * **Group size now goes to 16** ends per group, and the color discs flow onto a second row when one row will not fit. * **Threaded discs keep their true yarn color.** The green checkmark badge is the only "done" indicator — no more faded discs reading as a different yarn. * **Clearer direction labels.** The right-to-left direction now reads "Left ← Right" with the arrow showing the direction of travel, and Prev/Next lost their confusing arrows. ### Weave Assistant * **Treadles overlay understands your Treadle Mapping.** Boxes are laid out by physical position and labeled with the treadle each position acts as; positions mapped OFF draw as an inert ✕ — or hide them entirely with the new "Hide OFF treadles" checkbox in the Treadle Mapping dialog. With no mapping, nothing changes. * **Steady TempoTreadle connection while idle.** The app now heartbeats the box continuously, so the connection no longer drops every few seconds while you wind bobbins or step away — and battery/signal readings refresh every couple of seconds as a bonus. * **Woven Length panel.** See your project density, picks woven so far, and the theoretical woven length at a glance — plus a calculator: measure a stretch of real cloth, enter the length and picks, and get your actual beat density. The Picks field follows the live pick as you weave, and your figures persist in the file. * **Prev and Next arrows point the way the picks actually move** (▲ Prev / Next ▼). * **Weave Assistant view preferences stick.** The Prev/Next rows, Large overlay mode, and threading-panel visibility now survive an app restart. * **Woven Picks** and separate **Pick Counter** added. ### Improvements * **View Cloth: Double Weave is a per-draft session choice.** The checkbox remembers your preference for each draft while it is open, and is never written to the file. (#323) * **Section Assembly editing polish.** Repeat and Order cells edit on a single click with the value pre-selected; Enter commits (no more Tab requirement); scrollbars no longer cover the last row; Cmd/Ctrl C/X/V work in the panel. (#303, #304, #305) * **"Change Face" is now "Change Face (invert black/white)"** everywhere, so the liftplan inversion is findable. (#306) * **Printed reports: variegated yarns show honestly.** Color bars for variegated yarns print a variegation-in-context band alongside the yarn's identity color, instead of a single misleading swatch. * **Project Notes: the 5-line cap is gone** — long notes round-trip intact. * **Paused subscriptions validate gracefully.** A paused TempoWeave Pro subscription now drops the license to Core/Demo instead of being rejected outright. * **Yarn Catalog: Euroflax 14/2 line added** with its full color list. * **Broken Twill repeat lock** in Common Weaves. (#315) * **Common Weaves: Replace Color.** (#316) * **Yarn Usage warns when warp length looks off.** (#300) ### Bug Fixes * **Shaft Reducer never changes the cloth.** The reducer now treats the unique lift patterns as a hard floor and, with "Allow multi-treadle" checked, produces a lossless direct tie-up — previously it could quietly alter the drawdown. Found on both desktop and mobile; fixed everywhere. * **View Cloth showed an empty cloth for multi-treadle drafts** — for example after Convert to Tieup followed by Treadle Reducer. The cloth extent scan now understands multi-treadle treadling. * **Weave Assistant no longer skips a pick after the Louet Megado sleeps** — the wake-up pedal stroke re-arms the current pick instead of advancing past it. (#301) * **Warp/weft headers could show a blank strip** after resizing or maximizing the window while zoomed, until a scrollbar was clicked. * **False "unapplied changes in the Weaver's Writeup" warning** when closing Project Info without editing anything. (#296) * **The report viewer opened behind modal dialogs** — Print Weaver's Writeup from Project Info now brings the PDF viewer to the front, and it stays open when the dialog closes. * **Section Assembly checkbox state could block Generate** — stale group flags no longer prune checked sections; what the checkboxes show is what generates. * **Blurry, stripey drawdown when zoomed far out** — the overview rendering is crisp again (an Avalonia 12 bitmap regression). * **Yarn Catalog: Copy to My Yarns kept the folder hierarchy** even when no target folder was selected. * **Crash fixes:** WIF browser double-close; temporary-file collision when printing the same draft twice; Windows software-rendering wiring and Esc now cancels modal dialogs. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.624.2 ### New Features * **Reopen tabs from last session.** A new Settings option restores the tabs you had open when you last quit — start at your computer and pick up where you left off. * **Export Bitmap.** **File ▸ Export ▸ Export Bitmap** saves the drawdown as a 1-pixel-per-thread PNG — warp threads wide × weft picks tall, black where the warp is on top — for documentation, Jacquard, TC2, and image-based workflows. * **Name Draft generator.** A new entry under **Design ▸ Weave Explorer ▸ Name Draft** turns a name or phrase into a 4-shaft overshot draft. Choose an encoding — Alphabet (the classic AEIMQU scheme), Reverse, Zigzag, or a regenerable **Random** — plus a **Star/Rose** tie-up and an assembly option (one repeat, repeat+repeat, repeat+reverse symmetrical, reverse+reverse). The draft updates **live** on the canvas as you type, and a "keep it weavable" option inserts incidental threads so the letters never make long floats. The one-repeat output doubles as a profile draft for Block Substitution. Tier Lite+. * **Math Drafts.** **Design ▸ Weave Explorer ▸ Math Drafts** generates weave patterns from mathematical structures — Cellular Automata, Pascal's Triangle, Modular Arithmetic, Prime Sieve, Fibonacci, Lissajous, Magic Square, and the Hilbert Curve. Each is now produced as a real, weavable twill-based structure (with an adjustable shaft count) instead of an unweavable raw image. Tier Lite+. ### Improvements * **Double Weave in View Cloth, reworked.** A color-free **structural engine** renders both faces of block and multi-block doubleweave correctly — colorful gamps now read right on the front *and* the back — and a rigorous **4×4-quadrant "plain-weave-per-layer" detector** recognizes doubleweave and turns the view on for you automatically. * **Block Substitution: apply-time tabby treadling.** Templates that declare tabby treadles now prompt after Apply to add tabby treadling (with the same options as Tools → Add Tabby), so tabby is a choice rather than baked in. Also: a doubleweave layer-exchange tie-up option, two new Quigley templates (Diamond and Point), and several treadle-prediction fixes. (#271) * **Recent Designs greys out unreachable files** (offline share / unplugged drive) instead of dropping them — they stay clickable and un-grey when the drive comes back, re-checked each time the File menu opens. (#278) * **Weave Explorer generators** now show an "Applies to Current Draft Window" label so it's clear where the result lands. (#284) * **macOS update heads-up.** A short notice now appears before the system password / permission prompt during an update, so the OS prompt isn't a surprise. * **Weave Assist - TempoTreadle** automatically recovers half-open Wi-Fi connections instead of hanging. * Removed the legacy WIF parser and its setting. ### Bug Fixes * **Yarns that share a color are no longer merged on save.** Two yarns with the same color but different thickness or name (e.g. *Skinny White* and *Thick White*, both FFFFFF) kept their own identity through save-and-reopen — previously every thread collapsed onto the first yarn. (Thanks, Russell.) * **Changing a thread's color no longer disturbs its thickness, and editing a yarn now updates the cloth.** Setting a color to white (or any palette color) stopped wrongly overwriting a thickness you'd set by hand, and editing a yarn's thickness — or recoloring with Color Repeats — now updates every thread that uses it. Governed by the **Sync Thickness** toggle. (#277, #278) * **Saving to an offline or asleep network location no longer hangs the app.** Save and Save As now check the destination is reachable and write off the UI thread, so you get a clear "destination unavailable" message instead of a "not responding" freeze. (#278) * **Old drafts no longer show yarn thickness 16.** A legacy yards-per-pound value was being misread as thickness; out-of-range values are now ignored, with a **Reset Yarn Thickness** action to restore the project default. (#291, #276) * **Color Pattern Draw no longer carries into a generated draft.** It's switched off before generating in Block Substitution, Section Assembly, Common Weaves, Name Draft, Math Drafts, and Krokbragd, so the generated draft behaves normally. (#293, #270) * **Color-Weave Explorer: Mirror no longer drops a color** from the mirrored tail. (#286) * **Doubleweave detection in View Cloth no longer false-positives on turned twills**, and a doubleweave draft now renders correctly on the first open — no plain-then-doubleweave flash or double render. * **Krokbragd designer no longer tags an unrelated draft** just because you opened the designer by accident; a new **Clear** button removes the "Generated from a Krokbragd design" tag without touching your threading or treadling. (#275) * **Palette Hue sort** no longer lumps neutrals (grays, black, white) in among the reds — the color-wheel order reads cleanly. Applies to the palette panel and the Yarn Catalog. * **Thread Assistant** asks for confirmation before "Unmark All Threads", so you can't wipe your threading progress by accident. (#273) ## TempoWeave Studio v26.614.1 ### New Features * **Deflected Double Weave generator.** A new entry under **Common Weaves → Block Weaves** parameterized for 2/4/6/8 blocks (using the Madelyn van der Hoogt template from *Handwoven* Jan/Feb 2007). Independent threads-per-block and picks-per-block, plus dark/light palette pickers. Also selectable from the **Color & Weave Explorer**'s Weave Structure dropdown, where it pairs with the new dynamic color slots for per-block coloring. * **Section Assembly: Mirror.** Right-click any entry in the Warp, Weft, or Color Assembly tree to **Toggle Mirror** or **Insert Mirrored Copy Below**. Mirrored entries emit their threads/picks in reverse at apply time so you can collapse symmetric border patterns (e.g. Davison's *Squares with Borders* like Norse Kitchen) to a single Selvage/Border/Corner Block + a mirrored reference. Groups mirror recursively (visit children in reverse, XOR each child's mirror flag) with universal pivot suppression — the last child of a mirrored group is treated as the fold line and appears once, not twice. A ↔ icon and "(mirrored)" suffix on each row makes mirrored entries scan at a glance. Round-trips cleanly through TWA save/load; older app versions read newer TWAs without issue (mirror flag silently dropped). * **Block Substitution: Edit Template WIF (✎) + Reset to Bundled (↺).** Two new buttons in the Edit Templates dialog. ✎ opens the selected template's WIF in a new tab so you can tweak threading/treadling/tieup directly — no more hunting for the hidden `_blocktemplates` folder (especially valuable on macOS where Application Support folder is invisible). The ↺ button restores a bundled template's WIF from the version that shipped with the app; auto-hidden for user-added templates. * **Block Substitution: 5 new weave types.** Bateman, Crackle, 3 Tie, 4 Tie, and Diversified Plain join the existing Bronson / Huck / Overshot / Summer & Winter / etc. categorization in the template editor. Asked for by weavers in the international Complex Weavers community. * **Block Substitution Authoring Guide.** New `docs/block-substitution-authoring-guide.md` — a deep-dive companion to the user-facing guide. 10 sections + a copy-pasteable minimal template skeleton: where templates live per-platform, anatomy of a template WIF (with the private `*WarpPattern` / `*TieShafts` markers), anatomy of a catalog row, flag-by-flag output-sizing math (`PatWarpStep`, `PatWarpWrap`, `WeftBackground`, Huck A/B/C/D), edit-bundled and build-new walkthroughs, the catalog of every bundled template, and a troubleshooting playbook. * **Warp / Weft header selection: auto-scroll past edges + Shift+click extend.** Drag a selection past the visible warp or weft header edge and the canvas scrolls to follow, letting the selection grow into off-screen threads/picks. Shift+click extends an existing selection to the clicked point — standard macOS conventions. Shift while dragging still inverts Full ↔ Region selection mode. * **Tab right-click: Reveal in Finder / Show in Explorer / Open Containing Folder.** A new entry under Duplicate in the document tab's right-click menu jumps to the file in your system file manager — `open -R` on macOS, `explorer /select,` on Windows, `xdg-open` on the containing directory on Linux. Disabled for unsaved or preview tabs. * **Reveal Folder for Block Substitution templates.** The Block Substitution panel's existing folder-open behavior — gets you to the user-writable templates folder on each platform so you can drop WIFs in by hand if you prefer. * **Weft Style: Alpha (A–Z by treadle).** Alpha joins Block, Numeric, and Color in the Weft Style ribbon group — same letter convention the Warp Style group has had. Print Threading, Treadling, and Tie-Up documents honor the new Alpha setting in their printed output. * **Default Selection Mode: independent settings for Warp/Weft vs Tie-up.** Settings now has two separate Region/Full radio groups in the same box, one for the warp/weft headers and one for the tie-up — so you can run Warp/Weft as Full while keeping Tie-up as Region (or vice versa). Tie-up Full uses drag-direction lock: first axis of pointer movement after the click picks whether you're selecting a full treadle column or a full shaft row. ### Improvements * **Common Weaves dialog defaults to 300×300 warp threads / weft picks** regardless of the current canvas, so structures generate at a generous preview size instead of being cramped by a small starter draft. * **Color & Weave Explorer: dynamic color slots (+/− buttons).** Click **+ Color** to add a slot (up to 8 total — enough for an 8-block DDW). Each slot row gets a **−** to remove (minimum 2 slots stays). Both the slot ComboBox in the warp/weft sequence rows and the shorthand parser pick up newly-added slots; the **Random colors** button assigns palette colors to every active slot. Picking a different preset still resets to that preset's default slot list, so weavers don't accidentally inherit slots from a prior session. * **Color & Weave Explorer: dropdowns sorted alphabetically.** The Preset dropdown sorts A→Z with **None** pinned at the top; the Weave Structure dropdown sorts the same way with **Current Project** pinned at the top. * **Color & Weave Explorer: project-size–aware previews and apply.** The dialog now reads the actual threaded extent (via `GetActualWarpThreads()` / `GetActualWeftPicks()`) instead of the high-water marks (which inflate to 500/1000 for scrolling padding). Empty drafts fall back to 300×300. Apply now respects the dialog's target size so applying to a small starter project doesn't silently inflate it to the padded extent. * **Section Assembly panel: Name column resizable + persistent.** The Name column was Star-width, so every Refresh / Move Up / Delete / etc. snapped it back to fill remaining space, ignoring drag-resizes. Now a regular pixel column (default 200 px) you can resize like the other columns; widths survive refreshes and app restarts. * **Section Assembly: multi-duplicate via End thread + Delete key.** Duplicate Section now accepts a number of consecutive copies via the End thread field, and the Delete key removes a selected available section. The auto-`(copy)` suffix is gone — the prefilled name stays editable from the original. * **Window auto-fit on macOS / multi-monitor: View Fabric / Cloth Simulation / 3D Weave.** All three windows now clamp to the screen the weaver is on, with a \~60 px chrome reserve so the title bar never overhangs the menu bar. Multiple weavers reported the View Fabric top edge sliding off-screen on smaller displays. * **Selection Mode Full Shaft / Treadle selection paints on press, not on first drag.** Full mode used to render a 1-cell flash and only expand to the full band on the first move event. Click now paints the full row/column immediately. The tie-up gained Full-mode support too, with drag-direction lock — first axis of movement picks a row (full shaft) vs column (full treadle). * **Header canvases skip the hover tooltip during a drag** so the section lookup doesn't visibly slow down selection on projects with many marked sections. * **Block Substitution panel: horizontal scrollbar no longer hides the last row.** macOS overlay scrollbars now reserve their own row instead of floating on top of the bottom entry. * **Block Substitution Type field: store the canonical locale key, not the rendered label.** Editing a template in one language and reopening in another no longer breaks the Type dropdown. * **Block Substitution: smaller drafts supported.** Project Settings shafts/treadles minimum lowered from 2 to 1 so template WIFs with a single shaft/treadle can be authored. The drawdown's display floor also drops to 1 so a 1-shaft project doesn't render 2. * **Block Substitution: smarter output sizing.** The generator now uses the *used* profile shafts/treadles instead of the canvas's configured `actualShafts/actualTreadles`, so headroom in the profile doesn't multiply through as empty padding. * **Block Substitution: Reveal Folder + Quigley Diamond / Quigley Point templates** added to the bundled set. The new `sync-bundled-templates.sh` script promotes templates added or edited in-app from the per-user folder into the source tree's bundled folder so they reach published builds. * **Sleying Guide: section-aware row splits.** Sections that span density boundaries now show the right per-section counts in the print output. (#264) * **Save: treat OS-temp-dir-backed docs as untitled.** Block Substitution Apply (and similar preview flows) was creating documents backed by a temp-file path; Save was honoring that path silently, dropping the file into `/var/folders/...`. Save on those tabs now routes through Save As so weavers pick a real location. * **Weft Style ribbon group: 2-column grid stays 3 rows tall** so adding Alpha didn't make the group push neighbors around. ### Bug Fixes * **Block Substitution: generated draft now preserves palette names and variegation.** The generator was copying RGB values but losing color names, yarn line, yarn thickness, sett data, and variegation profiles. The output WIF now includes those private metadata sections too. * **Mirror Selection / Mirror All (warp + weft): drop the duplicated pivot.** A,B,C now produces A,B,C,B,A as the docs always said — the previous code was emitting A,B,C,C,B,A. * **Color picker palette identity preserved on hex edit.** Typing a hex that matches the currently-selected color no longer collapses it back to a custom-color entry. (#268) * **Section Assembly: assembly tree column widths preserved through edits** when one column briefly reports an unmeasured ActualWidth — the capture used to bail on the whole row and fall back to defaults. ## TempoWeave Studio v26.606.1 ### New Features * **Section Assembly: Duplicate Section.** A new **Duplicate Section…** entry on the Available Sections right-click menu opens the Section Editor prefilled from the selected section. Change the starting thread; the ending thread auto-tracks so the new section keeps the source's thread count. Edit the ending thread directly to override the auto-track and shape the duplicate to a different size. The source's variable-density override and notes are copied to the new section. Faster than copy/paste-ing a thread range on the canvas when you need another section of the same length elsewhere. * **Export to WIF (separate from Export to TT).** The Export backstage panel now offers two distinct entries. **Export to TT** is unchanged — it produces a WIF tailored for the TempoTreadle device (17-character filename cap, lines longer than 78 characters stripped, plus the `.TTC`, `.ini`, and `.bmp` companion files the device needs). The new **Export to WIF** writes a plain WIF for handing off to other weaving software — no filename limit, no line filtering, no companion files. Pick the one that matches the receiving program. ### Improvements * **`.twa` (TempoWeave file format) is now the main project file in every dialog and toast.** Save As asks for "TempoWeave Project (\*.twa)"; Open prefers `.twa` (with `.wif` still available as a secondary filter); the post-save toast reads "Saved MyDraft.twa". By default, the companion `.wif` sidecar is still created and controlled by **Settings → Application → Write companion .wif file when saving** and remains the right choice when you regularly hand off `.wif` files to other software. * **Section Marker hover combines thread and section info in one tooltip.** When **Show Section Highlights** is on and you hover a thread inside a marked section, the tooltip shows the thread/color info AND a "Section: name / Location: start–end / Threads: N" block in the same tip — previously the section info replaced the thread info, or didn't appear at all if the Section Marker tool toggle was off. The Show Section Highlights checkbox is now the sole gate; the marker tool toggle no longer affects the tooltip. * **Variable Density (cram-and-dent) feature documented.** The per-section EPI/PPI override has been shipping for some time but only appeared in the WIF spec and release notes. The Section Markers guide now has a dedicated section explaining how to enable it, the higher-index-wins overlap rule, how it changes View Fabric / Cloth Simulation rendering, and the Calculated EPI/PPI display in Project Info. Cross-references added in the View Fabric, Cloth Simulation, and Project Information guides. * **Krokbragd Designer: Add Row, used-colors list, and toolbar lifted out of the scroll pane.** They stay visible no matter how many rows you scroll through. Closing the designer with unsaved changes now marks the doc modified so you don't lose work. (#260, #261) * **Weave Assistant ribbon polish.** New shuttle and threading-hook icons; the group's buttons are sized so they no longer clip on narrower windows; Help re-homed to a more natural position in the group. * **Variable Density (cram-and-dent) feature documented.** The per-section EPI/PPI override has been shipping for some time but only appeared in the WIF spec and release notes. The Section Markers guide now has a dedicated section explaining how to enable it, the higher-index-wins overlap rule, how it changes View Fabric / Cloth Simulation rendering, and the Calculated EPI/PPI display in Project Info. Cross-references added in the View Fabric, Cloth Simulation, and Project Information guides. * **More strings translated to Spanish, German, and French.** Save / Open / Export dialog titles and toasts, the section-hover tooltip labels, and the Duplicate Section flow now go through the localization system instead of being hardcoded English. ### Bug Fixes * **Turn Draft + Save no longer loses the turned draft when the companion `.wif` setting is off.** *This was only an issue if the weaver chose to not create WF files during save.* Previously the `.twa` was bundled by reading whatever `.wif` was on disk — which for Save still contained the original unturned draft, and for Save As didn't exist at all (producing a `.twa` with no main WIF entry and a blank draft on reopen). The bundle now serializes the live in-memory state to a temp file before zipping, independent of the companion-`.wif` setting. * **Cloud upload (Share Pattern, Add to Repository, Upload Current to Cloud) now flushes unsaved edits before uploading.** Previously these uploaded whatever was on disk at the tab's saved path, so any in-memory edits since the last save were silently dropped from the uploaded copy. The upload flow now saves first (prompting Save As if the file is untitled), then uploads. Cancel the save and the upload also aborts. * **Option to supress `.wif` files appearing next to opened `.twa` projects.** With companion-`.wif` off, opening a `.twa` used to plant a `.wif` sidecar in the project folder anyway (the open-time extraction wrote there before loading). The embedded WIF is now extracted to a temp path, loaded, and deleted — your folder stays clean. * **Paste: cursor position honored on a second paste.** A second paste after an intervening click was using the stale earlier selection instead of the cursor's current position. Paste now honors the most recent click. (#262) * **Fill Weft dialog no longer crashes** with a `TargetInvocationException` on certain combinations of starting pick and direction. * **Weft grid-overlay rendering corrected in the Bottom-to-Top draft style.** Grid lines were drawn against the wrong baseline so they didn't line up with cell boundaries; they're now aligned correctly. * **Krokbragd Designer: Cloth Type set to Weft Faced on generate.** Drafts generated by the designer now have Cloth Type pre-set to Weft Faced, matching the actual structure they produce. (#258) ## TempoWeave Studio v26.601.1 ### Improvements * **Krokbragd Designer: insert a row anywhere in the sequence.** A new `+` button next to each row's delete `✕` inserts a fresh row directly above the current one, inheriting the active palette color and the current Default Repeats value. The end-of-list `+ Add Row` button still appends as before. * **Krokbragd Designer: row-repeat field supports up to 999 picks.** The repeat NumericUpDown now accepts values 1–999 (was 1–100) and is sized for three digits visible alongside the up/down chevrons. * **Krokbragd Designer: Default Repeats no longer follows row edits.** Changing any individual row's repeat count leaves the per-design Default Repeats field alone; it only updates when you edit that field directly. * **Krokbragd Designer: Custom Color button removed; hex input hidden in the row-swatch picker.** Designing krokbragd now consumes colors from the project palette only — to add a new color, drop it into the project palette first (Yarn Catalog / palette editor) and then open the designer. (#255) * **Krokbragd Designer: delete-row button shows a hover tooltip.** "Delete this row" appears on hover, matching the new insert-above button. * **Krokbragd Designer: more breathing room between row controls and the palette.** A 10 px right margin on the row's `✕` button so it no longer touches the palette swatches. ### Bug Fixes * **Hover over warp / weft threads now works again.** The thread color / yarn-line tooltip used to fire only when hovering the narrow 16 px color strip; hovering the threading grid below it showed nothing. Hover now fires anywhere on the warp / weft header (except the ruler, which keeps its own thickness tooltip). The section-hover tooltip still overlays for sections, and switching off a section no longer clobbers the thread tip. * **Section Marker selection indicator no longer shifts the drawdown.** During a section-marker drag the status display showed "{N} threads" / "{N} picks", which at low treadle counts was wide enough to push the drawdown sideways as the number grew. The suffix is dropped; just the number now. * **Project ribbon → Cloth Type: "Show in Drawdown" checkbox removed.** Faced rendering already follows the cloth-type selection automatically, so the toggle was redundant. The three radio buttons (Normal / Warp Faced / Weft Faced) now stack cleanly in a vertical group. ## TempoWeave Studio v26.531.1 ### New Features * **Krokbragd Designer.** A dedicated surface designer for traditional three-shaft weft-faced krokbragd, in the Design ribbon's Weave Explorer group. Build the cloth pattern row-by-row from a yarn-aware palette, see the surface render live as you paint, then click **Generate Draft** to produce a fully wired draft (threading, treadling, tie-up, colors) in a new tab. Highlights: * **Four traditional threading variants** to choose from — 1-2-3-2, 1-2-3, 1-2-3-2-1-2, and 1-2-3-1-2-3-2-1-3-2 — each with a preview image. The tie-up is generated for you. * **Rising / Sinking shed** toggle that flows through to the generated draft, View Cloth, and the Cloth Simulator so the cloth looks right on every loom. * **Per-row pick repeats**, click-to-paint per-pick color editing, custom-color picker, and a live "In this design" strip showing exactly which palette entries are in use. * **Click an empty cell** in the cloth surface to add a new row inline; new rows default to the last color you used so building runs of the same color stays quick. * **Undo / Redo** for every stroke, color pick, row repeat, row add / delete, threading change, and shed toggle, with Ctrl-Z and Ctrl-Y / Ctrl-Shift-Z shortcuts. * **Settings strip across the top of the window** (threading, shed, warp units, default picks, zoom, grid) keeps "In this design", Rows, and the Palette as the main working surface — Rows on the left, narrow palette beside them on the right, mirroring the drawdown layout. * **Round-trip persistence inside the TWA** — reopening a krokbragd-generated draft lets you click **Edit Design** to keep editing the original surface rather than the underlying draft. * **Localized labels** in English, French, German, and Spanish. * **Color Weave Explorer: shorthand sequences.** Type a color sequence directly (e.g. `aabbc`) instead of clicking through the row editor; the rows update in sync, and a Random button gives you a fresh shorthand to start from. A separate Randomize Colors button reshuffles the slot colors from your active palette without touching the sequence. * **Section Assembly: double-click to rename.** Double-click any group, section, or color row in the four assembly trees to open the edit dialog directly — no more right-click then Edit round-trip. Clicking **+ Group** now also pops the rename dialog immediately on the new group with the placeholder pre-selected, so you can just type the real name. * **Status-bar zoom slider.** A draggable zoom slider with `[−]` / `[+]` buttons and a clickable percentage now lives in the bottom status bar, so you can scrub the zoom level continuously instead of tapping Cmd-+ / Cmd-− one step at a time. Click the percentage to reset to 100%. The slider stays in sync with keyboard shortcuts, ribbon buttons, and Cmd-scroll-wheel zoom — adjust the zoom in any of those ways and the slider follows. (Cmd / Ctrl + scroll-wheel zoom has always worked, but is more discoverable now that the slider is on screen.) * **Paste Overlay (multi-treadle and liftplan).** A second paste button next to **Paste** on the Home ribbon. In multi-treadle or liftplan drafts, Paste Overlay OR-merges the clipboard's treadle / shaft bits into the destination instead of overwriting, so existing picks keep their bits and the clipboard's bits get added on top. Existing pick colors and thicknesses are left untouched. Outside of multi-treadle / liftplan (and for Warp / Tie-Up / Drawdown pastes), Paste Overlay acts exactly like Paste — the button just works wherever you click it. * **Optional companion-.wif write + foreign PRIVATE-section preservation.** A new checkbox in **Settings → Application** — **"Write companion .wif file when saving"** (default ON) — lets you turn off the automatic .wif emission that runs alongside every .twa save. Useful when the .wif is the input to another weaving program whose own PRIVATE sections you don't want overwritten. The .twa always contains the current WIF inside it, so turning the toggle off only affects the loose .wif on disk. Separately, every `[PRIVATE …]` section authored by another program (anything not TempoWeave / TW) is now captured on import and re-emitted verbatim on save — so even with the companion-.wif toggle on, another program's PRIVATE data survives a TempoWeave round-trip. ### Improvements * **Section Assembly: adding into a group keeps the group selected.** After **+ Color**, **+ Section**, or **+ Group** drops into a selected group, the group stays selected so the next add lands in the same place. No more re-selecting the group between every color. * **Section Assembly: default-palette color names.** Rows in Color Assembly now show friendly names like "Gold" or "Red" for colors from the default palette, matching what the palette tooltips show, instead of "Color 18". * **Cloth view: weft-faced rendering matches the Krokbragd Designer surface.** For drafts generated from the Krokbragd Designer, the cloth view uses a surface formula that matches the designer pixel-for-pixel — including the shaft-2 doubling on the 1-2-3-2 threading — so what you painted is what you see in the cloth simulation. * **Status bar fits on one line again.** Labels were tightened — `Woven Length:` → `Length:`, `Warp Threads:` → `Warp:`, `Weft Picks:` → `Weft:`, `Width in Reed:` → `Reed:` — and the standalone `Zoom=N` text was removed (the slider's percentage button shows it now). Together with sized-down slider controls, the row no longer wraps to two lines on typical window widths. ### Bug Fixes * **Clear Weft now actually clears in multi-treadle mode.** Previously the Clear command (ribbon and right-click) only zeroed the single-treadle `weftArray`, leaving the real multi-treadle bit grid (`weftMultiArray`) untouched, so the picks rendered exactly as before. Multi-treadle drafts now clear correctly. Liftplan and single-treadle modes were already working. * **Crash: opening Yarn Catalog while Section Assembly was open.** Three tool-window panels (Yarn Catalog, Section Assembly, Block Substitution) were resetting their TreeDataGrid sources synchronously during detach, which triggered an Avalonia internal exception when the visual tree was already mid-teardown. Fixed in all three panels. * **Section Assembly: stray edit-rectangle when switching tabs mid-edit.** Editing a Repeat or Order cell and then clicking another tab without committing left the floating edit TextBox visible over the new tab's tree. Tab changes now dismiss any active inline edit cleanly. * **WIF: block-level Units, Spacing, and Thickness now round-trip honestly.** The public `[WARP]` / `[WEFT]` block in saved WIF files (including the `twamain.waf` inside `.twa` bundles) used to be stamped with hard-coded `Units=centimeters / Spacing=0.212 / Thickness=0.212` regardless of the project's actual sett, beat, or unit system, and was ignored on import. Both directions now reflect the real project values, so third-party tools reading our WIF (handweaving.net, custom dobby integrations, etc.) see the correct sett. * **Sinking-shed setting was not restored when reopening a file.** The Rising / Sinking shed mode is now persisted in the WIF and correctly applied on open. Previously the saved value was being overwritten by your Settings default before you could see it. * **Crash: closing a tab with Section Assembly open.** A TreeDataGrid lifecycle race could surface as an unobserved-task crash when closing the active tab. The panel now defers its tree rebuild until the visual tree has settled. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.526.1 ### New Features * **Duplicate a draft into a new tab.** Right-click any tab — or use File > Duplicate to New Tab — to open a working copy of the current draft as a fresh untitled tab, carrying its structure, colors, tie-up, Section Assembly, and Weaver's Writeup. Ideal for trying a variation without touching the original or filling your folders with half-finished files: the copy lives only in the tab until you choose to save it. * **Section Assembly: Copy / Cut / Paste / Duplicate.** Right-click any group or section on the Warp, Weft, Warp Color, or Weft Color tab to copy, cut, paste, or duplicate it. Copy then Paste reuses a group anywhere; Cut then Paste moves it to a new spot in the tree; Duplicate makes an in-place copy. Paste drops inside the selected group (or as a sibling of a selected section), and the clipboard carries across all four tabs. ### Improvements * **Section Assembly: auto-fitting Name column.** The Name column now expands to fill the available width, so group names — including deeply nested ones — are readable the moment you open the panel, with no manual resizing. ### Bug Fixes * **Section Assembly: unsaved changes are now tracked.** Edits made in Section Assembly mark the draft as modified, so you get the usual save prompt before closing instead of silently losing the work. * **Section Assembly: in some drafts, assembly data could be lost after editing a reopened draft.** A node-id collision could wipe the warp and weft assembly trees on the next save and reopen. Newly added, pasted, or duplicated entries now always receive unique ids. * **Section Assembly: renamed groups stay groups.** A group you renamed was being treated as a plain section after a save and reopen, which threw off totals and paste behavior. Group type now survives the round-trip. * **Section Assembly: after the previous update, duplicate root levels no longer pile up.** Opening and saving a draft repeatedly was adding an extra nested "Warp Assembly" / "Weft Assembly" level each time. The existing root is now reused. ## TempoWeave Studio v26.525.2 ### New Features * **Tie-Up Style group with Alpha and Shed views.** The View tab has a dedicated Tie-Up Style group matching the existing Warp / Weft groups, with four glyph options for marking tied shafts (#231 / #232 / #226): * **Block** — the original solid fill. * **Numeric** — shaft number in each tied cell. * **Alpha** — letters A–Z for shafts 1–26, useful for reading profile drafts with lettered blocks. Also available on the Warp Style group. * **Shed** — `O` on tied cells for rising-shed looms, `X` for sinking-shed looms, following Madelyn van der Hoogt's published convention. The glyph swaps live when you flip the Rising / Sinking shed setting. * **Full Shaft / Treadle selection mode.** A new "Default Selection Mode" option (Settings > Default Settings) changes how dragging in the warp and weft headers selects threads. **Region** (the default) keeps the classic behavior — a rectangle bounded by the shafts or treadles you drag through. **Full Shaft / Treadle** selects *every* shaft (warp) or *every* treadle (weft) across the thread range you drag, so you only have to drag along the threads. Hold **Shift** while dragging to temporarily use the other mode for that selection. The Shift behavior is identical on macOS, Windows, and Linux. Tie-up selection is unchanged. * **Section Notes plus Marked-Sections-only printing.** Each warp or weft Section Marker now has an optional multi-line Notes field (in the Section dialog, between Name and Variable Density Override). New "Warp Marked Sections only" / "Weft Marked Sections only" checkboxes in Page Setup (mirrored on Weaver's Writeup > Report Contents) restrict Print Threading / Print Treadling to the marked ranges and print each section's Notes as a header above its threads or picks. When no markers exist on an axis it falls back to printing everything. Stored per-document in the WIF file. * **Section Assembly: "Use Warp Assembly" / "Use Weft Assembly" toggle.** Each Warp / Weft tab now has a per-axis checkbox next to the assembly header (#234). When unchecked, Generate uses the current draft's threading (or treadling) as-is and ignores the assembly tree for that axis — handy when you just want to keep your existing structure but apply a new Warp Color / Weft Color repeat. Default is on, so every existing draft generates exactly as before. The tree UI is hidden behind a hint message when the toggle is off; Available Sections and the status bar stay visible. Round-trips in TWA so the toggle survives save/open. * **Section Assembly Color tabs: Order column, "+ Color" toolbar, gated body.** The two Color tabs (#227): * Added an editable **Order** column on the color trees, alongside the existing one on the section trees, so you can re-order entries directly in the grid. * The toolbar's **+ Section** button context-switches to **+ Color** on the Color tabs. * The "Use Color Assembly" checkbox moved to the top of each Color tab, with a hint message pointing the weaver at the right next step when the tree is empty. * **Drag-and-drop selection: tie-up + multi-treadle weft.** Drag-and-drop now works across the tie-up matrix (move tied cells around), and the weft drag overlay shows multi-treadle target cells with proper preview. Modifier keys (Option / Cmd) toggle copy-vs-move and insert-vs-overwrite on the move. * **WIF: spec-compliant PRIVATE sections.** TempoWeave-specific WIF sections (color names, variegation, project planning, section markers, etc.) now write as `[PRIVATE TempoWeave …]` per the WIF 1.1 standard, so loom-controller and integrator software that strips unknown sections will round-trip them. Every WIF we've ever shipped continues to load identically — the reader tries the new form first, then `[PRIVATE * …]` for files re-stamped by another tool, then the legacy bare-name form. * **Drag-and-drop selection: copy / insert modifiers.** Hold Option (or Alt on Windows / Linux) while dragging a warp or weft selection to copy instead of move; hold Shift to insert at the destination instead of overwrite. Ghost preview during the drag shows the destination band, including remapped shafts / treadles. ### Improvements * **Section Assembly hover tooltip.** Hovering between marked sections now refreshes the tooltip text immediately (#230) instead of getting stuck on the first section's info. The "Show Marked Sections" checkbox is also the sole control for marker visibility — turning it off hides existing markers and tooltips even with the Section Marker tool active. * **Section Assembly: every group totals its threads, including the root.** The Warp / Weft assembly trees now show an Ends / Picks total on every group row — including the top-level group — instead of leaving parent rows blank. The two Color tabs gained a matching Threads / Picks column so color groups total too. The old per-tab status bar (which only ever counted the Available Sections list, not the assembly) has been removed. * **Section Assembly: structure trees reorder like the color trees.** Typing a value in the Order column of the Warp / Weft assembly trees now treats it as a position: the entry moves there and its siblings renumber, so two entries can no longer end up sharing the same order. This matches how the Color tabs already behaved. * **Warp scroll preserved across panel open/close.** Docking the Section Assembly (or any side tool window) used to make the warp appear to scroll because the viewport shrank without the right-edge thread staying anchored (#229). Closing the panel made the scroll drift even further. The warp now keeps the right-edge thread in view across viewport changes — whether you open a panel, close it, or resize the window. * **Color Repeats: reset Start on Warp/Weft toggle.** Toggling between Warp and Weft no longer carries stale start/end values that pointed at the previous direction's threads (#225). * **Thread thickness travels with structural moves.** When you copy / paste / drag a band of threads, the thickness values move with them. Newly-inserted threads pick up the project default thickness (#223). * **Line Draw: equal-bars distribution.** Replaces the previous Bresenham line algorithm with an equal-bars distribution so diagonal lines land on visually-even runs (no more two-cell / three-cell alternation). * **Metric coverage: three label fixes.** EPI/PPI labels in a few less-traveled dialogs now correctly say EPCM/PPCM in metric mode. * **Create Double Cloth: helper text + docs.** The Folded Cloth helper text on the Create Double Cloth dialog now spells out the four-pick TBBT cycle and when the Alternating Shuttles option matters. The companion docs page is updated to match. ### Bug Fixes * **Fix #235: Weft selection lands on the right column with Treadle 1 on right.** When Treadle 1 Placement was set to Right (visual layout T4 T3 T2 T1), clicking on visual position N placed the selection rectangle and active cursor at the mirror-image column. The same FlipCol mapping the cells already use is now applied to the selection rect and the cursor indicator in both render paths. * **Fix #233: Block Substitution title bar disappears on tab switch.** Switching to another draft and back left the Block Substitution tool window without its title bar until the weaver toggled it off and on manually. The window now gets an explicit InvalidateMeasure / InvalidateVisual after open so the title bar slot is re-measured cleanly. * **Fix Actipro RenderTimer double-registration crash on retry.** Recovering from a Render-timer hiccup could throw `Element is already registered` from inside Actipro's render loop. The retry path now de-registers before re-registering. * **Section Assembly: Copy Structure now mirrors the whole structure.** Copying a structure into a Color tab could collapse the entire tree into a single empty gray entry when the assembly carried a legacy wrapper node. Copy Structure now descends through any container, recreating each group and turning each section into a gray color entry whose repeat equals the section's thread count — a color skeleton you can then tune. * **Fix #197: "Use Color Assembly" checkbox is now fully wired.** The checkbox on each Color tab now actually controls whether the Color Assembly tree drives colors in Generate and Print, and its state is saved inside the TWA file so it survives save and reopen. Previously the checkbox had no effect on Generate, did not persist, and only filtered Print output for the current session. ### Mobile (TempoWeave Mobile, separate beta channel) * Mobile shell redesign (rail + chip panels on tablet, bottom dock + sheet on phone) plus follow-up polish for liftplan tools, header scroll/inertia, and paint smoothing. Mobile builds publish through TestFlight / Internal Testing, not this auto-update channel. ## TempoWeave Studio v26.521.1 ### New Features * **Create Double Cloth: "Accommodate alternating shuttles" option.** When the weaver alternates between two physical shuttles (e.g., two yarn colors or two yarn types), checking this on the Folded Cloth method changes the weft cycle so each shuttle returns to its starting selvedge between turns. Previously the existing 4-pick TBBT cycle could trap one shuttle's yarn while the other was weaving. The dialog has also been re-labeled — "Select Fold Type" → "Method", "Left Fold" → "Folded Cloth" — and the Right Fold radio is hidden for now (fold side is a physical consequence of which selvedge the weaver starts on, not a structural choice). * **Marked Sections: right-click to edit or delete.** While the Section Marker tool is active, right-clicking inside any marked section opens the section's edit dialog with name / thread range / density override / notes prefilled, and a new red Delete button on the dialog removes the section with confirmation. Closes the gap with TempoWeave Classic where right-click already did this. ### Improvements * **Color Picker dialog overhaul.** Used by Color Repeats, Echo, Color/Weave Explorer, and other places that ask the weaver to pick a color. * **New "Active Palette" section at the top** showing the colors currently used in your draft (matches the right-sidebar Active Palette) with a blue border and "(N colors)" counter. Saves scrolling past hundreds of bundled defaults. * **OK button is now the default** — pressing Enter confirms the dialog from anywhere (including while the hex field has focus). OK also renders with the accent blue background to match the rest of the app's dialogs. * **Dialog is resizable** — vertical resize grows the full-palette scroll area so weavers can see more colors at once. * **Every palette row is clickable end-to-end** — previously only the small color swatch button selected the color, so clicking the row's name text appeared to do nothing on the first try. Now any click on the row selects it and updates the Selected Color label. * **Block Substitution: keep custom templates across updates.** Custom templates now live in a per-user folder that the auto-updater can't touch (macOS `~/Library/Application Support/TempoWeave Studio/_blocktemplates/`, Windows `%APPDATA%\TempoWeave Studio\_blocktemplates\`, Linux `~/.config/tempoweave/_blocktemplates/`). The Browse button in the template editor now copies the selected .wif into the templates folder automatically (with smart filename de-duplication), and a new **Reveal Folder** button on the Block Substitution panel opens the folder in Finder / Explorer / xdg-open. * **Cloud Repositories: see pending invitations.** Repository owners now see a "Pending" row in the members list for each invitee who hasn't accepted yet, with a Cancel Invitation action. Trying to re-invite someone already invited now shows a clear "This person has already been invited and hasn't accepted yet" message instead of the generic network-error toast. * **Cloud Repositories: invitation emails now actually send.** Previously a repository invitation only created the database row — no email ever left the building, so the invitee had no way to know unless they happened to open TempoWeave's Cloud → My Library list. Invitees now receive a branded email explaining who invited them and how to accept. * **Project Info → Planning tab "?" button** in the Cloud Repository window relocated so it no longer overlaps Delete Repository. ### Bug Fixes * **Fix Fold Double undo state.** Undoing Create Double Cloth was leaving the canvas half-reverted — the warp / weft / tieup arrays reverted to single layer, but the cloth-construction settings stayed at their post-fold values, so View Cloth and Cloth Sim kept rendering it as folded double. The undo snapshot now includes those settings so undo and redo both restore the correct rendering mode. * **Thickness Repeats — Ending mode + reset Start on toggle.** Opening Thickness Repeats with the default Ending mode showed "Times: 1" with the wrong end value, so "Will apply to picks 2-1" was a common state. The dialog now initializes Ending properly, and toggling between Warp and Weft resets Start to 1 and updates the end value to the actual end of the newly-selected direction. * **Color Assembly groups can hold colors.** On the Color Assembly side of Section Assembly, "Add Color" was always inserting at the root, ignoring whichever group or color was selected. It now nests inside the selected group, or adds as a sibling of the selected color. * **Huck Lace correct threading and treadling.** The Common Weaves Huck Lace generator used a non-canonical 13-thread / 14-pick repeat. Replaced with the standard 10-thread / 10-pick unit per Dawne's spec. * **Reposition warp after Block Substitution.** When applying a Block Substitution opens a new preview tab and the weaver clicks back to the original profile draft, the warp now snaps back to thread 1 (right edge / origin) instead of being left scrolled away. The behaviour preserves any explicit scrolling the weaver did inside the tab. * **Warp / weft selection: copy-paste and drag-drop now remap shafts and treadles.** When you copy a partial-shaft selection in the warp (e.g. shafts 1–4) and paste at shaft 5, the threading shifts to shafts 5–8 — matching how weft has always worked. Same for drag-drop in both warp and weft, and the ghost preview during drag now follows the destination band instead of staying anchored to the source shafts. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.517.2 ### New Features * **Thread Assistant: threading preview now shows warp colors.** Each shaft cell in the preview strip is painted with the actual warp end's color from the cloth, so the preview reads as a true miniature of the warp stripe rather than a flat dark-gray bar. Near-white colors get a thin 1px gray outline so they don't disappear into the background. * **Thread Assistant: Heddle Summary table** (opt-in display setting). A small Shaft / Heddles table on the disc canvas shows the heddle pre-count needed per shaft for the current group — saves the weaver from manually counting before threading. * **Thread Assistant: "Max shafts in preview" setting** (default 16, range 8–64). For large-draft drawlooms and the like, expanding this to 24+ lets all shafts appear in the threading preview at once; the disc area shrinks accordingly. Both settings persist. * **Thread Assistant: frozen shaft-number column** to the right of the threading preview. Labels stay anchored to their rows and remain visible while scrolling horizontally through a wide warp. ### Bug Fixes * **Custom Block Substitution templates no longer disappear after a TempoWeave Studio update.** Custom templates were being stored inside the install directory (`...\TempoWeaveStudio\current\Data\_blocktemplates\`), which the updater treats as disposable — so every update wiped them. Templates now live in the user's application-data folder, where the updater can't touch them. On first launch after this fix, the app also tries to salvage any custom templates Velopack hasn't yet purged from previous install folders. * Per-platform location: macOS `~/Library/Application Support/TempoWeave Studio/_blocktemplates/`, Windows `%APPDATA%\TempoWeave Studio\_blocktemplates\`, Linux `~/.config/tempoweave/_blocktemplates/`. * **Customers whose customizations were already wiped by a prior update cannot be recovered** — check OneDrive / Time Machine / Recycle Bin for backups. ### Improvements * **Block Substitution: Browse now imports.** When you Browse for a .wif outside the templates folder, the editor copies it (and any matching .png preview) into the templates folder automatically and disambiguates filename collisions. You no longer need to manually place files in the templates folder before referencing them. * **Block Substitution: "Reveal Folder" toolbar button** opens the user templates folder in Finder / Explorer for power users who want to manage .wif files directly. * **Project Info → Planning tab: Current WIF column widened** so values that include the yard / metre suffix (e.g. "67.70 in (1.88 yds)") no longer collide with the Overrides input column. * **Home ribbon button renamed "Thread Assist" → "Thread Assistant"** to match the in-app window title and the mobile label. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.516.2 ### New Features * **Thread Assist on desktop.** New "Thread Assist" button in the Home ribbon's Weave Assistant group (the group itself, previously called "Dobby", is now labeled "Weave Assistant" too). Walks the weaver through warp threading group-by-group with a foot-pedal-friendly MARK THREADS button, an inline collapsible settings panel for direction / group size / starting thread / mark key / beep, and a Threading Preview band that shows the whole warp at a glance with the current group highlighted. Per-draft progress is stored inside the file (the WIF's `[TW THREAD ASSISTANT]` section), so a draft started on iPad and finished on desktop (or vice-versa) carries threading progress across. **"Position at Center" button** in Thread Assist. One click sets the starting thread to the geometric center of the warp and jumps the view there. Two distinct markers appear on the disc strip and the Threading Preview band: amber ⋆ for the geometric center, blue ◆ for the starting-thread anchor. * **Yarn Usage tab shows yarn weight.** A new column to the right of Total Yds shows ounces (or grams in metric mode) based on the matching yarn line's density in the catalog. Blank when the color has no yarn line set or the line has no density data. Weight is computed correctly across mixed units — yards/lb yarns in metric projects and m/kg yarns in english projects both convert through. * **License: "Refresh Account Info" button.** Pulls your current email, name, and renewal date directly from your subscription account. If your email or last name changes (got married, switched providers), you no longer need to clear and re-validate your license to update what TempoWeave shows. The button appears on the License dialog automatically once you have an active subscription. * **Color Repeats: Insert at the selected row.** Clicking Add with a row selected inserts the new color *above* that row. Consecutive clicks chain naturally so you can build up a sequence from a single insertion point. Add still appends at the end when nothing is selected. * **Color Repeats: Move Up / Move Down buttons** on the right side of the list let you reorder color entries. * **Color Repeats: pattern entries remember across close / reopen** (per draft). Closing and reopening the Color Repeats dialog on the same draft restores your last pattern; switching to a different draft starts clean (#200). * **Cloud: My Drafts share now shows the same code + URL dialog as Share Draft** (#209). Previously the share action on a My Drafts entry silently copied just the code to the clipboard. It now opens the full results dialog with both the share code and the share URL, each with its own Copy button. ### Improvements * **Insert Threads / Insert Picks dialog: OK button is now visually emphasized.** The default action (which Enter activates) renders with the accent fill matching the rest of the app's dialogs, so \[I] + \[Enter] for a single-thread insert is obviously the default path. * **Planning: yards / meters shown alongside inches / cm.** Woven Length per Piece and Finished Est Length now show calculated yards (or meters in metric mode) next to the in/cm value, e.g. "75.00 in (2.08 yds)" (#201). * **Cloud Library: Repository list shows owner names.** Each repository row now displays the original owner. Two same-named repos owned by different people are now easy to tell apart (#205). * **Cloud: "Add to This Repository"** (previously "Upload to Repository"). The success message clarifies the repository copy is independent — to update it later, open the draft from the repository and save (#211). * **Cloud: open-from-cloud confirmation toast.** When you open a draft from My Drafts, Browse Public, or a Repository, a success toast confirms which draft was opened (#207). * **Cloud: display names stay current** (#206). When a member changes their display name, the Repository member list and pattern owner display refresh next time the app talks to the server. ### Bug Fixes * **Fix #198: Export to TempoTreadle now writes the full file set.** Previously only the .wif was produced. The TempoTreadle device needs four files alongside the WIF — a .TTC cache, a .ini stub, and a 320×240 24-bit .bmp thumbnail — and all four are now created. Filename cap reduced to 17 characters to match TempoTreadle requirements. * **Fix #199: pasting in Warp or Weft no longer auto-scrolls the view.** Previously every paste yanked the scroll position toward the paste location. The view now stays exactly where you were working. * **Fix #200: Color Repeats: first-row spinner no longer clips into the column header above it.** Plus: re-opening the color picker on a row no longer collapses Soft Pink (Lofty Cotton 8/4) to Soft Pink (Lofty Boucle) when the two yarn lines share the same RGB. The picker now respects which palette entry you actually picked. * **Fix #211: Cloud repositories are now independent containers.** Adding a draft to a repository creates a separate copy that is *not* tied to My Drafts. Previously the same record was visible in both places, and deleting from My Drafts would silently nuke the repository copy. Member roles also behave correctly now: repo owners can save changes back to drafts they didn't originally upload, and view-only members get a Save As dialog (defaulting to your Default WIF Location) instead of silently writing into a hidden app-data cache folder. The "Link Draft" button has been removed — it never actually linked, it moved. * **Fix #204: Repository draft counts heal on demand.** Admin → Refresh All now re-derives each repository's draft count from the actual records, correcting any drift from earlier inc/dec imbalances. * **Cloud: email changes no longer orphan your data** (#212). If you change your email at your subscription provider, your existing patterns, repositories, and share links stay linked to your account next time TempoWeave re-authenticates with the cloud. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.511.1 ### New Features * **Section Notes and Marked Sections Only print.** Each warp or weft Section Marker now has an optional multi-line Notes field, accessible by editing the section (Section Assembly panel → right-click → Edit, or the Section dialog when marking a new section). Two new checkboxes in Page Setup — "Warp Marked Sections only" and "Weft Marked Sections only" — restrict Print Threading and Print Treadling to the marked ranges, with each section's Notes printed as a header above its threads or picks. The same two checkboxes are mirrored in Weaver's Writeup → Report Contents. Falls back to printing everything when no markers exist on that axis. Per-document, saved with the WIF. ### Bug Fixes * **Fix #197 follow-up: Section Assembly "Use Color Assembly" checkbox is now fully wired.** The minimum fix in v26.510.1 made Print honor the checkbox for the current session. The flag now persists inside the TWA file, survives save and reopen, and also drives the Generate step (not just Print). Previously the checkbox had no effect on Generate, did not persist, and only filtered Print output until the file was closed. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.509.1 ### Improvements * **Yarn Catalog: large curation pass on bundled yarns** (#193). Yarn-line classification, fiber content, mercerization status, and other metadata populated across many previously-incomplete rows — including Harrisville Highland and Shetland, Jaggerspun Heather and Zephyr, Lunatic Fringe Tubular Spectrum, Supreme 8/2 and Merc 3/2, Valley Merc Cotton, Venne Mercerized Cotton, Venne Organic Cottolin, and more. Hovering a yarn in the palette now shows its proper line/fiber, making it much easier to tell yarns apart when mixing different lines in one project. * **Yarn Catalog and Section Assembly: column widths stay where you set them** — adjusting a column in the Catalog, My Yarns, or any of the six Warp/Weft Section Assembly trees no longer reverts after Edit/Add/Delete operations. Widths now also persist across app restarts. ### Bug Fixes * **Yarn Catalog: removed stray Color box from Brassard yarn-line rows** — Brassard Cotton 16/2, 8/2, 8/4, 8/8, 16/8 (Mop), and Brassard Boucle were showing a pale grey-blue rectangle in the Color column at the yarn-line level. Color is meaningful only at the leaf-color row level; cleared the stray values in the bundled catalog. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.508.3 ### New Features * **Yarn Catalog now available to Lite and higher** (previously Core+). Lite weavers can open the Yarn Catalog and assign yarns to threads. Clear Palette and Import/Export Yarns also in the 508.2 update. ### Improvements * **Variegated yarn — Continuous mode now renders correctly across picks and threads.** Previously, every pick (or every warp thread) treated the yarn as if a fresh strand entered from the same edge, so the color pattern appeared to "restart" at every new pick. Continuous yarns now follow a true back-and-forth path — weft alternates left-to-right then right-to-left between picks, warp alternates top-to-bottom then bottom-to-top between threads — matching how a single long strand naturally winds through the cloth. **Existing continuous-mode variegated drafts will render visibly differently.** * **Tooltips added to Thread Offset and Offset Variation** in the Yarn Editor's variegation panel, with one-line explanations of what each control does and the note that variation is deterministic-per-thread (the same draft always renders the same way). * **Yarn Catalog: Clear Palette and Import/Export Yarns now available to Lite tier** — completing the Yarn Catalog feature set rolled into Lite in v26.508.1. * **Section Assembly column widths persist**: Adjusting a column in the Warp/Weft Assembly tree no longer reverts after Up/Down/Add/Edit/Delete operations. The Name column is now 200pt by default so most section names display fully without manual adjustment. * **Section Assembly toolbar wraps in narrow panels**: When the panel was docked narrow, buttons past a certain point (Up/Down/Delete/Generate/Print) were silently clipped off the right edge. They now wrap to a second row instead of disappearing. ### Bug Fixes * **Fix Section Assembly Generate when the panel is undocked**. Previously the success toast appeared but no preview tab opened. * **Fix Print Color Card crash on large or A4-paper drafts**: Resolved a DocumentLayoutException; row width reduced to fit A4 portrait without needing landscape. * **Fix Tromp as Writ crash**: Prevent IndexOutOfRangeException when the cloth buffer has temporarily fallen out of sync with the active draft dimensions. * **Fix Prepare Threading WIF crash**: Same root cause as Tromp as Writ, now resolved on both paths. * **Fix Drawdown click crash in Fabric Analysis**: Clicking past the absolute buffer cap is now a no-op instead of throwing IndexOutOfRangeException. ## TempoWeave Studio v26.426.1 ### New Features * **Treadle Status Overlay**: Floating panel over the cloth canvas in Weave Assistant showing expected and detected treadles for each pick. Color-coded cells: blue (expected), green (correct), red (wrong treadle). Draggable, toggleable via toolbar checkbox. Works in all modes. * **Weave Assistant Treadle Grid**: The left-side pick grid now shows treadles instead of shafts, matching what weavers physically interact with. * **Weave Assistant OK Beep and Error Beep**: New configurable chime settings in Weave Assistant for successful pick advancement and wrong-treadle detection. Custom WAV support with browse and test buttons. * **Always Show Scrollbars**: New setting in Default Settings to keep scrollbars visible at full size instead of auto-hiding. For weavers who find the disappearing scrollbars hard to use. * **Default Shed Mode**: Rising or Sinking shed default can now be set in Settings, applied on startup. ### Improvements * **Ctrl+Scroll Zoom**: Fixed Ctrl/Cmd+scroll wheel zoom — now properly intercepts before the ScrollViewer consumes the event. Zoom works reliably regardless of scroll position. * **Thread Markers**: Replaced thick blue line markers with small translucent triangles that don't cover grid content. * **Print Color Card**: Fixed crash on large drafts with many threads or colors. Content now paginates across pages instead of overflowing. * **Print Threading**: 50 threads per row on A4/Letter portrait, even row endings, right-aligned last partial row. ### Bug Fixes * **Fix localization for unsupported languages**: Users with system languages that don't have a locale file (e.g. Dutch) now see full English UI instead of raw key names in brackets. * **Fix treadle placement in weft header**: Treadle 1 left/right setting now correctly flips columns in the weft/treadling display for both tieup and liftplan modes. * **Fix drawdown click crash**: Prevent IndexOutOfRangeException when popup dismissal passes click to canvas outside data area. * **Fix stale tooltip after scrolling**: Warp and weft header tooltips clear on scroll to prevent wrong pick/thread info showing. * **Fix QAT position**: Quick Access Toolbar location (above/below) now persists across restarts. * Suppress harmless bitmap layout race crash reports. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.421.1 ### New Features * **Variegated Yarn Bleed**: Space-dyed and self-striping yarns now support optional bleed at color boundaries, simulating how real dyes wick into each other. Enable via the Bleed checkbox in the variegation editor with a 0-50% slider. * **View Spacing**: New option in View Cloth and Cloth Simulation to visualize gaps between threads based on yarn thickness, sett/beat density, and float length. Shows how open or dense your fabric will be. * **Variable Density (Cram and Dent)**: Set local EPI/PPI overrides on individual section markers for variable-density cloth. Sections with different densities render with proportional cell widths and spacing in View Cloth. Calculated EPI/PPI shown in Project Info when overrides are active. * **Show Sections toggle**: Checkbox in the Window tab to show or hide section marker highlights. Sections always show when the Section Marker tool is active. * **Section marking thread count**: Live thread/pick count displayed in the status bar while dragging to mark sections. ### Improvements * **Print Threading**: Fits 50 threads per row on A4/Letter portrait (was \~36). Rows end at even thread numbers. Last partial row is right-aligned to match the thread-1 edge of full rows above. * **Plot on Network**: Warp and Weft dialogs now remember settings between opens during the same session (#182). Weft liftplan mode Pattern Preset B default changed to 3/1 left twill (#183). * **QAT position saved**: Quick Access Toolbar location (above/below ribbon) now persists across restarts (#184). ### Bug Fixes * **Fix Treadle Placement in weft header**: Changing Treadle Placement (treadle 1 left vs right) now correctly flips treadle columns in the weft/treadling display, matching the tie-up canvas behavior. * **Fix drawdown click crash**: Prevent IndexOutOfRangeException when a popup dismissal passes a click through to the drawdown canvas outside the data area. * **Fix stale tooltip after scrolling**: Warp and weft header tooltips now clear when the view scrolls, preventing the wrong pick/thread info from showing after scrolling with a stationary cursor. * **Section Marker keyboard shortcut gated**: M key now respects the license tier (Lite+), preventing bypass of the ribbon/menu disabled state. * Suppress harmless crash reports from bitmap layout race condition during thumbnail loading. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.415.3 ### New Features * **Section Marker now available to Lite and higher** (previously Pro-only). Weavers use the Section Marker to mark sections of cloth for stepping through in Weave Assistant — for both dobby and non-dobby workflows. Section Assembly remains Pro-only. * **Chromebook installation guide** added to the online docs under Linux. Covers Crostini setup, architecture detection, file sharing between ChromeOS and the Linux container, and known limitations. ### Keyboard and Menu Improvements * **Fit to Window** shortcut: Ctrl+0 on Windows and Linux, Cmd+0 on macOS * **Reset Zoom** shortcut: Ctrl+1 on Windows and Linux, Cmd+1 on macOS * **Cut (Leave Space)** shortcut: Ctrl+Shift+X on Windows and Linux, Cmd+Shift+X on macOS. Cuts the selection without collapsing the surrounding cells. * New **macOS menu entries**: Fit to Window, Cut (Leave Space), Clear Selection (Esc), and Cycle Active Canvas (Tab) ### Improvements * **Reset to Defaults** button added to the Settings dialog * Treadling Direction setting relabeled as **Draft Style** for clarity ### Bug Fixes * **Section Marker keyboard shortcut (M)** now respects the license tier. Previously the M shortcut bypassed the tier check that the ribbon button and menu item applied. *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.415.1 ### Bug Fixes * Fix Weave Assistant cloth preview crashing repeatedly during rendering when the draft's cloth array was being resized *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.414.2 ### Improvements * Fit to Window now uses fractional zoom for a more precise fit instead of rounding to the nearest integer zoom level * Fractional zoom levels supported above gridSize 1 — smoother zoom transitions at low zoom levels where integer jumps are most noticeable ### Bug Fixes * Fix Print Drawdown hanging indefinitely on certain draft dimensions due to a floating-point rounding issue in the page layout loop *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.414.1 ### New Features * **Independent Treadling Direction**: Treadling direction (Top to Bottom / Bottom to Top) is now an independent setting, separate from Draft Style and shed mode. Set your preferred treadling direction in Settings without changing your shed interpretation. Draft Style auto-switches it as a convenience, but you can override independently. ### Improvements * **Fit to Window**: Calculates the optimal zoom level to show the entire draft in the viewport. Zooms IN for small drafts and uses sub-1 zoom for very large drafts * **Zoom performance**: "Weaving..." banner shows during zoom on large drafts so you know TempoWeave is working. Ctrl+scroll zoom is debounced — rapid scrolling only renders the final zoom level, skipping expensive intermediate renders * **Sub-1 zoom fix**: Viewport culling now works correctly at sub-1 zoom — no more gaps between drawdown and weft header, and all threads render properly ### Bug Fixes * Fix WIF files saving incorrect color palette indices after palette changes (clear, replace, add yarn line). Other WIF readers (TempoWeave Classic, WeaveIt, iWeaveIt) now see the correct colors (#179, #180) * Fix Section Assembly groups not updating thread counts, locations, and widths when threads are inserted or deleted (#175) *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.412.1 ### New Features * **Snapshot History**: Save named version snapshots of your draft as you work. Stored inside the TWA file so they travel with the draft. Manual and automatic snapshots, restore in-place or open in new tab, thumbnails, rename, and clear history. Great for teaching workflows and tracking design evolution. ### Improvements * **Zoom improvements**: Zoom now preserves scroll position instead of jumping to thread 1. Smoother zoom with 70 levels (was 40). New Ctrl+scroll wheel zoom (Cmd+scroll on macOS). New Fit to Window button. Sub-1 zoom for seeing entire large drafts at a glance. * **Show Rulers**: Horizontal ruler labels automatically skip numbers at low zoom to prevent collisions * Image Center maximum rows increased from 999 to 9999 * Image Center preview panel hides gridlines when rows exceed 200 to show the pattern more clearly * Section Assembly groups now update automatically when threads are inserted or deleted — thread counts, locations, and widths cascade through all parent groups (#175) * TWA file format now preserves unknown entries on save for forward-compatibility with future versions ### Bug Fixes * **Fix Color Swap and Color Exchange skipping weft colors in liftplan and multi-treadle mode**: Color operations now work correctly in all draft modes * Fix WIF browser and Snapshot History thumbnails rendered horizontally flipped compared to the drawdown view * Fix crash when inserting threads or pasting beyond the warp/weft limit * Fix Image Center crash when switching folders * Fix tie-up paste crash when clipboard data exceeds the maximum tie-up size ## TempoWeave Studio v26.409.1 ### New Features * Compose Text in Image Center: render text as a weaving pattern with vertical, horizontal, or diagonal orientation. Supports font size, rotation, alignment, start column, and diagonal slant with line spacing * Focus Mode hint: floating "Press F11 to exit Focus Mode" overlay appears briefly when entering Focus Mode (helps Windows/Linux users who have no native menu bar) ### Improvements * Common Weaves twills now support variable shaft counts (multiples of the ratio sum) with treadles fixed at the ratio sum. Tieup unit repeats correctly across all shaft blocks * Common Weaves list reordered with Twill Family at the top * Fixed Rosepath threading to use correct 1-2-3-4-1-4-3-2 pattern (was incorrectly using Point draw) * Fixed Goose Eye threading to use correct 3x straight + 3x pair-swapped pattern * Image Center maximum rows increased from 256 to 999 * Paste operations in weft/warp now scroll to show the start of the pasted region ### Bug Fixes * Fix Image Center crash when switching folders (thumbnail bitmap disposed while still bound to Image control) * Fix tie-up paste crash when clipboard data exceeds TUArray bounds (IndexOutOfRangeException) *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.405.1 ### Improvements * Section Assembly now shows Width and Length columns calculated from EPI/PPI * Section Assembly tree expand state is preserved when editing sections or changing repeats * Weaver's Writeup warns before closing with unapplied changes (Apply and Close / Discard / Cancel) * Cloud sharing now supports larger draft files (up to 25 MB) * Improved error messages when cloud upload fails ### Bug Fixes * Fix Section Assembly repeat count not refreshing group totals until manual refresh * Fix Design Repeats on liftplan drafts causing weft to disappear * Fix cloud share failing for drafts larger than 5 MB * Fix Block Substitution predicted shafts and treadles showing incorrect values * Fix Block Substitution panel splitter disappearing when dragged too far * Fix Block Substitution panel losing data when undocked from main window * User-facing labels now say "License ID" instead of "Subscription ID" for clarity *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.404.2 ### Improvements * Added Emerald Green and Deep Orange to the LoftyFiber Euroflax yarn line in the built-in catalog * Legacy macOS build: Check for Updates now shows a clear message directing users to tempoweave.com instead of silently failing ### Bug Fixes * Fixed Writeup template using target finished size instead of the calculated estimated finished dimensions * Fixed crash when showing dialogs after closing the main window on macOS (window hidden but app still running) * Fixed display backend initialization crash on some Windows 11 configurations (now shows troubleshooting steps) *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.402.4 ### Improvements * Software rendering option in Settings for users who prefer CPU-based rendering (requires restart) * Update indicator now clears immediately when an update is skipped ### Bug Fixes * Resolved an issue on some Macs where iCloud Drive could become temporarily unresponsive after launching TempoWeave * Fixed WIF files created in other weave design software not displaying default thread colors correctly when only some threads had explicit color assignments *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.401.2 ### Improvements * Interlacement rendering improvements: enhanced 3D thread depth with gap lines, shadow, and highlight for more realistic woven cloth appearance across Drawdown, View Cloth, and Cloth Sim ### Bug Fixes * Fix Double Cloth calculations: sett and beat now correctly double for all fold types (left, right, tubular) * Fix finished estimated width now correctly doubles for folded double cloth (left and right fold) *** ## TempoWeave Studio v26.401.1 ### New Features * Left Origin support: new Origin Side setting (Right/Left) for European and Nordic draft conventions. Thread 1 can now appear on the left side of the draft with full pane layout swap * Independent Shaft 1 Placement (At Top/At Bottom) and Treadle 1 Placement (On Left/On Right) settings, independent of Draft Style. Auto-switches when Draft Style changes, but can be manually overridden * Thread Markers: blue cursor locator dots on warp, weft, and tieup grid edges to help identify the active row and column. Configurable in Settings * Draft Style options renamed from American/Swedish to Top/Bottom for international clarity * Color Palette capacity increased from 125 to 252 colors * Add Color to Palette: right-click any swatch or empty palette area to add a color via color picker (works for all license tiers) * Remove from Palette: right-click to remove unused colors from the WIF Palette * Copy to Palette from Yarn Catalog now adds to existing palette instead of clearing it ### Bug Fixes * Fix paste operations (warp/weft threads and colors) not resolving palette index, causing Warp Winding Plan to show stale colors * Fix Swedish draft extension area rendering in variable-width mode (extension now consistently at top) * Fix selection rectangle Y positions in Swedish mode for weft canvas * Fix pointer coordinate issues in tieup and weft canvases for left-origin mode (mouseup offset, selection drag) * Fix palette sort putting unused placeholder colors above in-use colors * Fix scroll position not homing when switching Draft Style or Origin Side settings ### Improvements * Palette sort (Hue, Lightness, etc.) now shows in-use colors first, unused at end * Scroll automatically homes to origin when layout settings change * Removed 69 gray placeholder slots from default palette (cleaner starting palette) # Privacy Policy **TempoWeave Studio** *Published by LoftyFiber LLC* **Effective:** 2026-05-19 **Last updated:** 2026-05-19 ### Summary TempoWeave Studio is a hand-weaving design application available on desktop (macOS, Windows, Linux) and mobile (iOS, [*Android*](https://play.google.com/apps/internaltest/4701711735183038246)). Most of what you do in it — designing drafts, importing WIF files, saving patterns to your own device — happens entirely locally and never reaches us. We collect information in three categories: (1) crash reports on desktop, which are on by default and can be turned off in Settings; and (2) data you provide when you opt into a specific feature (creating a cloud account, sharing a pattern, purchasing a license). We do not run usage analytics, do not display ads, and do not sell or rent personal data to anyone. ### Who we are TempoWeave Studio is published by LoftyFiber LLC, located in South Carolina, United States. References to "we," "us," or "our" in this policy mean LoftyFiber LLC. For privacy questions or requests, contact: **** *(verify this is correct before publishing)* ### What we collect, and why #### Information we never collect * Usage analytics or feature-tracking. The application contains no third-party analytics SDKs and sends no automatic data about what you click, which features you use, or how long you spend in the app. * Advertising identifiers, device fingerprints, or marketing IDs. * Contents of patterns you design and save locally, unless you explicitly choose to share or upload them. #### Crash reports (desktop only, on by default, can be turned off) The **desktop versions** of TempoWeave Studio (macOS, Windows, Linux) include an automatic crash reporting service that helps us find and fix bugs. Crash reporting is **enabled by default** but you can turn it off at any time: > **Settings → Telemetry Enabled** (uncheck the box). When crash reporting is enabled and the application encounters an unhandled error, we upload a crash report to Microsoft Azure Blob Storage. Each report contains: * The version of TempoWeave Studio you are running * Your operating system and .NET runtime version * Your computer's host name (e.g., "Erins-Mac"), and an 8-character hash of it used to group reports from the same machine * The technical details of the error: exception type, message, and stack trace * Thread state, memory usage, and garbage-collector statistics at the moment of the crash * Your TempoWeave license email address, if you are signed in to a license. This lets us reach out to follow up on a crash we can reproduce. If you turn off Telemetry Enabled, crash reports are **still written to a local folder on your computer** (under `LocalAppData/TempoWeave/CrashReports`) for 30 days, in case you want to manually share one when reporting a bug — but nothing is uploaded to us. The local copies are auto-deleted after 30 days. The **mobile versions** of TempoWeave Studio (iOS, Android) **do not include crash reporting** and upload nothing in the event of a crash. The platform-level crash logs that iOS and Android keep locally are governed by Apple's and Google's policies, not ours. #### Information you provide when you create a TempoWeave cloud account If you choose to use the optional Cloud Pattern Library (sharing patterns, joining repositories, downloading shared work), we create an account for you. We store: * **Email address** — used to identify your account, send share invitations, and contact you about your account. * **Authentication credentials** — when you sign in, we verify against a hashed password or your active license subscription (see "License and billing" below). We never store plaintext passwords. * **License tier** — which tier of TempoWeave Studio you are using (Demo, Lite, Core, Pro), so the app knows which features to enable for your account. You may use the application indefinitely without creating a cloud account. The cloud account exists only to support sharing and repository features. #### Patterns you upload to the Cloud Pattern Library When you choose to upload a pattern (whether for a private share link, a personal cloud library, or a shared repository), we store: * The pattern file itself (`.wif` or `.twa` format) in encrypted cloud storage. * A thumbnail image generated from the pattern. * The pattern's name, description, and any attribution text you provide. * Visibility settings you choose (private link, repository membership, or public gallery). * Timestamps for upload and modification. You can delete your uploaded patterns at any time from within the application. Deleted patterns are removed from active storage; backups containing them may persist for up to 30 days before being purged. #### License and billing License purchases and subscription management are handled by **FastSpring**, our payment processor. When you buy a Lite license or subscribe to Pro, you transact directly with FastSpring; we never see your credit card details. We receive from FastSpring: * Your subscription identifier and tier * Your email address (for license verification) * Subscription status (active, cancelled, expired) FastSpring's own privacy policy governs the data they collect during checkout: #### App Store distribution The mobile versions of TempoWeave Studio are distributed through Apple's App Store and Google Play. Those platforms collect their own data about downloads and installs as described in their privacy policies. We receive only aggregate, anonymized download statistics from those stores. ### How we use what we collect We use the information described above only to: * Operate the features you have asked us to operate (cloud sync, sharing, repositories). * Verify your license tier and unlock the corresponding features. * Diagnose and fix bugs, using uploaded crash reports (desktop only, when telemetry is enabled). * Respond to your support requests and account inquiries. * Detect and prevent abuse of the cloud platform (spam patterns, malicious content). We do **not**: * Sell or rent your information to anyone, ever. * Use your patterns or account data to train AI models. * Display advertising in the application. * Share your information with marketers or data brokers. ### Sub-processors We use the following service providers to operate the cloud features. Each handles specific data on our behalf under their own privacy commitments. | Provider | Purpose | What they receive | | --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Microsoft Azure | Cloud database and file storage for the Pattern Library; Blob Storage for desktop crash reports | Account records, pattern files, thumbnails, metadata; crash report JSON files (desktop only, opt-out) | | FastSpring | License purchase and subscription billing | Whatever you provide during checkout (handled directly by them) | | Apple App Store | iOS app distribution | Standard App Store install data | | Google Play | Android app distribution | Standard Play Store install data | ### Your rights You can, at any time: * **Access your data.** Email and we will provide a copy of the account data, pattern uploads, and crash reports we hold for you. * **Delete your data.** Delete patterns from within the application, or email to request full account deletion (including crash reports). Account deletions are processed within 30 days. * **Turn off crash reporting on desktop.** Uncheck Settings → Telemetry Enabled at any time. The change takes effect immediately and applies to all future crashes. * **Export your data.** All your patterns can be downloaded as standard `.wif` or `.twa` files from within the application — the same formats you can open in any compatible weaving software. * **Correct your data.** Update your email or account details from within the application, or contact us. If you are a resident of California, the European Economic Area, the United Kingdom, or another jurisdiction with applicable data-protection laws, you may have additional rights under those laws (GDPR, UK GDPR, CCPA, etc.). Contact us to exercise any of those rights. ### Children's privacy TempoWeave Studio is a professional weaving design tool and is not directed at children under 13. We do not knowingly collect information from children under 13. If you believe a child has provided us with information, contact us and we will delete it. ### Security Pattern files and account data are stored in Microsoft Azure facilities with encryption in transit (TLS) and at rest. Passwords are stored as salted hashes and are never visible to us in plaintext. Cloud authentication tokens are encrypted on your local device. No system is perfect; if we ever experience a breach affecting your data we will notify you as required by applicable law. ### International transfers Our cloud infrastructure is hosted in the United States. If you access the application from outside the United States, you understand that your information will be transferred to and processed in the United States. ### Changes to this policy We will update this policy when our practices change. The "Last updated" date at the top of this document will reflect the most recent change. For material changes (new categories of data collected, new sharing arrangements), we will also notify active cloud account holders by email. ### Contact Privacy questions, data requests, or account deletion: **LoftyFiber LLC** Easley, SC, United States **** *** # Data Deletion ## Request data deletion To delete your TempoWeave Studio cloud account and any drafts, snapshots, repositories, or crash reports associated with it: 1. Email [**support@loftyfiber.com**](mailto:support@loftyfiber.com) with the subject "Delete my data." 2. Include the email address tied to your TempoWeave account. Requests are processed within 30 days. After deletion, your account and all associated data are permanently removed; uploaded patterns can no longer be recovered. If you only want to delete *individual patterns* (without removing your account), you can do that from within the app: open your Cloud Library → select the pattern → Delete. # Main Window Overview ### The TempoWeave Studio Interface When you open TempoWeave Studio, you're looking at a purpose-built workspace designed around the way weavers think about drafting. Everything you need — your threading, treadling, tie-up, drawdown, colors, and tools — is visible at once, organized into distinct areas that mirror the structure of a traditional weaving draft. This guide walks through each area of the main window so you know where everything is and how the pieces fit together.
*** ### Title Bar The title bar runs across the very top of the window and shows two pieces of information: * **Application Name** — "TempoWeave Studio" is always displayed * **License Tier** — Your current license level appears after the name (e.g., "TempoWeave Studio — Pro"). This tells you at a glance which tier you're running. See the Licensing Guide for details on what each tier includes. On macOS the title bar follows the standard system layout with the traffic-light window controls (close, minimize, maximize) on the left. On Windows the minimize, maximize, and close buttons are on the right. *** ### Quick Access Toolbar Just below the title bar — above the ribbon tabs — you'll find a row of small icon buttons called the Quick Access Toolbar (QAT). This is your shortcut strip for the actions you use most often, always visible regardless of which ribbon tab is selected. The default Quick Access Toolbar includes: **File Operations** * **New** — Create a new blank draft * **Open** — Open an existing WIF file * **Browse** — Browse your pattern library * **Recent Files** — Jump to recently opened designs * **Save** — Save the current draft * **Lock** — Lock or unlock the draft to prevent accidental changes **Edit Operations** * **Undo** — Undo the last action * **Redo** — Redo an undone action * **Cut** — Cut the current selection * **Copy** — Copy the current selection * **Paste** — Paste from the clipboard * **Insert** — Insert clipboard contents (shifts existing data rather than overwriting) **Drawing Tools** * **Straight** — Draw straight diagonal lines * **Freehand** — Draw freely in any direction * **Line** — Draw horizontal or vertical lines * **Point** — Place or remove individual cells **Thread Operations** * **Insert Thread** — Insert a new thread at the cursor position * **Remove Thread** — Remove the thread at the cursor position **Selection Tools** * **Select** — Select a rectangular region * **Select Special** — Select by criteria (color, shaft, etc.) * **Select All** — Select the entire grid The QAT gives you one-click access to these essentials so you don't have to switch ribbon tabs in the middle of working. Every button shows a tooltip when you hover over it. *** ### Ribbon Tabs The ribbon is the wide toolbar area below the Quick Access Toolbar. It's organized into tabs, each grouping related tools and commands. Click a tab name to switch between them. #### File (Backstage) Clicking **File** opens a full-page backstage view rather than a ribbon tab. This is where you manage files and application-level settings: * **New** — Create a blank draft * **Open** — Open a WIF file from disk * **Save** / **Save As** — Save your work * **Duplicate to New Tab** — Open a working copy of the current draft in a new untitled tab (see Document Tabs below) * **Close** — Close the current draft * **Recent Designs** — A list of your recently opened files, with the ability to pin favorites and remove entries you no longer need * **Recent Folders** — Folders you've recently opened files from, also with pin and remove options * **Browse Drafts** — Open the pattern browser to explore your draft library * **Print** — The Print Center: every report in one place. Pick a report on the left (Draft: Drawdown, Full Draft, Threading, Treadling, Tie-Up, Color Card; Plans: Warp Winding, Weft Color, Sleying Guide; Project: Project Report, Weaver's Writeup, Yarn Usage), set the options that apply to it on the right, and print. On macOS, File → Print… (Cmd+P) opens it directly. * **Export** — Export your draft to other formats * **Settings** — Open application settings (appearance, default paths, preferences) * **Exit** — Close TempoWeave Studio Click anywhere outside the backstage, or press Escape, to return to your draft. #### Home The Home tab contains your everyday drafting tools — file operations, drawing tools, selection tools, clipboard operations, and thread management. This is the tab you'll spend most of your time on. It also includes the Sync Color and Sync Thickness options that control whether warp and weft color or thickness assignments stay synchronized when you draw. #### Project The Project tab is for project-level settings and information — project details, notes, and the Weaver's Writeup editor where you can create printable pattern documents. #### Design The Design tab provides tools for building and modifying your draft structure. This includes operations on the threading, treadling, and tie-up; common weave structures; design repeats; color repeats; thickness repeats; color pattern drawing; and advanced composition tools like Echo, Interleave, Plot on Network, Amalgamation, and Block Substitution. #### Tools The Tools tab contains analytical and specialized operations — Fabric Analysis, View Fabric (a realistic cloth simulation), 3D View, Float Check, Prepare Threading, Treadle Reducer, Treadle Expander, Tie-Up Operations, Section Markers, Section Assembly, and the Weave Assistant for interactive dobby-style weaving. #### Yarns The Yarns tab is for managing your yarn library and specifications — the Yarn Catalog, yarn profiles, and color management tools. #### View The View tab controls how your draft is displayed — zoom level, grid appearance, color vs. black-and-white display, interlacement view, thread thickness display, draft style (American or Swedish notation), variegation display, and ruler/numbering options. #### Cloud The Cloud tab provides access to the Cloud Pattern Library for sharing and discovering patterns online. This tab is only visible when the Cloud Library feature is enabled. #### Window The Window tab manages your workspace layout — Split View (to view two drafts side by side), Focus Mode (which hides the ribbon for maximum drafting space), and Full Screen mode. #### Help The Help tab includes links to documentation, the About dialog, version information, and support resources. *** ### Document Tabs Below the ribbon you'll find a tab strip showing your open drafts. Each tab represents one WIF file and shows: * **File name** — The name of the WIF file (e.g., "Huck Lace Towels.wif") * **Modified indicator** — An asterisk (\*) appears after the name when the draft has unsaved changes * **Lock indicator** — A lock icon appears before the name when the draft is locked to prevent accidental changes * **Close button** — An X on each tab lets you close that draft (you'll be prompted to save if there are unsaved changes) Click a tab to switch between open drafts. You can also drag tabs to reorder them. **Duplicate a draft** — Right-click a tab (or use **File > Duplicate to New Tab**) to open a working copy of that draft in a new untitled tab. The copy carries everything — structure, colors, tie-up, Section Assembly, and the Weaver's Writeup (but not the original's snapshot history). It opens as an unsaved, untitled draft, so you can experiment freely without changing the original or saving a file until you decide to keep it. This is handy for trying a variation, or comparing two versions side by side with Split View. **Reveal in Finder / Show in Explorer** — Right-click a saved tab and choose **Reveal in Finder** (macOS) or **Show in Explorer** (Windows / Linux) to jump straight to that draft's file in your file manager. Hidden for untitled or unsaved tabs since there's no file on disk yet. #### Split View From the Window tab, you can enable **Split View** to divide the workspace into two panes, each with its own set of document tabs. This lets you view two drafts side by side — useful for comparing patterns or copying elements between designs. The active pane is highlighted with a subtle border, and you can drag the divider between panes to adjust the split. *** ### The Four-Pane Design Area The center of the window is the heart of TempoWeave Studio — a four-pane drafting area that displays your weaving draft in the traditional format used by weavers worldwide. The four panes are locked together so they always stay aligned: ``` +-------------------------+-------------+ | Threading / Warp | Tie-Up | | (top left) | (top right)| +-------------------------+-------------+ | Drawdown | Treadling | | (bottom left) | (bottom | | | right) | +-------------------------+-------------+ ``` #### Threading / Warp Header (Top Left) The top-left pane shows the **threading** — which shaft each warp thread passes through. The columns represent individual warp threads (numbered along a ruler at the top), and the rows represent shafts (numbered along the right edge). A filled cell at the intersection of thread 5 and shaft 3, for example, means thread 5 is threaded on shaft 3. The color bar running along the top of the threading shows the **warp color order** — each thread's assigned color. Click on a color cell to change it to the currently selected palette color. This pane scrolls horizontally in sync with the drawdown below it. #### Tie-Up (Top Right) The top-right pane shows the **tie-up** — the connections between shafts and treadles. Rows represent shafts and columns represent treadles. A filled cell means that shaft is tied to that treadle. In **Liftplan mode**, this pane instead shows which shafts are lifted for each pick directly, and the tie-up is not used. The tie-up pane stays fixed in position — it doesn't scroll — so it's always visible as a reference while you work. #### Drawdown (Bottom Left) The bottom-left pane is the **drawdown** — the main cloth view showing the interlacement of warp and weft. This is the visual representation of what your woven fabric will look like based on your threading, tie-up, and treadling. Each cell represents the crossing of one warp thread and one weft pick. A filled cell means the warp thread is on top; an empty cell means the weft pick is on top. The colors shown are the actual warp and weft colors you've assigned. The drawdown scrolls both horizontally and vertically. A horizontal scrollbar appears at the bottom. The content is **right-anchored** — it aligns to the right edge of the pane, which matches the weaving convention of threading from right to left. #### Treadling / Weft Header (Bottom Right) The bottom-right pane shows the **treadling** — which treadle is pressed for each pick (row). The rows represent individual picks and the columns represent treadles. A filled cell at pick 10, treadle 2 means treadle 2 is pressed for the 10th pick. In **Liftplan mode**, this pane shows which shafts are raised for each pick directly. The color bar along the left edge shows the **weft color order** — each pick's assigned color. Click on a color cell to change it to the currently selected palette color. This pane scrolls vertically in sync with the drawdown, and the vertical scrollbar on the far right controls the scrolling for both panes. #### How Scrolling Works The four panes are synchronized so that scrolling any one pane keeps the others aligned: * **Scrolling horizontally** (via the drawdown's scrollbar) moves both the drawdown and the threading together, keeping warp threads aligned * **Scrolling vertically** (via the treadling's scrollbar) moves both the drawdown and the treadling together, keeping picks aligned * The **tie-up** stays fixed — it doesn't scroll because it's always the same compact size This synchronized scrolling means you never lose track of which thread corresponds to which shaft, or which pick corresponds to which treadle. #### Rulers and Numbering Thread numbers appear along the top of the threading pane, and shaft/treadle numbers appear along the edges of the tie-up. These labels scroll with the content, so you always know exactly where you are in the draft — even in a pattern with thousands of threads. *** ### Color Palette Sidebar The right side of the window contains the **Color Palette** — a narrow sidebar that gives you quick access to your project's colors. It's divided into two sections: * **Active Palette** — Shows only the colors currently in use in your draft, making it easy to find and select your working colors * **WIF Palette** — Shows every color defined in the WIF file, including unused colors available for adding to your design Between the two palettes you'll find three small action buttons for **Color Swap**, **Color Exchange**, and **Edit Yarn** — quick access to color operations without needing to right-click. Click any color swatch to select it as your current drawing color. The selected color is applied when you click on warp or weft color cells in the design area. For full details on the palette, color operations, sorting, and tips, see the Color Palette Guide. *** ### Coordinate Indicator In the top-right corner of the design area, near the tie-up, you'll find a small text display that shows your **current cursor position**. As you move your mouse over any of the four panes, this indicator updates to show the thread and pick number, or the shaft and treadle position — depending on which pane the cursor is in. When you have a **selection active**, the coordinate indicator also shows the dimensions of the selected region (e.g., "12 x 8" for a selection spanning 12 threads and 8 picks). This is especially helpful when working on large drafts where it's easy to lose track of exactly which thread or pick you're on. *** ### Status Bar The bottom edge of the window shows the **status bar** — a narrow strip that displays key information about the current draft at a glance: * **File Name** — The name of the currently loaded WIF file, shown in bold on the left. If no file is loaded, it shows "No WIF Loaded" * **Draft Statistics** — A summary of the current draft's structure: * **Shafts** — Number of shafts in the draft * **Treadles** — Number of treadles * **Mode** — Whether the draft uses Tieup or Liftplan mode * **Threads** — The highest warp thread with a shaft assignment (the actual threaded width, not the maximum capacity) * **Picks** — The highest weft pick with treadling data * **Zoom** — Current zoom level The status bar updates automatically as you work — adding threads, changing the tie-up mode, or zooming in and out are all reflected immediately. *** ### Keyboard Shortcuts TempoWeave Studio supports standard keyboard shortcuts for common operations: | Shortcut | Action | | -------------------------- | -------------------------------- | | Ctrl+N (Cmd+N on Mac) | New draft | | Ctrl+O (Cmd+O) | Open file | | Ctrl+S (Cmd+S) | Save | | Ctrl+Shift+S (Cmd+Shift+S) | Save As | | Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) | Undo | | Ctrl+Y (Cmd+Y) | Redo | | Ctrl+X (Cmd+X) | Cut | | Ctrl+C (Cmd+C) | Copy | | Ctrl+V (Cmd+V) | Paste | | Ctrl+A (Cmd+A) | Select All | | Delete | Clear selection | | Escape | Cancel selection or close dialog | *** ### Tips * **Start on the Home tab.** It has everything you need for basic drafting — drawing tools, selection, clipboard, and thread management. Switch to other tabs only when you need their specialized features. * **Use the Quick Access Toolbar for speed.** The QAT is always visible, so frequently used actions like Save, Undo, and tool switching are always one click away without changing tabs. * **Watch the status bar.** It's a quick sanity check — if you're expecting 200 threads and the status bar shows 180, you know something's off before you print. * **Lock your draft when it's finished.** The Lock button prevents accidental changes to a completed design. You can still view and print, but editing is blocked until you deliberately unlock. * **Try Split View for comparisons.** Open two drafts side by side to compare threading patterns, check color choices, or copy ideas between designs. * **Use Focus Mode for distraction-free drafting.** When you need maximum screen space for the drawdown, Focus Mode hides the ribbon. An Exit Focus Mode button appears in the Quick Access Toolbar to bring it back. # Keyboard Shortcuts TempoWeave Studio supports keyboard shortcuts to speed up your workflow. This guide lists every shortcut organized by category. > **Mac users:** Wherever you see **Ctrl**, use the **Command (⌘)** key instead. TempoWeave shows the correct symbol automatically in tooltips. *** ### File Operations | Action | Windows / Linux | Mac | | ---------------- | --------------- | --- | | New design | Ctrl+N | ⌘N | | Open file | Ctrl+O | ⌘O | | Save | Ctrl+S | ⌘S | | Save As | Ctrl+Shift+S | ⇧⌘S | | Close active tab | Ctrl+W | ⌘W | *** ### Edit Operations | Action | Windows / Linux | Mac | | ----------------------------------------- | --------------- | --- | | Undo | Ctrl+Z | ⌘Z | | Redo | Ctrl+Y | ⌘Y | | Redo (alternate) | Ctrl+Shift+Z | ⇧⌘Z | | Copy selection | Ctrl+C | ⌘C | | Paste | Ctrl+V | ⌘V | | Insert (paste and shift existing threads) | Ctrl+Shift+V | ⇧⌘V | | Cut (collapse space) | Ctrl+X | ⌘X | | Cut (leave space open) | Ctrl+Shift+X | ⇧⌘X | | Select all | Ctrl+A | ⌘A | *** ### Drawing Tools Press a single key to switch to the corresponding tool. These shortcuts work when the cursor is on the design canvas (not in a text field). | Tool | Key | | -------------- | --- | | Straight draw | S | | Freehand draw | F | | Line draw | L | | Point draw | P | | Select region | A | | Select special | Q | *** ### Thread Operations | Action | Key | | --------------------- | ----------- | | Insert thread(s) | I or Insert | | Remove thread(s) | R or Delete | | Toggle section marker | M | *** ### Shaft and Treadle Entry When the cursor is in the Threading or Treadling pane, press a number key to assign a shaft or treadle value directly. | Key | Value | | ----------------------- | ------------------- | | 1 | Shaft/Treadle 1 | | 2 | Shaft/Treadle 2 | | 3 | Shaft/Treadle 3 | | 4 | Shaft/Treadle 4 | | 5 | Shaft/Treadle 5 | | 6 | Shaft/Treadle 6 | | 7 | Shaft/Treadle 7 | | 8 | Shaft/Treadle 8 | | 9 | Shaft/Treadle 9 | | 0 | Shaft/Treadle 10 | | Shift + key 1 through 0 | Shaft/Treadle 11-20 | Numpad keys work the same way. *** ### Navigation | Action | Key | | -------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | | Move cursor left | Left Arrow | | Move cursor right | Right Arrow | | Move cursor up | Up Arrow | | Move cursor down | Down Arrow | | Cycle active pane (Threading → Tie-Up → Treadling) | Tab | | Clear selection | Escape | *** ### Selection Shifting When you have a region selected, you can shift the selected pattern in any direction. | Action | Windows / Linux | Mac | | --------------------------- | ---------------- | ------- | | Shift selection (with wrap) | Ctrl+Arrow | ⌘Arrow | | Shift selection (no wrap) | Ctrl+Shift+Arrow | ⇧⌘Arrow | Wrap means the pattern wraps around when it reaches the edge. Without wrap, threads that move past the edge are discarded. *** ### View and Zoom | Action | Windows / Linux | Mac | | ----------- | --------------- | --- | | Zoom in | Ctrl++ | ⌘+ | | Zoom out | Ctrl+- | ⌘- | | View Fabric | V | V | | Float Check | Ctrl+F | ⌘F |

Other Ways to Zoom in and out

*** ### Window and Display | Action | Key | | ----------------------------------- | --------- | | Focus mode (hide ribbon and panels) | F11 | | Focus mode with full screen | Shift+F11 | *** ### Quick Select (Modifier Hold) | Action | Windows / Linux | Mac | | --------------------- | ---------------- | ------------------- | | Temporary select mode | Hold Alt + click | Hold Option + click | While holding Alt (Option on Mac), click and drag to make a selection without switching away from your current tool. When you release Alt/Option, your previous tool is restored automatically. *** ### Ribbon Keyboard Navigation Press **Alt** (Windows/Linux) to activate ribbon key tips. Letters appear on each tab and button, allowing full keyboard-only navigation of the ribbon menu. For example: **Alt → H** opens the Home tab, then **N** clicks New. *** ### Tips * **Tooltips show shortcuts** — Hover over any ribbon button to see its keyboard shortcut (if one exists). Mac users will see ⌘ symbols; Windows users will see Ctrl. * **Text fields take priority** — When typing in a text field (such as project notes or the Section Assembly panel), letter keys type normally instead of activating tool shortcuts. * **Number keys are context-sensitive** — Number keys assign shaft/treadle values only when the cursor is in a design pane, not when typing in dialog boxes. # Ribbon Menu Reference TempoWeave's ribbon interface organizes all commands across nine tabs, plus a File backstage menu for file operations and settings. This page provides a quick reference for every command. **Tip:** Press **Alt** (Windows) or **Option** (Mac) to display KeyTips — letter badges on each tab and button that let you navigate the ribbon entirely by keyboard. *** ### File (Backstage) Click **File** at the left end of the ribbon to open the backstage menu. #### File Operations | Command | Description | | ----------- | -------------------------------------------------- | | **New** | Create a new blank draft | | **Open** | Open an existing WIF or TWA file | | **Save** | Save the current draft | | **Save As** | Save the current draft with a new name or location | | **Close** | Close the current draft | #### Browse & Share | Command | Description | | ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Browse Drafts** | Open the Pattern Browser to visually browse WIF files in a folder | | **Recent Designs** | View and reopen recently opened files | | **Recent Folders** | View and reopen recently browsed folders | | **Cloud Share** | Share the current draft via Cloud Pattern Library *(requires Cloud Library)* | | **Cloud Receive** | Receive a shared draft using a share code *(requires Cloud Library)* | #### Output | Command | Description | | ---------- | -------------------------------------------- | | **Print** | Print the current draft or project report | | **Export** | Export the draft as an image or other format | #### Application | Command | Description | | ------------ | ------------------------ | | **Settings** | Open the Settings dialog | | **Exit** | Quit TempoWeave | *** ### Home Tab The Home tab contains the most frequently used commands for editing your draft. #### File Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------- | | **New** | N | Create a new blank draft | | **Open** | O | Open an existing file | | **Browse** | B | Open the Pattern Browser | | **Recent Files** | E | View recently opened files | | **Save** | S | Save the current draft | | **Save As** | A | Save with a new name | #### Drawing Tools Group | Tool | KeyTip | Description | | ------------ | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Straight** | S | Draw straight threading/treadling sequences (click start, click end) | | **Freehand** | 2 | Draw freely by clicking or dragging across cells | | **Line** | L | Draw a straight line between two points | | **Point** | P | Toggle individual cells on/off with each click | #### Selection Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------ | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Select** | A | Enter selection mode — click and drag to select a rectangular region | | **Select Special** | Q | Select a region for special operations (copy source for Insert) | | **Select All** | CA | Select the entire threading, treadling, or drawdown area | #### Edit Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | -------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Undo** | U | Undo the last operation (Ctrl+Z / Cmd+Z) | | **Redo** | R | Redo the last undone operation (Ctrl+Shift+Z / Cmd+Shift+Z) | | **Cut** | X | Cut the selected region | | **Copy** | C | Copy the selected region | | **Paste** | V | Paste from clipboard | | **Insert Clipboard** | I | Insert clipboard contents at the current position, shifting existing data | #### Add/Remove Threads Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ----------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------- | | **Insert Thread** | IT | Insert a blank thread at the cursor position | | **Remove Thread** | RT | Remove the thread at the cursor position | #### Sync Group | Command | Description | | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Sync Color** | When checked, setting a thread color in warp or weft applies to both directions | | **Sync Thickness** | When checked, changing thread thickness applies to both warp and weft | *** ### Project Tab The Project tab provides access to project configuration and analysis tools. #### Project Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | --------------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Project Info** | PI | Open the Project Information dialog (setup, planning, notes, writeup) | | **Warp Winding Plan** | WW | Generate a warp winding plan showing color order and thread counts | | **Weft Color Plan** | WC | Generate a weft color plan showing pick-by-pick color sequence | | **Float Check** | FC | Analyze the draft for long floats that may cause structural problems | | **Reed Calculator** | RC | Calculate reed requirements based on sett and slay pattern | | **Raddle Calculator** | RA | Calculate raddle group spacing | #### Mode Group | Option | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | | **Rising Shed** | Tie-up marks indicate shafts that rise (default) | | **Sinking Shed** | Tie-up marks indicate shafts that sink | #### Cloth Type Group | Option | Description | | -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Normal** | Standard balanced weave rendering (default) | | **Warp Faced** | Render as warp-faced — warp threads always on top | | **Weft Faced** | Render as weft-faced — weft threads always on top | | **Show In Drawdown** | When checked, apply the faced rendering to the drawdown view (enabled only when Warp Faced or Weft Faced is selected) | *** ### Design Tab The Design tab contains tools for manipulating your draft's structure and creating patterns. #### Tie-Up Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ----------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------ | | **Tie Up** (menu) | TU | Opens a menu of tie-up operations (see below) | | **Diagonal** | DG | Fill the tie-up with a straight diagonal pattern | **Tie-Up menu operations:** | Operation | Description | | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Clear | Remove all tie-up connections | | Change Face | Swap raised and lowered shafts | | Invert | Invert all connections (on↔off) | | Reverse | Reverse the tie-up column order | | Rotate 90 | Rotate the tie-up 90° clockwise | | Rotate 180 | Rotate the tie-up 180° | | Shift Right/Left/Up/Down | Shift all tie-up connections in the specified direction (wrapping) | #### Warp Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | --------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------- | | **Warp** (menu) | W | Opens a menu of warp/threading operations (see below) | **Warp menu operations:** | Operation | Description | | ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------- | | Clear | Remove all threading assignments | | Invert | Invert shaft assignments (shaft 1↔max, etc.) | | Reverse | Reverse the threading order | | Mirror Selection | Mirror the selected threading region | | Mirror All | Mirror the entire threading sequence | | Shift Right/Left/Up/Down | Shift threading in the specified direction | | Randomize Warp Colors | Assign random colors to warp threads | #### Weft Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | --------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------- | | **Weft** (menu) | WE | Opens a menu of weft/treadling operations (see below) | **Weft menu operations:** | Operation | Description | | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------ | | Clear | Remove all treadling assignments | | Change Face | Swap raised and lowered treadles | | Flip | Flip the treadling sequence horizontally | | Reverse | Reverse the treadling order | | Mirror Selection | Mirror the selected treadling region | | Mirror All | Mirror the entire treadling sequence | | Shift Right/Left/Up/Down | Shift treadling in the specified direction | #### Weave Explorer Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------------ | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Common Weaves** | CW | Open the Common Weaves dialog — choose from 18 built-in weave structures | | **Color Weave Explorer** | CX | Open the Color & Weave Explorer for color-and-weave effects | | **AI Draft** | AI | Generate a draft using AI *(requires AI feature and API key)* | #### Repeats Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Design Repeats** | DR | Repeat the threading and treadling pattern a specified number of times | | **Color Repeats** | CR | Repeat the warp and weft color pattern | | **Thickness Repeats** | TR | Repeat the thread thickness pattern | | **Color Pattern Draw** | CP | Toggle color pattern drawing mode — draw with a repeating color sequence | #### Warp Advanced Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------------ | ------ | ----------------------------------------------- | | **Plot On Network Warp** | PW | Generate threading from a network/profile draft | | **Warp Amalgamation** | WA | Combine multiple threading sequences | | **Echo** | EC | Create echo weave threading | | **Interleave Warp** | IW | Interleave two threading sequences | #### Weft Advanced Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------------ | ------ | ----------------------------------------------- | | **Plot On Network Weft** | PN | Generate treadling from a network/profile draft | | **Combine Weft** | CW | Combine multiple treadling sequences | #### Assembly Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Section Marker** | SM | Toggle section markers in the drawdown for dividing your draft into labeled sections | | **Section Assembly** | AS | Open the Section Assembly panel to rearrange, duplicate, and manage sections | | **Block Substitution** | BS | Open the Block Substitution panel to swap weave blocks | *** ### Tools Tab The Tools tab provides conversion, transformation, and analysis utilities. #### Tabby Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Add Tabby** | AT | Add tabby (plain weave) picks between existing picks. Options include matching adjacent weft colors. | | **Remove Tabby** | RT | Remove tabby picks that were previously added | #### Conversions Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ----------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Convert To Liftplan** | CL | Convert the current tie-up + treadling to a direct liftplan | | **Convert To Tieup** | CT | Convert a liftplan back to tie-up + treadling | | **Tromp As Writ** | TW | Copy the threading sequence to the treadling (tromp as writ) | #### Treadles Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | -------------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------- | | **Arrange Treadles** | AR | Rearrange treadles for optimal foot movement | | **Treadle Reducer** | RE | Reduce the number of treadles by combining similar ones | | **Treadle Expander** | EX | Expand treadles for multi-treadle weaving | #### Transform Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Turn Draft** | TD | Turn the draft 90° (threading becomes treadling and vice versa) | | **Rotate Draft** | RD | Rotate the entire draft | | **Warp Spread** | WS | Spread warp threads across additional shafts | | **Double Cloth** | DC | Create a double cloth structure from the current draft | #### Image Center Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------- | | **Image Center** | IC | Import an image and convert it to a weaving draft | #### Analysis Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------- | | **Analyze Repeats** | AN | Detect and display repeat units in the current draft | | **FA Mode** | FA | Toggle Fabric Analysis mode for examining cloth structure | #### Weave Assistant Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Weave Assistant** | DO | Open the Weave Assistant — a pick-by-pick weaving guide for use at the loom | | **Prepare Threading WIF** | PT | Export a simplified WIF file optimized for threading at the loom | *** ### Yarns Tab The Yarns tab manages your color palette and yarn catalog. #### Yarn Catalog Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Yarn Catalog** | YC | Toggle the Yarn Catalog panel — browse and assign yarns from commercial yarn databases | #### Yarns and Palettes Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ----------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Clear Palette** | CP | Remove all colors from the current palette and reset to defaults | | **Export Yarns** | EY | Export your custom yarn collection (MyYarns) to a file | | **Import Yarns** | IY | Import a yarn collection file into MyYarns | #### Sort Palette Group Choose how palette colors are ordered in the color bar: | Option | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Original** | Display colors in their original palette index order (default) | | **Hue** | Sort by color hue | | **Lightness** | Sort by lightness (dark to light) | | **Color Family** | Group by color family (reds, blues, greens, etc.) | | **Warm To Cool** | Sort from warm colors (reds/oranges) to cool colors (blues/purples) | | **Color Name** | Sort alphabetically by color name | *** ### View Tab The View tab controls how your draft is displayed. #### View Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ----------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Front View** | — | Show the front (face) of the cloth (default) | | **Back View** | — | Show the back of the cloth | | **Show Interlacement** | — | Render interlacement shading in the drawdown for a more realistic look | | **Grayscale Drawdown** | — | Desaturate the drawdown to see structure without color | | **Grayscale Palette** | — | Desaturate the color palette | | **Show Thickness** | — | Show thread thickness variations in the drawdown | | **Show Variegated** | — | Display variegated/gradient yarn colors | | **Yarn Bloom** (slider) | — | Adjust yarn bloom effect (0–100) — simulates how yarn fibers spread and blend | #### Tie-Up Style Group Choose how tied cells are marked in the tie-up matrix: | Option | Description | | ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Block Style** | Filled squares (default) | | **Numeric Style** | Shaft number displayed in each tied cell | | **Alpha Style** | Letters A–Z for shafts 1–26 — useful for profile drafts with lettered blocks | | **Shed Style** | `O` on tied cells for rising-shed looms, `X` for sinking-shed looms (per Madelyn van der Hoogt's convention); glyph swaps live with the Rising / Sinking Shed setting | #### Warp Header Style Group Choose how the threading header is displayed: | Option | Description | | ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | **Block Style** | Filled blocks showing shaft assignments (default) | | **Numeric Style** | Shaft numbers displayed in each cell | | **Alpha Style** | Letters A–Z for shafts 1–26, matching the Tie-Up Alpha view | | **Color Style** | Cells colored by thread color | | **Visible** | Show or hide the warp header | #### Weft Header Style Group Same options as Warp Header Style (minus Alpha), applied to the treadling header: Block / Numeric / Color. #### Cloth View Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ------------------ | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Structure Only** | — | Show only the weave structure without thread colors | | **View Fabric** | VF | Open a flat fabric rendering of the cloth | | **3D View** | 3D | Open a 3D interlacement view showing thread crossings | | **Cloth Sim** | CS | Open the Cloth Simulation — drape your fabric on realistic mockup templates | #### Zoom Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | -------------- | ------ | -------------------------------- | | **Zoom In** | ZI | Increase the zoom level | | **Zoom Out** | ZO | Decrease the zoom level | | **Reset Zoom** | ZR | Return to the default zoom level | *** ### Window Tab The Window tab controls the application layout. #### Layout Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | ---------------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Split View** | — | Split the workspace into two side-by-side draft panes | | **Move To Other Pane** | MO | Move the current draft to the other pane (enabled in split view) | #### Screen Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | --------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Focus Mode** | FM | Hide the ribbon and panels to maximize the draft editing area. Press Escape or click Exit Focus Mode to return. | | **Full Screen** | FS | Toggle full-screen mode | *** ### Help Tab The Help tab provides access to updates, licensing, and support. #### Updates Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | --------------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Check For Updates** | CU | Check for a new version of TempoWeave | | **Configure Updates** | CO | Configure automatic update checking and manage skipped versions | | **License** | LI | View or enter your license key | | **Messages** | ME | View system messages and announcements | #### About Group | Command | KeyTip | Description | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **About** | AB | View version information, credits, and system info (version, license, OS, memory, display) with Copy to Clipboard and Send to Support | | **User Guide** | HE | Open the TempoWeave documentation | | **Feedback** | FB | Open a FreshDesk support ticket to send feedback or report an issue | *** ### Keyboard Shortcuts In addition to KeyTip navigation (Alt/Option), TempoWeave supports these keyboard shortcuts: | Shortcut | Action | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------ | | Ctrl+N / Cmd+N | New draft | | Ctrl+O / Cmd+O | Open file | | Ctrl+S / Cmd+S | Save | | Ctrl+Shift+S / Cmd+Shift+S | Save As | | Ctrl+Z / Cmd+Z | Undo | | Ctrl+Shift+Z / Cmd+Shift+Z | Redo | | Ctrl+Y / Cmd+Y | Redo (alternate) | | Ctrl+X / Cmd+X | Cut | | Ctrl+C / Cmd+C | Copy | | Ctrl+V / Cmd+V | Paste | | Ctrl+A / Cmd+A | Select All | | Ctrl++ / Cmd++ | Zoom In | | Ctrl+- / Cmd+- | Zoom Out | | Escape | Exit Focus Mode / Close dialog | # File Menu Menu Option File Clicking File opens up a panel similar to the one shown below. Initially, the recent designs tab on the left is opened [Recent Designs](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/recent-designs) Other options to start a new draft, search, open or save a draft as well as print or export are available from this side panel.

File Menu

Some of the File operations are available on the Home Menu.

File Operations on the Home Menu

In addition, many of the file options have keyboard shortcuts (see [Keyboard Shortcuts](/user-interface/keyboard-shortcuts#file-operations).) # File New Starting a New Draft File New opens a new weaving design window using the number of shafts, treadles (or liftplan) as defined [i](https://docs.tempoweave.com/documentation-by-menu-function/home/settings)n [Settings (app defaults & options)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/settings-app-defaults-and-options) The number of shafts, treadles, tie-up or liftplan and view options may be changed in the Project Menu [Project Setup](/help-by-menu-tabs/project-menu/project-information/project-setup) {% hint style="info" %} The File New function is also available on the Home Menu, and has a keyboard shortcut of Ctrl+N / ⌘N {% endhint %} # Open The **Open** command launches your computer’s file system, allowing you to navigate to the desired folder and select the WIF file you wish to open. {% hint style="info" %} The File Open function is also available on the Home Menu, and has a keyboard shortcut of Ctrl+O / ⌘O {% endhint %} As files are opened, the files are placed in a new tab in the main design screen. Switch between currently open files by clicking on the tab.
# Save and Save As Saving your Draft To save a draft, choose **Save**. Save can be found on the File or Home menu. Keyboard Shortcut: Ctrl-S {% hint style="info" %} The File Save and Save-As functions are also available on the Home Menu. File Save has a keyboard shortcut of Ctrl+S / ⌘S {% endhint %} \ If the draft has been saved previously, it will be saved again using the same file name and location from which it was opened. If the draft has not yet been saved, you will be prompted to enter a file name and choose a location where the file will be stored. To create a copy of the draft with a different name or in a different location, use **Save As**. Enter the new file name and select the destination folder. Save As is available on the File and Home menu. {% hint style="info" %} **File Names** that you give your draft are saved in your file system and must abide by rules for your computer's operating system; those rules likely include avoiding these special characters: comma ",", front and backslash "/", "", period ".", question mark "?" and asterisk "\*". The file extensions will default and TempoWeave will create two physical files when your project is saved (one with a .WIF extension and the other with a .TWA extension). {% endhint %}

Save Optoins

The only file format supported at this time is "WIF" for the selection. If the file name you select for your new file already exists, you will be given the option to overwrite (replace) the existing file or to cancel. {% hint style="info" %} It’s important to note that when you do a SAVE AS, you are immediately working under the new (save as) name. Any changes made since the last time you did a SAVE (under the prior name) will not be saved to the previous file name, but instead will be saved under the new name indicated on “Save As”. {% endhint %} # Duplicate to New Tab This feature is ideal for trying a variation of a currently opened draft without touching the original or filling your folders with half-finished files: the copy lives only in the tab until you choose to save it or close the tab without saving. When used, a new copy of the current draft, including its structure, colors, tie-up, Section Assembly, and Weaver's Writeup, is placed in a new tab with the same name and "copy" appended. To use this function, either right-click on any file tab, or use the File > Duplicate to New Tab option. Remember that the duplicated draft with the text "copy" appended is not saved automatically. # Recent Designs Recently Saved Files for Fast Access Recent Designs is accessed from the File Menu. Listed is up to 30 recently saved drafts. Click on the draft name to open. Optionally Pin Draft to the recent designs menu to keep them at the top of the list.
The Red Arrow points to options to Pin a file to the recent files, as well as an "x" mark to remove from recent files.
**Pin File** - click beside a draft that you want to keep on the recent design list, even if there are more than 30 recently saved drafts.
**Remove File** - click beside a draft that you want to remove from your recent design list. {% hint style="info" %} If you ever see "greyed out" recent designs that you cannot open, such as in the screenshot below, you have likely moved the draft to another folder since you last accessed it. Click the "x" to remove it from recent files. When you reopen in the new location, it will appear properly in your recent files. ![](/files/xF28w0nm7SYTLg8EcPDI) {% endhint %} # Recent Folders Recent Folders that have been used to Save Drafts Recent Folders is accessed from the File Menu. Listed are up to 30 folders recently used for saving drafts. Click on the folder name to open.
On the right of the Recent Folders is a "Pin" icon as wells as an "x".
**Pin Folder** - click beside the folder you want to keep on the recent folder list.
**Remove Folder**- click beside the folder to remove from the list. # Browse Drafts (show draft thumbnails) Explore Your Own Draft Folders **Browse Drafts** allows you to explore folders that contain weaving drafts. Shown below is an example of a folder and its subfolders containing multiple drafts. Each draft automatically displays a thumbnail image for easy visual identification. Additional search options are available to filter drafts by **name**, **title**, **author**, **number of shafts**, **number of treadles**, and **tags**. You may create and assign any tags you wish to support searching, organization, and documentation. See [Project Notes](/help-by-menu-tabs/project-menu/project-information/project-notes)for information on assigning tags to drafts.

Browse Drafts Sample

Click **Add Folder** to locate a folder on your computer. Select any folder to display thumbnails and links for the WIF files it contains.\ To include files in subfolders, enable **Include Subfolders** at the top of the panel. The **Search All Folders** option searches across all folders currently selected in the left panel. Very large folders may take some time to load. Images are cached after they are first loaded, so subsequent browsing will be much faster.\ If you ever need the system to regenerate the images, use the **Clear Cache** button. # Print (formatted reports) Printed Draft and Project Information From the file memu, click **Print** on the left navigator to open the Print Settings panel. The first selection, Print Options, provides some customization for the printouts that follow. Printouts include those for Threading, Treadling, Tie-up, Drawdown, Color Card, Warp Winding Plan, Sleying Guide for Variable Density, Sectional Warping Plan, Weft Color Plan, Project and Weaver's Writeup.

Print Settings from the File Menu

### Print Options

Print Options

**Print options** apply to all printed reports that follow. If **Report Name** is checked, a report name is printed at the top of each page. The report name is automatically derived from the report content; for example, a Threading report will display **TempoWeave Threading**. If **Document Title** is checked, the text entered in the **Document Title** field is printed near the top of each page. If the field is left blank, the name of the WIF file is printed instead. **Page Numbers** print if Show Page Numbers is checked. **Paper Size** options are A4 and Letter. **Warp Winding Color Pattern** defines how the Warp Winding Plan will group repeating colors. A repeat of 2 means it will identify when 2 colors repeat and assume the weaver will wind them together. # Print Warp Winding Plan From the File - Print or Project Print out a summary of warp ends by color. Optionally group repeating colors by groups of 2, 3 or 4 when several ends are to be wound at once. Set this in the Print Options under Warp Winding Color Pattern. The following report is an example of warp winding plan that can be taken to the warping board or reel. In this report, the options have included the report name, document title (blank, so default to WIF name) and page numbers. The Cumulative Ends will add up to the total warp ends in the WIF.
In the following example, the first 48 warp ends have been changed to have a 3-color repeating sequence. The Warp Winding Color Pattern has been changed to a 3, so the Limestone, Olive and Island moss are to be wound together for 16 passes and a total of 48 warp ends.
# Print Sleying Guide for Variable Density ### What It Does The **Sleying Guide** is a printable (PDF) plan for **sleying the warp through the reed** — deciding how many ends go in each dent so the warp comes out at the right width and density. For an even sett it's a convenience. Where it really earns its keep is **variable-density** cloth — warps that change sett across their width (cram-and-dent, lace borders at a different EPI than the body, graduated setts) and warps with **reed gaps**. Working those out by hand at the reed is error-prone; this report does the arithmetic for you. It walks your warp end to end, groups consecutive threads that share the same density into rows, and for each row tells you exactly: * the **density** (EPI) of that stretch, * how many **dents** it spans on your reed, * the **sley pattern** — how many ends to put in each successive dent (e.g. 2 per dent, or `1-1-1-2`), * how many times that pattern **repeats**, plus any **balance** left at the end, * any **reed gap** (empty dents) to leave, and * the **starting color**, so you can confirm where you are. *** ### Before You Start You'll need: * **A reed chosen** — the guide is computed for a specific reed (dents per inch, or per 10 cm in metric). *Required* — without it the report won't run (you'll see *"Reed is not set. Open Project Info → Setup and choose a reed before printing the Sleying Guide."*). * **Warp ends in the draft** — there has to be a warp to sley. **Tier:** available to **Lite, Core, and Pro** licenses. (The Print reports as a whole are disabled in Demo.) *** ### Setting the Reed Tell TempoWeave which reed you're using — either: * **Project Info ▸ Setup** — set the reed's dents-per-inch (shown as *dents per in*, or *dents per 10 cm* in metric), **or** * the **Reed Calculator** (Project tab) — choose a reed and sley and it stores the dents for you, and helps you find a reed that hits your target EPI. The reed value is saved with the project. *** ### Variable Density & Reed Gaps This is where the guide shines. Both come from **warp section markers**: * **Local density override** — mark a section of the warp and give it its own EPI (the **Variable Density** feature). Any threads inside that section are sleyed at the section's density; threads outside any marked section use the **project sett**. The guide starts a new row each time the density changes, so each density stretch gets its own sley pattern. * **Reed gap** — a section can carry a **gap** (in your project unit), which the guide converts to a number of **empty dents** to leave at that point — the basis of cram-and-dent and deliberate spacing. So if your warp is, say, 24 EPI in the body with a 12-EPI lace border and a small gap between them, the guide produces a separate row (with its own sley pattern) for the border, the body, and an empty-dent gap between — no mental math at the reed. When various densities are defined across a warp (all warp threads are not sleyed in the reed at a single number of ends per inch / centimeter), this report helps to pull the warp ends through the slots as the project is designed. See this topic for more information and a video: [Variable Density (Cram and Dent)](/video-collection/variable-density-cram-and-dent) The report format works across the warp ends, breaking at each change in the density sleying pattern (starting thread). The number of threads in the report line is placed into the no. dents as shown according to the sley pattern. If the pattern does not fit equally into the number of dents, as shown on Balanced 2 in the picture below, the balnce for the last dent(s) is shown, so in this case, the 5th dent would have two threads for a total of 8 threads in this section. The Gap column has a value if a gap after the sleying pattern was defined; this can be used for widely spaced coth, such as that sometimes used on curtains, where a deliberate empty section is left in the reed. The running width will accumulate to the width in the reed at the close of the last section. The starting color is shown to help the weaver double check their progress at sleying the reed for warps that have multiple colors.
*** ### Printing the Guide 1. **File menu (backstage) ▸ Print tab.** 2. Click **Print Sleying Guide for Variable Density**. It generates a PDF in **landscape** (the table is wide), using your current Print Options (paper size, continuous page, header/footer toggles, page numbers). *** ### Reading the Report A header line states the **Reed** (e.g. *Reed: 12 dents per inch*). Then a row per density stretch, with these columns: | Column | What it tells you | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Starting Thread** | The warp end this row begins at. | | **No. Threads** | How many ends this row covers. | | **Section Name** | The marked section's name (blank for unmarked, project-sett runs). | | **Density** | The sett for this stretch — ends per inch (or per cm). | | **No. Dents** | How many reed dents this stretch occupies. | | **Repeating Sley Pattern** | Ends per dent, as a repeating unit (see notation below). | | **No. Repeats** | How many times that pattern repeats across the stretch. | | **Balance Pattern** | The leftover dents at the end that don't complete a full repeat. | | **Gap** | Any reed gap to leave here, shown as empty dents (0 = none). | | **Running Width** | The cumulative warp width as you sley — a running check you're on track. | | **Start Color** | A swatch of the color at the start of this row. | Work top to bottom: each row is one stretch of the warp; sley its pattern the stated number of repeats, add the balance, leave any gap, then move to the next row. *** ### Understanding the Sley Pattern Notation The pattern lists ends-per-dent across one repeat, separated by dashes; `No. Repeats` is how many times to lay it down, and `Balance` is the partial pattern at the very end. * **Even** — `3` × 3 means *3 ends in each dent, for 3 dents* (9 ends, 3 dents). * **Cram** (more ends than dents) — `1-1-1-2` × 3 means dents get *1, 1, 1, 2 ends* and that 4-dent unit repeats 3× (15 ends across 12 dents). A `Balance` of `1` adds one more dent with 1 end (16 ends, 13 dents). * **Spread** (fewer ends than dents) — `1-1-1-0` × 3 means *1, 1, 1, then an empty dent*, repeated — every fourth dent left empty to open the sett out (9 ends across 11 dents). A `Balance` of `1-1` finishes with two more single-end dents. In short: a `2` or `3` means crammed dents, a `0` means a skipped (empty) dent, and mixed values like `1-1-1-2` distribute the extras (or the gaps) as evenly as the reed allows so the density looks smooth in the cloth. *** ### Tips * **Set the reed first.** The whole plan is computed for one specific reed — if you switch reeds, update Project Info / the Reed Calculator and reprint. * **Use section markers for variable density.** Mark the stretches that differ in sett (and add gaps where you want them); the guide turns those into per-section sley patterns automatically. * **Check the Running Width** against your intended weaving width as you go — it's the quickest way to catch a miscount early. * **Landscape by design.** The report prints landscape because of the wide table; choose a paper size in Print Options that fits. * **For winding the warp** (not sleying), see the **Warp Winding Plan** and, for a sectional beam, the **Sectional Warping Plan**. # Print Threading From File Print The Threading Printout can be customized to have: 1\) Black Blocks, Warp Colored Blocks or Number 2\) Grid lines or no grid lines. The following report has no grid lines, and the View Warp setting is for Block.

Printout wih no grid lines, View setting for Warp is Block

The View setting for warp:has now been changed from Block to Numeric, and the Project Setting ![](/files/N3OOB7YpQ6S0dZvBzRZr).

Numeric, Grid LInes of 4

# Print Weft Color Change Plan The weft color change plan can be convenient if not following the pick-by-pick treadling sequence and the weaver wants to either count picks or measure when it's time to change colors.

Weft Color Change Plan

The colors, picks and cumulative picks come directly from the WIF. The Length is calculated from the Picks times the Beat (ppi / ppcm). # Sectional Warping Plan ### What It Does The **Sectional Warping Plan** is a printable (PDF) guide for dressing a loom with a **sectional warp beam** — the kind with pegs dividing the beam into fixed-width sections, wound from a spool rack one section at a time. It takes your draft's warp (every end, in order, with its colour and yarn) and works out: * how many **ends go into each section** of your beam, given your sett and the width of one section, and * exactly **which colors, and how many of each**, to wind into each section — in the order they appear across the warp. Then it lays that out section by section so you can wind straight from the report: fill section 1, move the rack to section 2, and so on, with no counting or arithmetic at the rack. It's the sectional-beam counterpart to the **Warp Winding Plan** (which lists the same color-by-color winding order for a plain beam). Same warp data — just partitioned across the pegs of your sectional beam with a **Section #** column added. *** ### Before You Start You'll get the most out of it if your draft already has: * **Warp colors assigned** — the plan reads the colour (and yarn name, if you've named your yarns) of each warp end. * **A sett (EPI/PPI)** set for the project — this drives how many ends fit in a section. If you've set per-thread warp spacing, the plan uses the resulting calculated EPI; otherwise it uses the project sett. * **A Section Width** defined (see below) — *required*. Without it the report won't run. **Tier:** the Sectional Warping Plan is available to **Core and Pro** licenses. (Demo and Lite see the button disabled.) *** ### Setting Up the Sectional Beam The plan needs to know how wide one section of your beam is. You set this once, per project: 1. Open **Project Info** (Project tab). 2. Find the **Sectional Beam** group. 3. Enter your **Section Width** and choose the unit — **in** or **cm**. > Set this to the spacing between your beam's pegs — the finished width of one wound section (commonly 1 in / 2 in on US beams, or in cm on metric beams). If you leave Section Width at **0**, TempoWeave treats the project as *not* using a sectional beam, and trying to print the plan shows: *"Section Width must be defined in Project Info for this report."* Set a width and try again. #### Floating selvedges Also in Project Info, the **Floating Selvedge** options (Right thread 1 / Left last thread / Double) add selvedge ends to your warp. The Sectional Warping Plan **includes these in the totals** — so the ends-per-section and grand total reflect the selvedges you'll actually wind. When any are enabled, the report's header reads *"Total warp ends (with selvedges)."* *** ### Printing the Plan 1. **File menu (backstage) ▸ Print tab.** 2. Click **Print Sectional Warping Plan**. It generates a PDF using your current Print Options (paper size, orientation, etc. — see below). *** ### Reading the Report A summary line at the top states the plan at a glance: > **Section width:** 2 in • **Sett:** 24.0 EPI • **Ends per section:** 48 • **Sections:** 10 • **Total warp ends:** 480 Below it is the winding table, with these columns: | Column | What it tells you | | ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Section** | Which beam section this row belongs to (1, 2, 3 …). | | **Name** | The yarn's name (from your palette), if you've named your yarns. | | **Color** | A colour swatch so you can grab the right cone at a glance. | | **Wind** | How many ends of this color to wind **in this section**, in order. (With multi-color winding on, this is shown as wraps — see below.) | | **Cumulative Ends** | A running total of ends wound so far — a quick check that you're on track. | Each section's rows are followed by a **section-total spacer row**, and the report ends with a **TOTAL ENDS** line so you can confirm the whole warp is accounted for. To wind: work top to bottom. Each block of rows under a Section number is everything that goes onto that section, in the order to wind it; when you reach the next Section number, move the rack to the next peg group. *** ### How the Plan Is Calculated So you can sanity-check the numbers: * **Ends per section** = sett (ends per inch) × section width in inches, rounded to the nearest whole end. (A cm section width is converted to inches first.) * **Total warp ends** = your warp ends + any floating-selvedge ends. * **Number of sections** = total warp ends ÷ ends per section, rounded **down** — so the plan never asks you to wind past the end of the warp. * **Leftover ends** (the remainder that doesn't divide evenly) are **spread evenly** across the sections: every section gets a share, and the first few sections each take one extra. This guarantees **every warp end lands on the beam** — sections may differ by a single end, which is normal and keeps the warp width correct. In short: each section is filled to about the same width, the colour order always follows your draft, and nothing is left over or overshot. *** ### Multi-Colour Winding (Winding a Bundle) If you wind several ends together as a bundle (holding 2–4 cones at once), turn on **Warp Winding Color Pattern** in **Print Options** and set the number of colours (2–4). The plan then treats one **wrap** — one pass with all the cones in your hand — as the indivisible unit: * A single wrap (N ends, one of each colour you're holding) won't be split mid-wrap across two sections. * Multiple wraps of the same pattern can still split across sections. * If the next whole wrap won't fit, the section closes a touch short and the following sections absorb the difference, working to the overall target — so the totals still come out exactly right. This matches how you actually wind a bundled warp at the rack: you never break a wrap partway. *** ### Print Options That Apply The plan honors your current **Print Options**: * **Paper size** and **orientation** (Portrait / Landscape). * **Continuous page** — render as one long page instead of paginating (handy for long warps). * **Show Report Name** / **Show Document Title** / **Page Numbers** in the header/footer. * **Warp Winding Color Pattern** (2–4) — the bundle/multi-colour winding described above. * **Show Variegated Yarns** — variegated yarns render with their colour blend in the swatch rather than a flat colour. *** ### Tips * **Match Section Width to your beam.** The plan is only as accurate as this number — set it to your actual peg spacing. * **Set your sett before printing.** Ends-per-section comes straight from the sett; if you change EPI, reprint. * **Slightly uneven sections are expected.** The even leftover distribution means some sections hold one more end than others — that's intentional and keeps the total warp width correct. * **Name your yarns** (in the palette / Yarn Catalog) so the **Name** column is meaningful at the rack, especially when several colours look similar. * **Winding a bundle?** Turn on the Warp Winding Color Pattern so the counts come out in whole wraps. * For a **plain (non-sectional) beam**, use **Print Warp Winding Plan** instead — same color order, no section split. # Weaver's Writeup ### What Is a Weaver's Writeup? A Weaver's Writeup is a comprehensive, printable document that packages your weaving project into a polished, professional format. Think of it as a complete project guide — it combines your own written instructions with automatically generated technical diagrams into a single PDF that you can print, share, or sell as a pattern. The Writeup includes a cover page, step-by-step sections for warp winding, warping, weaving, and finishing, plus any combination of technical reports like the threading diagram, treadling sequence, tie-up, and color plans. You write the instructions in your own words, and TempoWeave Studio handles the formatting, layout, and technical content. **Note:** Weaver's Writeup is a Pro-tier feature. *** ### Getting Started #### Opening the Writeup Editor
Go to the **Project** tab on the ribbon and click **Project Information**. In the dialog that opens, select the **Weaver's Writeup** tab. This is where you'll write your project instructions and choose what to include in the final printed document. #### Generate a Template If you're starting from scratch, click the **Generate Template** button in the toolbar. This creates a starting point by: * Filling in the **Title** from your project name * Building a **Cover Section** with project details pulled from your draft — number of pieces, dimensions, equipment, heddle counts, sett, and yarn information * Checking all the report content boxes so everything is included by default You can edit any of the generated text to suit your needs. The template is just a starting point. *** ### Writing Your Writeup #### Basic Information At the top of the Writeup tab you'll find three fields: * **Title** — The project name, displayed prominently on the cover page * **Subtitle** — A secondary heading shown below the title (for example, "A Four-Shaft Twill Scarf" or "Tea Towel Collection") * **Pattern Code** — A reference code that appears in the footer of every printed page, useful if you're selling patterns or organizing a collection #### Instruction Sections The main body of the Writeup is divided into sections that follow the natural workflow of a weaving project: **Cover Section** An overview of the project that appears on the cover page alongside your cover image. This is a good place for a project summary — what the finished piece is, what makes it interesting, and key specifications like finished dimensions and yarn requirements. **Description** A brief description that appears at the bottom of the cover page in a highlighted banner. Keep this to a sentence or two — it serves as a quick introduction. **Warp Winding Instructions** Step-by-step guidance for winding the warp. When you include the Warp Winding Plan in your report contents, an automatically generated table is added alongside your text, showing each yarn color, the number of ends to wind, and a running cumulative total. **Warping Instructions** Instructions for threading the loom. When you include the Tie-Up in your report contents, a visual tie-up diagram is automatically rendered alongside your warping text, giving the weaver a quick reference while dressing the loom. **Weaving Instructions** Pick-by-pick or general weaving guidance — treadling sequences, pattern notes, tips for maintaining selvedges, or anything else the weaver needs to know while at the loom. **Finishing** Post-loom instructions such as wet finishing, hemming, fringe twisting, pressing, or any other steps to complete the project. #### Formatting Your Text A toolbar above the text area gives you basic formatting options: * **Bold**, **Italic**, and **Underline** buttons * **Bullet List** for organized step-by-step instructions * **Font Size** dropdown to adjust text size The formatting you apply here is preserved in the printed PDF. *** ### Adding Images Images bring your writeup to life and help the reader visualize each stage of the project. You can attach images to several locations: * **Cover Image** — A photo of the finished project, displayed prominently on the cover page alongside your Cover Section text * **Difficulty Badge** — A small icon or badge shown on the cover, useful for indicating skill level * **Warping Image** — A photo illustrating the warping process, displayed alongside your Warping Instructions * **Weaving Image** — A photo showing the weaving in progress, displayed alongside your Weaving Instructions * **Finishing Image** — A photo of the finishing steps, displayed alongside your Finishing instructions Section images appear side-by-side with their corresponding text, creating a magazine-style layout. Use clear, well-lit photos that help illustrate the instructions. *** ### Choosing Report Contents A set of checkboxes lets you choose which technical diagrams and reports to include in the printed document: * **Warp Winding Plan** — A table listing each yarn color, ends per color, and cumulative totals. Also adds a winding summary alongside your Warp Winding Instructions. * **Tie-Up** — The shaft-to-treadle connection matrix. When included, a visual tie-up grid appears alongside your Warping Instructions. * **Threading** — A full-page threading diagram showing which shaft each warp thread passes through, complete with color swatches. * **Treadling** — A full-page treadling sequence showing the pick-by-pick pattern, with pick numbers. * **Weft Color Plan** — A detailed table of weft colors by pick, with yarn information and color swatches. Each of these is appended as its own page (or pages) after your written instruction sections. Include only what your reader needs — for a simple project you might include just the threading and treadling, while a complex multi-color project might benefit from all five. *** ### Previewing Your Writeup Click the **Preview** button in the toolbar to switch from the editing view to a formatted preview of your content. This shows how your text and formatting will look, though the final printed PDF includes additional layout elements like the cover page design, headers, footers, and technical diagrams. Click **Edit** to return to the editing view. *** ### Printing You can print your Weaver's Writeup in two ways: #### From the Writeup Tab Click the **Print Weaver's Writeup** button in the toolbar at the top of the Writeup tab. This saves your current content and generates the complete PDF. #### From the Backstage Go to the **File** backstage (click the File area at the left of the ribbon) and look for **Print Weaver's Writeup** at the bottom of the Print section. #### What Gets Printed The final PDF is assembled in this order: 1. **Cover Page** — Title, subtitle, cover image, cover section text, description banner, and difficulty badge 2. **Warp Winding Instructions** — Your text plus the auto-generated winding plan table (if selected) 3. **Warping Instructions** — Your text plus the inline tie-up diagram (if selected) and warping image 4. **Weaving Instructions** — Your text and weaving image 5. **Finishing** — Your text and finishing image 6. **Threading Diagram** — Full-page technical diagram (if selected) 7. **Treadling Diagram** — Full-page technical diagram (if selected) 8. **Weft Color Plan** — Full-page color reference table (if selected) Every page includes a header with your project title and a footer with the page number and pattern code. #### Paper Size and Orientation The print dialog lets you choose between Letter and A4 paper sizes, and between Portrait and Landscape orientation. For most writeups, Portrait on Letter or A4 works well. Use Landscape if your threading or treadling diagrams are very wide. *** ### Tips for Great Writeups * **Write for the reader, not yourself.** Assume the weaver has basic skills but doesn't know your specific project. Explain yarn substitutions, unusual techniques, and any quirks of the pattern. * **Use the Generate Template as a starting point.** It pulls in your project specifications automatically, saving you from retyping sett, reed, and yarn details. * **Include a cover image.** A photo of the finished piece makes your writeup look professional and gives the reader a clear picture of what they're making. * **Be specific in finishing instructions.** Wet finishing temperatures, pressing details, and fringe lengths are the things weavers most often wish patterns had included. * **Check your technical diagrams.** Before printing, make sure your threading, treadling, and tie-up are correct in the main design view. The Writeup pulls these directly from your draft. * **Use the Pattern Code.** If you're selling patterns or have a personal library, a consistent coding system (like "TT-2026-003" for your third tea towel pattern of 2026) makes organization much easier. ### Complete Example
# Settings (app defaults & options) Start up options for Shafts, Treadles, Overlay, Zoom, Units of Measure, and More ### Default Settings The Settings dialog lets you configure TempoWeave's behavior, appearance, and defaults for new projects. Settings are saved automatically and persist between sessions. **Location:** File (backstage) → Settings The dialog has two tabs: **Default Settings** (for new projects and startup) and **Settings** (for the current application session). #### Startup Options | Setting | Description | | ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Load Draft on Startup** | When checked, automatically opens a draft when TempoWeave launches | | **Open Default Project** | Opens the built-in blank project (or your custom default) | | **Reload Last Project** | Reopens the last file(s) at startup that were left open when TempoWeave was last closed. | | **Default Project** | Choose a custom WIF file to use as your default starting draft. Click Browse to select a file, or Clear to return to the built-in default. | #### Language | Setting | Description | | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Language** | Choose from System Default, English, Français, Deutsch, or Español. Changes require restarting TempoWeave. | > **Tip:** You can create custom translations by editing the JSON files in the `Locales/` folder within the application directory. This directory is displayed under the Language field. #### View Options | Setting | Description | | ------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Show Yarn Catalog** | Display the yarn catalog panel when TempoWeave starts | | **Initial Drawing Tool** | The drawing tool selected by default: Straight, Freehand, Line, or Point | | **Use GPU 3D View** | Enable GPU-accelerated rendering for View Fabric and Cloth Simulation. If you experience display issues, uncheck this to use CPU-based rendering instead. | #### View Style Options
| Setting | Description | | ---------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------- | | **Show Interlacement** | Render interlacement shading effects in the drawdown view | | **Grayscale Drawdown** | Desaturate cloth colors in the drawdown | | **Grayscale Palette** | Desaturate all palette colors | | **Show Thickness** | Display thread thickness visualization | #### Tie-Up Style Controls how the tie-up matrix is displayed: | Option | Description | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Block Style** | Filled blocks showing shaft-to-treadle connections (default) | | **Numeric Style** | Numbers displayed in each cell | #### Warp Header Style Controls how the threading (warp) header is displayed: | Option | Description | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | **Block Style** | Filled blocks showing shaft assignments (default) | | **Numeric Style** | Shaft numbers displayed in each cell | | **Color Style** | Cells colored by thread color | | **Visible** | Show or hide the warp header entirely | #### Weft Header Style Same options as Warp Header Style, applied to the treadling (weft) header. #### Grid Overlay Defaults

Gris Overlay and Numbering Defaults

Configure the grid overlay that helps with counting threads and picks: | Setting | Description | | -------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Drawdown** | Show grid overlay on the main drawdown canvas | | **Warp** | Show grid overlay on the threading canvas | | **Tie-Up** | Show grid overlay on the tie-up matrix | | **Weft** | Show grid overlay on the treadling canvas | | **Shaft Row Interval** | Spacing between horizontal grid lines (3–14, default 4) | | **Thread Column Interval** | Spacing between vertical grid lines (4–20, default 10) | | **Overlay Color** | Grid line color: Dark Gray, Dark Red, Dark Blue, Dark Green, Dark Magenta, or Orange Red | #### Scroll Bars Display Option If unchecked, Scroll Bars auto-hide until you hover. If checked, Scroll Bars remain at full size. ### Settings (Active Settings Tab) These settings take effect in the current application setting as well as when TempoWeave Studio is restarted. #### Theme
| Setting | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Appearance** | Light, Dark, or System (follows your OS setting). Default: System. | | **Accent Color** | The highlight color used throughout the interface. Default: Blue. | Theme changes apply immediately — no restart needed. #### Application Settings | Setting | Description | | ---------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | **Telemetry Enabled** | Send anonymous usage data to help improve TempoWeave | | **Version History Enabled** | Keep a history of file versions for recovery | | **Remember Window Position** | Restore the window size and position from your last session | #### File Associations
| Setting | Description | | ------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Register as Default Handler** | Associate .wif and .twa files with TempoWeave so they open with a double-click. The current registration status is shown below the checkbox. | #### Pattern Browser Settings (Thumbnails)
| Setting | Description | | ------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Enable Pattern Browser** | Turn on the pattern browser for browsing WIF files visually | | **Thumbnail Size** | Small (96px), Medium (160px, default), or Large (256px) | | **Max Thumbnails** | Limit how many thumbnails are cached: 50 to 5,000, or Unlimited | | **Generate Thumbnails in Background** | Generate thumbnails automatically when browsing folders. If disabled, thumbnails are generated only when you click a file. | | **Clear Thumbnail Cache** | Purge all cached thumbnails to free disk space | #### New Project Defaults
These values are used when creating a new draft: | Setting | Description | | ---------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Shafts** | Number of shafts (2–128, default 8) | | **Treadles** | Number of treadles (2–128, default 10) | | **Loom Type** | Tie-Up or Liftplan | | **Unit of Measure** | Imperial (Inches) or Metric (cm) | | **Initial Zoom** | Starting zoom level (1–40, default 10) | | **Default Palette** | A yarn palette to load automatically for new projects. Choose from the Yarn Catalog or MyYarns collections, or "None" for default colors. | | **Default Warp Color** | Starting warp thread color from the selected palette | | **Default Weft Color** | Starting weft thread color from the selected palette | #### File Locations
| Setting | Description | | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Default WIF Location** | The folder that opens by default when saving WIF files. Click Browse to choose a folder, or Clear to reset. | *** #### Draft Style Options Controls the notation convention used for the drawdown. See video below. Swedish Defaults are normally: **Draft Style** Bottom to Top, **Origin Side** Right, **Shaft 1 Placement** At Top, **Treadle 1 Placement** On Right**.** American Defaults are normally: **Draft Style** Top to Bottom, **Origin Side** Right, **Shaft 1 Placement** At Bottom, **Treadle 1 Placement** On Left. Any combination of these settings may be used.
OptionDescription
Draft StyleTop to Bottom (Pick 1 is at the top, Last Pick is at the Bottom); Bottom to Top (Pick 1 is at the Bottom, Last Pick is at the top)
Origin SideRight (Warp thread 1 is on the right), Left (Warp Thread 1 is on the left side of the draft)
Shaft 1 PlacementBottom: Shaft 1 appears at the bottom of the warp and tie-up grids; Top: Shaft 1 appears at the top of the warp and tie-up grids.
Treadle 1 PlacementOn Left: Treadle 1 appears on the left side of the treadling and tie-up grids; On Right: Treadle 1 appears on the right side of the treadling and tie-up grids.
#### Default Shed Mode Controls the default rising or sinking shed mode applied when TempoWeave starts. This sets the initial selection of the Rising/Sinking Shed option on the Project menu. | Option | Description | | ------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Rising Shed** (default) | Black squares in the drawdown indicate warp threads that rise above the weft | | **Sinking Shed** | Black squares indicate warp threads that sink below the weft | #### Default Selection Mode Two independent settings — one for the **Warp / Weft headers** and one for the **Tie-up** — control how dragging selects cells. You can mix them: e.g. set Warp/Weft to Full while leaving Tie-up on Region (or vice versa). **Warp / Weft headers** | Option | Description | | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Region** (default) | Selects a thread range bounded by the shafts (warp) or treadles (weft) you drag through — a rectangular region, the classic behavior. | | **Full Shaft / Treadle** | Selects *every* shaft (warp) or *every* treadle (weft) across the thread range you drag through. You only need to drag along the threads; the full height of shafts/treadles is selected automatically. | **Tie-up** | Option | Description | | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Region** (default) | A free 2-D drag — selects exactly the rectangle of cells the pointer covers. | | **Full Shaft / Treadle** | The first axis of pointer movement after the click decides the band: drag mostly horizontally and the selection locks to the **full treadle column** (every shaft for that one treadle, drag extends across more treadles); drag mostly vertically and it locks to the **full shaft row** (every treadle for that one shaft, drag extends across more shafts). The axis stays locked for the rest of the drag so the band doesn't flicker. | > **Tip:** Hold **Shift** while dragging to temporarily use the *other* mode for that selection, in either axis. So with the default Region tie-up, Shift+drag uses Full mode for that drag; with Full set as the default, Shift+drag uses Region. The Shift behavior is identical on macOS, Windows, and Linux. > **Note:** A single click without dragging still just places the cursor in either mode, on either axis. #### Show Thread Markers When enabled, displays blue locator marks at the edges of the threading, tie-up, and treadling grids to help identify the active row and column. On by default. #### Show Thickness Indicators When enabled, an orange dot appears on the warp and weft color bars wherever a thread's thickness differs from the project's default thickness. Turn it off if you'd rather not see the dots — the thickness values themselves are unaffected, and the Show Thickness view style still works. On by default. #### Cloud Library Settings
| Setting | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Display Name** | Your name as shown to others in the Cloud Pattern Library. Click Save to update it across all your shared patterns. | #### AI Draft Generation Settings *These settings appear only when the AI Draft feature is enabled.* | Setting | Description | | ------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Claude API Key** | Your API key for AI-powered draft generation. Click Test Key to verify it works. | | **AI Model** | Choose between Claude Sonnet (more capable) or Claude Haiku (faster). | *** ### Update Settings (removed) Update settings are accessed separately from **Help → Check for Updates**. | Setting | Description | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Auto Check for Updates** | Automatically check for new versions on startup | | **Skipped Version** | If you previously chose to skip a version, it's shown here. Click Clear to be notified about it again. | | **Check for Updates Now** | Manually check for available updates | This video shows changing the settings for the Draft Style for the typical American and Swedish layouts. {% embed url="" %} # Export TT Export for TempoTreadle #### Export TT The **Export** function prepares a TempoWeave project for use with **TempoTreadle** by creating a compliant design file along with the associated cached files required for fast loading on the device. During export, a **special version of the WIF file** is generated with the following modifications: * All comments are removed (comments longer than 32 characters cause issues in TempoTreadle). * File names are checked for excessive length or invalid characters. * The number of warp ends and picks is verified to ensure it does not exceed TempoTreadle’s maximum limits. * Information not required by TempoTreadle is stripped out to improve loading performance. To avoid confusion with the original WIF stored on your computer, the exported WIF file has **“\_tt” appended** to the draft name. The Export function allows you to select the **drive letter** corresponding to the micro-SD card, then creates and copies all required TempoTreadle files directly to that card. # Export WIF Export WIF file for other software. By default, you don't need to export a WIF. But if you turn off the option to create a WIF when saving then only the TWA file is created/saved. Export WIF can be use to save just a WIF File. # Export Bitmap Export your draft's interlacement as a pixel-exact bitmap image — **one pixel per thread crossing** — for looms and software that are programmed with images instead of shaft/treadle drafts. This is the standard workflow for digital jacquard looms such as the **TC2 (Digital Weaving Norway / Tronrud Engineering)**, and it also works for industrial jacquard design programs (ArahWeave, Pointcarré, NedGraphics, EAT) and for any tool that can read a black-and-white weave image. ### Where to find it **File ▸ Export ▸ Export Bitmap** Choose the format in the save dialog: **PNG** (compact grayscale), **TIFF**, or **BMP**. TIFF and BMP are written as true 1-bit black-and-white files — the formats the TC2 software reads directly, with no conversion step. The file is suggested with your draft's name, starting in your WIF folder. If the draft has no threads yet, you'll get a warning instead of an empty file. ### What the image contains The export is a map of your cloth's structure, not a picture of its colors: * **Image width** = the number of warp ends in your draft. **Image height** = the number of weft picks. Exactly one pixel per warp/weft intersection — no grid lines, no borders, no scaling. * **Black pixel = warp on top** (that warp end is *lifted* on that pick). **White pixel = weft on top** (the end stays down). This is the same convention the TC2 uses: for each pick, black raises the thread, white leaves it down. * The image contains only pure black and pure white pixels (TIFF and BMP are genuine 1-bit bilevel files; PNG is grayscale holding only 0 and 255). Yarn colors are not part of the export — jacquard looms read structure, not color. * The top row of the image is pick 1 of your draft. Most loom software lets you choose the weave direction or flip the image on import if your point of view differs. ### Using it with a TC2 The TC2 maps every pixel of the file to an individual thread, so the goal is a file whose width matches the number of ends your loom is threaded for (for example, 2640 ends on a full-width fine-threading setup — check your own loom's configuration). 1. **Size the draft to the loom.** If your draft is one repeat, expand it to the full warp width before exporting — Design ▸ Design Repeats does this in one step. A file narrower than the loom's end count weaves only that many ends (some studios require full-width files). 2. **Export Bitmap** from TempoWeave and pick **TIFF** in the save dialog — that's the format TC2 studios use, ready to load with no conversion. (BMP works too.) Because the file is a true 1-bit bilevel image, the TC2's *"More than 2 colors in Pattern"* prompt won't appear, and the Photoshop conversion ritual some studios teach — Mode ▸ Grayscale ▸ Bitmap with *50% Threshold* — is unnecessary. Never resize or resample the file — the pixel count is the thread count. 3. Load the file on the loom and weave. Each row of the image is one pick; the software shows where you are and advances a row per pick, exactly like the drawdown. ### Tips * **Structure soundness matters more than ever at one pixel per thread.** Long floats that look fine on a 24-shaft draft can damage a fine jacquard warp. It might be a good idea to run Project ▸ Float Check before exporting. * **Doubleweave and other multi-layer structures** export exactly as drafted — each pixel is the true lift for that pick. * **Want a picture of the cloth instead of the structure?** Export Bitmap is the loom-programming map. For a color image of the fabric for documentation or publication, use the drawdown printing/reports instead. * The export runs off the main thread, so even very large drafts (thousands of ends and picks) export quickly but there may be a slight pause until it completes. ### Sources / further reading * [Digital Weaving Norway — TC2 loom](https://digitalweaving.no/tc2-loom/) * [Stanford making@stanford — TC2: "a pixel is a thread"](https://making.stanford.edu/tc2-loom) * [AdaCAD — Generate files for a TC2 (Photoshop conversion steps)](https://docs.adacad.org/docs/learn/tutorials/weave_tc2/) * [Tien Chiu — The Digital Weaving Norway TC-2 jacquard loom](https://tienchiu.com/how-tos/weaving/a-comparison-of-jacquard-looms/the-digital-weaving-norway-tc-2-jacquard-loom/) # Home # File Group Home Menu The first options on the Home menu are in the File Group. These options are also on the File Mneu, but for convenience, they also appear on the Home menu.

File Options on Home Menu

New - [File New](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/file-new) Open - [Open](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/open) Browse - [Browse Drafts (show draft thumbnails)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/browse-drafts-show-draft-thumbnails) Recent Files - [Recent Designs](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/recent-designs) Save and Save As - [Save and Save As ](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/save-and-save-as) Lock - Lock a file that you have finished to avoid accidental updates. ### Lock a Draft Prevent unintentional changes to a draft that is considered complete by clicking the lock icon on the File group in the home menu. This Lock is a toggle. To lock a file, simply click the Lock icon. You'll receive a message that the file is locked and updates are prevented. Save the draft after changing the Lock status. To unlock a locked file, click Lock and answer the prompt asking if you want to unlock the draft.
# Drawing Tools Home Menu ### Home | Draw Options | Drawing Tool | Icon | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Straight Draw - allows drawing in diagonal or straight lines, as well as clicking into individual cells in the warp, weft or tie-up. Keyboard shortcut "S" | ![](/files/e7oXJPMw47I0u1KvI2P9) | | Point Draw - click and drag to pointed lines such as those used in point twills. Keyboard Shortcut "P" | ![](/files/rn2mWYzbDCVbJELddXM2) | | Free Draw - click and drag. Lines are formed according to mouse movement. Keyboard Shortcut "F" | ![](/files/mlOBVsHkZUtyppbcdkPE) | | Line Draw - click and drag. Lines are formed in horizontal or vertical segments, depending on the size of the "rectangle" drawn by the mouse. This is useful in design functions such as network drafting. Shorcut "L". | | The drawing tools are used in the warp thread section, tie-up and weft section. The drawing tools are also used in the color bar. The color bar is over the warp threads and to the right of the weft threads. When a drawing tool is selected, a highlighted box surrounds the tool: In the following picture, the Line Draw tool is selected. If you click into a cell it will mark the cell (add a thread or treadle). If you wish to unmark the cell (remove a thread or treadle) you can [Right-Click](/special-topics/troubleshooting-tips-and-frequently-asked-questions/right-click-requirements) in the same cell. *If the selection tool, color pattern draw, or section marking tool are selected, none of the drawing tools may be active.* {% embed url="" %} # Select Options Home Menu There are three selection options: Select, Select Special and Select All.

Selection Tools

With the Select Tool, click and drag around an area in the warp, tie-up, weft or color bars to mark. The area that has been selected will be highlighted. After selecting, there are various options such as copy and cut to work with the selected threads. Keyboard shortcut for Select Tool is "A" Select Special allows selection of an area that is too large to select with the normal Select tool. Start clicking and dragging as with the Select option; when the mouse is released, a box pops up with options as shown below allowing the extension of the selected area through the end thread, through a selected thread, or select all threads. Keyboard shortcut for Select Special is "Q" (letter above the shortcut for select). When a selection tool is used, the cursor location at the upper right changes to dynamically show the number of threads selected. Selected areas are often used in conjunction with copy, insert or delete. To select everything in the area that has focus (warp, tie-up or weft), ctrl-A will automatically select the entire region. To remove a selection, press the escape "esc" key and the shaded area will be removed. This video shows using the selection tool for copy, as well as other functions to move, shift or otherwise transform structure in the warp, tie-up and weft. {% embed url="" %} This video shows use of the Select Special function: {% embed url="" %} # Edit Options - Undo and Redo Home Menu

Edit Options

### Home | Undo **Keyboard Shortcut:** Ctrl+Z | ⌘Z Undo reverses the most recent change made to the draft. You may use Undo repeatedly to step backward through additional changes, one action at a time. *** ### Home | Redo **Keyboard Shortcut:** Ctrl+Y | ⌘Y Redo restores changes that were previously reversed using Undo. If Undo was used multiple times, Redo may also be used repeatedly to move forward step-by-step, restoring the draft to its state prior to the Undo operations. # Edit Option - Cut Home Menu | Edit

Edit Options

The **Cut** feature works on selected threads. For the selection, clicking **Cut** (or using the keyboard short cut **Ctrl+X or ⌘X**), cuts out the selected are and collapses the space. If **Shift** is held while clicking **Cut,** the space is left open. *Note - the Delete key (or FN+Delete on a Mac) may be used instead of the Cut function.* {% embed url="" %} # Edit - Copy and Paste Home Menu

Edit Options

The **Copy** function places the selection into the copy buffer, ready to be pasted. Selected warp threads, weft or tie-up may be copied. The keyboard shortcuts **Ctrl+C** | **⌘C** may also be used for the copy function. Once copied, the **Paste** function may be used to copy the selection based on the current cursor position. To control whether or not the Color and Thickness are copied and pasted, use the settings on **Sync Operations** on the Home menu. # Edit - Insert Home Menu | Edit

Edit Options

The **Insert** feature works on selected threads in warp or weft by inserting the threads immediately before the current cursor position and sliding the remaining threads over. To Insert: * First **select** the threads that are to be copied and inserted. * Click **Copy** * **Position Cursor** to where the threads are to be inserted immediately before. * Click **Insert** Keyboard shortcuts: Ctrl+Shift+V | ⇧⌘V This short video shows using Insert on Warp Threads: {% embed url="" %} # Lock Draft ### Overview Lock Draft prevents accidental changes to a finished design. When a draft is locked, all drawing, editing, and modification operations are blocked — you can view and print the draft, but you can't accidentally alter it. This is especially useful for designs you've finalized and don't want to risk changing while browsing or printing. *** ### Locking a Draft Click the **Lock** button to lock the current draft. You'll find the Lock button in two places: * **Quick Access Toolbar** — The small icon bar at the top of the window, always visible regardless of which ribbon tab is selected * **Home tab** — In the File group on the ribbon
When you lock a draft: * The button label changes from "Lock" to "Locked" * A lock icon appears before the file name in the document tab * A toast notification confirms "Draft locked — edits are now prevented" * The lock state is saved with the WIF file, so the draft remains locked the next time you open it *** ### What's Blocked When Locked When a draft is locked, the following actions are prevented: * **Drawing** — Clicking in the threading, treadling, tie-up, or drawdown grids has no effect * **Color changes** — Clicking on warp or weft color cells is blocked * **Editing operations** — Cut, paste, insert, delete, and all clipboard operations are blocked * **Design tools** — Operations like Echo, Interleave, Amalgamation, Color Repeats, Design Repeats, and all other design modification tools are blocked * **Thread operations** — Insert Thread and Remove Thread are blocked * **Undo and Redo** — Both are disabled since there's nothing to undo or redo * **Save** — The regular Save command is blocked to prevent accidentally overwriting the locked file. A toast message reminds you to use Save As if you need a copy, or unlock first to overwrite. When you attempt any blocked action, a brief toast notification appears explaining that the draft is locked. *** ### What Still Works When Locked Locking a draft doesn't prevent you from viewing or outputting the design: * **Viewing** — Scroll, zoom, and navigate the draft freely * **Printing** — All print operations work normally (Threading, Treadling, Tie-Up, Drawdown, Color Card, Warp Winding Plan, Weft Color Plan, Project Report, Weaver's Writeup) * **Save As** — You can save a copy under a different name. When the draft is locked, Save As automatically suggests a file name with "(copy)" appended, so you don't accidentally overwrite the locked original. * **Switching tabs** — You can switch between open drafts, each of which maintains its own lock state independently *** ### Unlocking a Draft Click the **Lock** button again (it now shows "Locked") to unlock. A confirmation dialog appears asking whether you're sure you want to unlock the draft. This extra step prevents accidentally unlocking a design you intentionally protected. Click **Unlock** to confirm, or **Cancel** to keep the draft locked. Once unlocked, all editing operations are restored and the lock icon disappears from the document tab. *** ### Lock State Is Saved The lock state is stored inside the WIF file when you save. This means: * If you lock a draft and save it, the draft will still be locked when you open it again later * If you share a locked WIF file with another weaver, it opens locked on their machine too * Unlocking and saving removes the lock from the file This makes Lock Draft useful for distributing patterns that you'd prefer recipients not modify without deliberate intent — they can still unlock if they choose, but the lock serves as a clear signal that the design is finalized. *** ### On TempoWeave Mobile Mobile honors the same lock: a draft locked on desktop opens locked on your tablet or phone, and vice versa. * **Lock / Unlock** lives on the **Home** chip, in the Draft section. Unlocking asks for confirmation, same as desktop. * When locked, edit toggles, undo/redo, the focus editors, and the destructive menu actions are blocked; switching to a locked draft's tab drops edit mode automatically. * **One platform difference**: on mobile, **Save works on a locked draft**. Since every edit path is blocked at the source, saving can't capture accidental changes — it simply preserves things like weaving progress. On desktop, Save is blocked while locked and Save As offers a copy instead. *** ### Tips * **Lock your finished designs.** Once you've completed a draft and printed or shared it, locking prevents the frustrating accident of making an unintended change days or weeks later. * **Use Save As for variations.** If you want to experiment with a locked design, use Save As to create a copy with a new name, then unlock the copy. The original stays protected. * **Lock before printing.** If you're about to print a batch of reports from a completed design, locking first ensures you don't accidentally bump a cell while navigating between print options. * **Each tab locks independently.** If you have multiple drafts open, locking one doesn't affect the others. You can have some drafts locked and others unlocked at the same time. # Add / Remove Threads Home Menu

Add or Remove Threads

To add or remove individual threads in warp or weft, this operation, or using the keyboard shortcuts "I" for insert and "R" for remove will add or remove. To delete larger areas of threads, select and cut may be preferable. {% embed url="" %} # Project Menu Project Information, Setup, Planning Information # Project Information On the Project Menu ## Project Information ### What It Does Project Information is the central hub for everything about your weaving project beyond the draft itself. It's where you set up your loom parameters, plan your warp, calculate yarn requirements, track colors, document your project, and prepare a professional writeup. The dialog has seven tabs, each focused on a different aspect of your project: 1. **Setup** — Shafts, treadles, sett, reed, and grid overlay 2. **Planning** — Dimensions, take-up, shrinkage, yarn calculations, and target sizing 3. **Project Notes** — Title, author, notes, and tags 4. **Heddle Count** — How many heddles you need on each shaft 5. **Color Information** — Thread counts and yardage by color 6. **Cloth Construction** — Double cloth layer settings 7. **Weaver's Writeup** — A structured project report with images and formatting *** ### Opening Project Information * **Ribbon**: Project tab > Project Info button *** ### Tab 1: Setup The Setup tab defines the fundamental parameters of your loom and draft. #### Shafts and Treadles **Shafts** The number of shafts (harnesses) in your draft. Range: 2–128. If you reduce the shaft count, any threads assigned to higher-numbered shafts will be reassigned to the new maximum. **Treadles** The number of treadles. Range: 2–128. Disabled in liftplan mode (since liftplans don't use treadles). If you reduce the treadle count, treadling references to higher-numbered treadles are clamped. **Multi-Treadle** When checked, the treadling allows pressing multiple treadles per pick (double-press combinations). This is automatically enabled in liftplan mode. #### Floating Selvedge Floating selvedge threads are extra warp threads at the fabric edges that are not threaded through any heddle. They "float" freely and the shuttle passes over or under them on each pick, helping to lock the edges on weave structures where the selvedge threads might otherwise not interlace properly. **Right Selvedge (Thread 1)** Adds a floating selvedge thread at the right edge of your warp (thread position 1 in the draft). **Left Selvedge (Last Thread)** Adds a floating selvedge thread at the left edge (the last thread position). **Double** When checked, uses two floating selvedge threads on each side instead of one. Some weavers prefer doubled selvedges for heavier yarns or more stable edges. These settings are factored into yarn calculations on the Planning and Color Information tabs — the floating selvedge threads are included in thread counts and yardage estimates. #### Reed Information This section displays your reed setup and the resulting ends per inch (EPI): * **Dents** — How many dents (slots) per unit in your reed (e.g., 10 dents per inch) * **Sley Pattern** — How many threads go through each dent (e.g., "1" for one per dent, "1-2" for alternating one and two) * **EPI** — Calculated ends per inch based on your reed and sley pattern * **EPCM** — The same value converted to ends per centimeter Two buttons give you quick access to tools: **Reed Calculator** — Opens a calculator to determine EPI from your reed size and sley pattern. **Reed Chart** — Opens a reference chart showing common reed sizes and their resulting sett values. #### Raddle Information Same format as Reed Information, but for your raddle (the tool used to spread the warp evenly during beaming). The raddle typically has wider spacing than the reed. * **Dents** — Spaces per unit in the raddle * **Sley Pattern** — How many threads per raddle space * **EPI / EPCM** — Resulting ends per inch / centimeter **Raddle Calculator** and **Raddle Chart** work the same way as their reed counterparts. #### Density **Sett (EPI)** The planned warp density — how many warp threads per inch (or per centimeter in metric). This value is used throughout the Planning tab for calculating fabric width, yarn requirements, and target sizing. Range: 1–200. **Beat (PPI)** The planned weft density — how many weft picks per inch (or per centimeter). Used for calculating fabric length and weft yarn requirements. Range: 1–200. **Default Yarn Thickness** A slider (1–16) that sets the default visual thickness for threads in the drawdown display. This affects how threads are rendered in View Fabric and the drawdown grid. It doesn't change the actual yarn — it's a display setting for the preview. #### Unit of Measurement **Imperial (inches, yards)** All measurements throughout the dialog are shown in inches and yards. **Metric (cm, meters)** All measurements are shown in centimeters and meters. Switching units converts all existing values automatically — you don't lose any data. #### Grid Overlay The grid overlay draws repeating lines on the drawdown, threading, treadling, and/or tie-up grids to help you count threads and picks at a glance. **Area Checkboxes** Choose which areas show the overlay: * **Drawdown** — The main cloth grid * **Warp** — The threading area * **Tie-Up** — The tie-up matrix * **Weft** — The treadling area **Shaft Interval** How often horizontal lines appear (every N shafts). For example, setting this to 4 draws a line every 4 rows in the threading, making it easy to see shaft groupings. **Thread Interval** How often vertical lines appear (every N threads). Setting this to 10 draws a line every 10 threads, helpful for counting warp ends. **Color** The overlay line color. Options include dark gray, dark red, dark blue, dark green, dark magenta, and orange red. A preview swatch shows the selected color. *** ### Tab 2: Planning The Planning tab is where serious project preparation happens. It calculates how much yarn you need, how long your warp should be, what your finished dimensions will be after shrinkage, and what loom settings are required to hit a target finished size. #### Current WIF and Overrides The left side shows values calculated from your actual draft: **Warp Ends** The number of warp threads in your current draft (counted from the threading). **Width in Reed** The width of the fabric on the loom, calculated as warp ends ÷ sett. Displayed in inches or centimeters. **Weft Picks** The number of weft picks in your current draft (counted from the treadling). **Woven Length** The length of fabric on the loom before finishing, calculated as weft picks ÷ beat. **Finished Est Width / Finished Est Length** Estimated finished dimensions after accounting for draw-in and shrinkage (using the Calculation Drivers below). **Override Width / Override Woven Length** If you want to plan for a different width or length than what's currently in the draft, enter override values here. For example, if your draft shows one repeat but you plan to weave it much longer, enter the actual planned woven length. These overrides are used in yarn calculations instead of the values from the draft. #### Warp Length **Min Warp Length** The minimum warp length needed, calculated from your woven length, take-up, fringe, sampling, number of pieces, and loom waste. This is the shortest warp that will produce your planned fabric with enough extra for loom waste and finishing. **Planned Warp Length** Enter the actual warp length you plan to wind. This should be at least as long as the minimum, and typically a bit longer for safety margin. This value drives the yarn requirement calculations. **Total Woven** The total length of woven fabric you'll produce, calculated from pieces × woven length per piece + sampling. #### Yarn Required **Warp / Weft** The total yarn needed for warp and weft, displayed in yards (or meters). These are calculated from your thread counts, planned warp length, fabric dimensions, and take-up factors. **Calculate Yarn** Click this button to compute (or recompute) the yarn requirements based on your current planning values. The calculation uses the planned warp length, sett, beat, and take-up percentages. #### Calculation Drivers These factors account for the real-world differences between what's on the loom and what comes off it: **Draw-In** How much narrower the fabric becomes compared to the width in the reed, measured in inches (or cm). Draw-in happens because the interlacement pulls the warp threads inward. Typical values: 0.5–2 inches depending on yarn and structure. **Warp Take-Up** The percentage of warp length consumed by interlacement — the warp threads go over and under the weft, so the woven fabric is shorter than the warp on the loom. Typical values: 5–15% for most structures, higher for waffle and other high-take-up weaves. **Weft Take-Up** The percentage of extra weft yarn consumed by interlacement. The weft travels over and under warp threads, so more weft yarn is needed than the simple width × picks calculation suggests. Typical values: 5–15%. **Loom Waste** The amount of warp that can't be woven because it's tied to the loom — the unusable length at the front and back. Measured in inches (or cm). Typical values: 18–36 inches depending on your loom. **Shrinkage Width** The percentage the fabric shrinks in width after wet finishing (washing, fulling). Typical values: 5–15% for most yarns, higher for wool that will be fulled. **Shrinkage Length** The percentage the fabric shrinks in length after wet finishing. Often slightly different from width shrinkage. #### Length Drivers **Fringe (total)** The total length of fringe for the project — both ends combined. If you want 4 inches of fringe at each end, enter 8. Fringe is added to the minimum warp length calculation. **Sampling** Extra warp length set aside for sampling (test weaving) before starting the actual project. This is added to the total woven length. **Pieces** How many pieces you plan to weave from this warp. For example, if you're weaving 4 placemats, enter 4. The woven length per piece is multiplied by this number. #### Target Finished Size This section works backwards — you tell TempoWeave the finished size you want, and it calculates what loom settings and yarn you need. **Finished Width** The width you want after finishing (after draw-in and shrinkage). **Finished Length per Piece** The length you want each piece to be after finishing. #### Calculated Results After entering your target finished size, click **Recalculate** (or changes auto-update) to see: **Req Width in Reed** How wide the fabric needs to be on the loom to achieve your target finished width, accounting for draw-in and width shrinkage. **Required Warp Ends** How many warp threads you need at your current sett to achieve the required width in reed. **Woven Length per Piece** How long each piece needs to be on the loom to achieve your target finished length after shrinkage. **Required Weft Picks** How many picks you need at your current beat to achieve the required woven length. *** ### Tab 3: Project Notes #### Title The name of your project (e.g., "Houndstooth Scarf" or "Kitchen Towels Set of 4"). This appears in file metadata and the Weaver's Writeup. #### Author Your name or studio name. #### Notes Free-form notes about the project. Up to 5 lines. Use this for anything you want to remember — yarn sources, design inspiration, special techniques, etc. These notes are saved in the WIF file and travel with the draft. #### Tags Tags help you organize and find projects later. Type a tag name and press Enter (or click Add) to add it. Tags appear as removable chips below the input field. The tag input offers autocomplete suggestions from tags you've used in previous projects, so you build a consistent vocabulary over time (e.g., "twill," "scarf," "cotton," "commission"). Click the **x** on any tag chip to remove it. #### Source Shows which program created this WIF file and its version number. For files you create, this shows "TempoWeave Studio." For imported files, it shows the original source (e.g., "Fiberworks PCW," "WeaveIt," etc.). *** ### Tab 4: Heddle Count This tab shows how many heddles you need on each shaft, calculated from your threading. The list shows each shaft number and its heddle count. For example: ``` Shaft 1: 62 heddles Shaft 2: 58 heddles Shaft 3: 64 heddles Shaft 4: 60 heddles ``` The **Total Heddles** count at the bottom shows the sum across all shafts. This is essential for loom setup — before you start threading, you need to know how many heddles to place on each shaft. Too few heddles on a shaft means you'll have to stop and add more mid-threading. #### When to Check It * **Before threading** — Verify you have enough heddles on each shaft * **After importing a draft** — See the heddle distribution before committing to weave it * **When planning a complex warp** — Uneven heddle counts can indicate an unusual draft structure worth reviewing *** ### Tab 5: Color Information This tab breaks down your yarn requirements by color, showing exactly how much of each color you need for both warp and weft. The table includes these columns: | Column | What It Shows | | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | **#** | Color index number in your palette | | **Color** | A swatch showing the actual color | | **Name** | The color name (if you've named your palette colors) | | **Yarn Line** | The yarn line/product name (if assigned in the Yarn Catalog) | | **Warp** | Number of warp threads using this color | | **Weft** | Number of weft picks using this color | | **Warp Yds** | Estimated warp yardage for this color | | **Weft Yds** | Estimated weft yardage for this color | | **Total Yds** | Combined warp + weft yardage for this color | | **Hex** | The hex color code (useful for ordering yarn or matching colors) | The yardage values are calculated proportionally — if a color accounts for 25% of the warp threads, it gets 25% of the total warp yarn requirement. **Important:** The yardage calculations depend on your planned warp length and calculation drivers from the Planning tab. If the yardage columns show dashes, go to the Planning tab and enter your planned warp length first. A warning message appears if the calculations haven't been run yet. #### When to Use It * **Ordering yarn** — Know exactly how much of each color to buy * **Checking inventory** — Verify you have enough of each color before starting * **Cost estimation** — Combined with yarn prices, calculate project cost * **Identifying dominant colors** — See which colors use the most yarn *** ### Tab 6: Cloth Construction This tab stores metadata about double cloth and layered fabric structures. These settings describe the structure of a draft that's already been converted to double cloth (using the Double Cloth feature) — they're not used to create double cloth, but to remember how it was configured. **Fold Type** Records the fold type used when the double cloth was created: * None (Single Layer) * Left Fold * Right Fold * Tubular **Layer Pattern** The interleaving pattern of top and bottom layer picks: * None * TBBT (Folded) — Top, Bottom, Bottom, Top * TBTB (Tubular) — Top, Bottom, Top, Bottom **Top Layer Shafts** A comma-separated list of shaft numbers that belong to the top layer (e.g., "1,2,3,4"). The remaining shafts are the bottom layer. **Construction Type** The overall construction classification: * Standard (single layer) * Folded Double * Tubular These values are saved in the WIF file and used by features like View Fabric to render double cloth correctly (showing layers side-by-side, marking fold lines, etc.). *** ### Tab 7: Weaver's Writeup The Weaver's Writeup is a structured project document — a complete record of your project that you can print, save, or share with other weavers. It includes written instructions, images, and optionally the draft itself. #### Formatting Toolbar Basic text formatting for the instruction fields: * **B** — Bold * **I** — Italic * **U** — Underline * **• List** — Bullet list * **Size** — Font size (8–16pt) **Generate Template** Creates a starter template with placeholder text for each section, giving you a framework to fill in. **Preview** Toggles between the editing form and a rendered preview of the writeup as it will appear when printed. **Print Writeup Combined** Prints the complete writeup including all checked report contents (draft images, color plans, etc.). #### Writeup Sections Each section is a text field where you can describe that phase of the project: **Title** The project name that appears at the top of the writeup. **Subtitle** An optional subtitle or description line. **Pattern Code** A reference code for the pattern (useful for pattern libraries or personal filing systems). **Cover Section** Introductory text for the writeup — an overview or summary of the project. **Description** A detailed description of the project — the weave structure, design intent, inspiration, and any technical notes about the draft. **Warp Winding Instructions** Step-by-step instructions for winding the warp — color order, number of threads per color section, any special notes about winding sequence or cross placement. **Warping Instructions** Instructions for dressing the loom — beaming the warp, threading the heddles, sleying the reed, tying on. Include any tips specific to this project. **Weaving Instructions** How to weave the project — treadling sequence, shuttle order for multiple colors, beat consistency, selvedge technique, and any pattern notes. **Finishing** Post-loom instructions — how to wash, press, full, hem, twist fringe, or otherwise finish the fabric. #### Report Contents Checkboxes that control what's included when the writeup is printed: * **Warp Winding Plan** — Include the warp color sequence diagram * **Tie-Up** — Include the tie-up matrix * **Threading** — Include the threading chart * **Treadling** — Include the treadling sequence * **Weft Color Plan** — Include the weft color sequence diagram #### Images and Attachments You can attach images to specific sections of the writeup: **Cover Image** A photo or rendering for the cover page of the writeup. Click Browse to select an image file. **Difficulty Badge** An optional badge indicating project difficulty level. TempoWeave includes bundled badges, or you can use your own. **Warping Image** A photo illustrating the warping process — useful for documenting a specific warping technique or color arrangement. **Weaving Image** A photo of the work in progress on the loom. **Finishing Image** A photo of the finished fabric after wet finishing. Each image slot has Browse, Clear, and display controls. Images are embedded in the project file. **Other Attachments** Additional files you want to include with the project — yarn samples scanned as images, reference documents, inspiration photos, etc. Use Add File, Open, and Remove to manage them. *** ### Buttons (Bottom of Dialog) **Print Project** Prints a comprehensive project report including setup data, planning calculations, heddle counts, color information, and any writeup content. **Apply** Saves all changes across all tabs back to the draft. The entire operation is undoable with Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z). **Close** Closes the dialog. If you haven't clicked Apply, changes are discarded. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Planning a Set of Towels You want to weave 4 kitchen towels from a twill draft: 1. Open **Project Information** from the Project tab 2. **Setup tab**: * Verify shafts (4) and treadles (6) * Set Sett to 20 EPI and Beat to 18 PPI * Set Units to Imperial 3. **Planning tab**: * Enter your Calculation Drivers: * Draw-In: 1 inch * Warp Take-Up: 10% * Weft Take-Up: 8% * Loom Waste: 27 inches * Width Shrinkage: 8% * Length Shrinkage: 10% * Enter Length Drivers: * Fringe: 8 inches (4" per end × 2 ends) * Sampling: 6 inches * Pieces: 4 * Enter Target Finished Size: * Finished Width: 16 inches * Finished Length per Piece: 24 inches * Click **Recalculate** * The Calculated Results show you need \~340 warp ends and \~27 inches woven per towel * Set the Planned Warp Length from the Min Warp Length (add a few extra inches for comfort) * Click **Calculate Yarn** to see total warp and weft yardage 4. **Project Notes tab**: * Title: "Kitchen Towels — Blue Twill" * Author: Your name * Tags: "towel", "twill", "cotton", "kitchen" 5. **Heddle Count tab**: * Check that you have enough heddles on each shaft (should be roughly 85 per shaft for a straight twill) 6. **Color Information tab**: * Review yardage per color — this tells you exactly how much of the blue and white cotton to order 7. Click **Apply** ### Step-by-Step Example: Documenting a Project for a Guild You're preparing a project writeup for your weaving guild: 1. Open **Project Information** and go to the **Weaver's Writeup** tab 2. Click **Generate Template** for a starting framework 3. Fill in each section: * Title and subtitle * Description: weave structure, inspiration, yarn choices * Warp Winding: color order and thread counts * Warping: any special techniques * Weaving: treadling notes, shuttle sequence * Finishing: washing temperature, pressing, hemming 4. Check the Report Contents boxes for Threading, Treadling, and Tie-Up 5. Browse for a Cover Image (a photo of the finished fabric) 6. Add a Difficulty Badge 7. Click **Preview** to see the formatted result 8. Click **Print Writeup Combined** to print the complete document 9. Click **Apply** to save everything with the draft *** ### Tips * **Planning tab is your best friend** — Fill in the Calculation Drivers once for your loom and yarn type, and they'll give you accurate estimates for every project. The values are saved with each draft, so different yarn types can have different shrinkage rates. * **Use overrides for longer warps** — If your draft shows one pattern repeat but you're weaving multiple yards, use the Override Woven Length field to enter the actual length you plan to weave. * **Check heddle counts early** — Nothing is more frustrating than running out of heddles mid-threading. Check the Heddle Count tab before you start. * **Color Information needs a planned warp length** — The yardage calculations won't work until you've entered a planned warp length on the Planning tab. Enter your warp length first, then check the Color Information tab. * **Target sizing works backwards** — Enter the finished dimensions you want, and TempoWeave calculates the loom dimensions you need. This is much easier than doing the math by hand with shrinkage and take-up percentages. * **Metric and Imperial convert cleanly** — You can switch units at any time. All values are converted automatically, so you can plan in whichever system you prefer. * **The writeup travels with the file** — Everything in the Weaver's Writeup tab is saved inside the draft file (TWA format). When you share the file, the writeup goes with it. * **Grid overlay for counting** — If you're struggling to count threads on a dense draft, turn on the Grid Overlay with a Thread Interval of 10. The lines make it much easier to count at a glance. * **Undo works for everything** — Clicking Apply saves all changes as a single undoable operation. If anything looks wrong, Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire set of changes. *** ### Quick Reference | Tab | Key Information | | ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Setup | Shafts, treadles, sett, beat, reed/raddle, selvedge, grid overlay, units | | Planning | Dimensions, take-up, shrinkage, loom waste, yarn requirements, target sizing | | Project Notes | Title, author, notes, tags, source program | | Heddle Count | Heddles needed per shaft | | Color Information | Thread counts and yardage per color | | Cloth Construction | Double cloth layer metadata | | Weaver's Writeup | Structured project document with images | | Planning Term | What It Means | Typical Range | | ---------------- | -------------------------------- | ------------- | | Sett (EPI) | Warp threads per inch | 6–40+ | | Beat (PPI) | Weft picks per inch | 6–40+ | | Draw-In | Width lost to interlacement | 0.5–2" | | Warp Take-Up | Warp length lost to over/under | 5–15% | | Weft Take-Up | Extra weft needed for over/under | 5–15% | | Loom Waste | Unusable warp tied to loom | 18–36" | | Width Shrinkage | Width lost in wet finishing | 5–15% | | Length Shrinkage | Length lost in wet finishing | 5–15% | # Project Setup Shown on Project Information When starting a new draft, certain values in the Project Setup for that draft are inherited from the Settings that are defined for the TempoWeave Studio application: The Project Setup screen for inherits some values from the Settings menu for TempoWeave: [Settings (app defaults & options)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/settings-app-defaults-and-options). These settings include Default Unit of Measurement and Default Grid Overlay options. ### Shaft and Treadle Options

Set Shafts and Treadle

The current WIF shafts and treadles is set on the first tab of the Project Information selection. The number of shafts and treadles initially defaults to the settings under [Settings (app defaults & options)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/settings-app-defaults-and-options) {% hint style="info" %} Multi-Treadle - required for drafts requiring more than one treadle to be pressed at a time {% endhint %} The Multi-Treadle option, if checked, allows selection of more than one treadle to be pressed on any pick in the weft. For lift plans, this is box is always checked. When weaving with a tie-up, if you don't require pressing more than one treadle at a time (such as with a skeleton tie-up), leave the setting unchecked for easier entry of the treadling sequence as the cursor will advance to the next pick after each number is keyed or selection is clicked. ### Density (Sett)

Sett and Beat

The top right box on the Project Setup allows you to select the Sett (ends per inch or ends per centimeter) and Beat (picks per inch or picks per centimeter). These values default to 12. It is recommended that they entered early in the design of any weaving project as these values are used by many features to calculate width and length. To reset all the thickness markers in a draft, click Reset Yarn Thickness. This will reset all warp and weft ends to the Default Yarn Thickness. **Calculated EPI / Calculated PPI** Shown (only when used) just below Sett and Beat when at least one section marker carries a local density override (cram-and-dent designs). The calculated values are the weighted average across all threads — project sett applies to threads outside any override, and each override applies to its own section. The Planning tab uses the calculated values for width-in-reed, woven length, and yarn calculations, so a draft with mixed densities plans to its real dimensions rather than to the nominal sett. See Section Markers → Variable Density for how to set overrides. ### Default Yarn Thickness Under thread density options, the Default yarn thickness is sett. The default for more weaving software is a "4". Also the weaving software standards have the thickness values range from 1 to 16, with 1 being the smallest and 16 being the largest diameter. TempoWeave can use the thickness in the drawdown and view options to have a more realistic rendering of the cloth that has yarns of varying thickness. For more on yarn thickness, see this topic: [Thickness Dots](/special-topics/troubleshooting-tips-and-frequently-asked-questions/thickness-orange-dots-how-to-remove) ### Floating Selvedge

Floating Selvage

Floating selvedges may be designated by checking the Right and or Left checkbox. If double floating selvedges are used (meaning two threads instead of one), them Double box may be checked. Floating Selvages impact the quantity of Warp Yarn used in the Project calculations. A think box around the right and/or left threads in the threading indicate that there is a floating selvage. The warp winding plan printout also indicates if there is a floating selvage. For more information, see [Floating Selvedge](/special-topics/floating-selvedge) ### Reed Information

Reed Information

The reed information may be defined on the Project Setup screen, or under the Reed Calculator on the Project menu. See [Reed Calculator](/help-by-menu-tabs/project-menu/reed-calculator)link for details. Note that even if designing in Imperial, the selected reed may be Metric (available on the Reed Calculator button) so the appropriate conversions for unit of measure are maintained. The same goes for Designing in Metric and using a reed in dents per inch. ### Raddle Information

Raddle Information

The Raddle Information may be selected on the Project Setup screen, or under the Reed Calculator on the Project menu. See [Raddle Calculator](/help-by-menu-tabs/project-menu/raddle-calculator)link for details. ### Unit of Measure Set the Unit of Measure as Imperial (inches, yards) or Metric (centimeters, meters) so that measurements throughout the project will reflect the system being used. ### Grid Overlay Grid Overlays help with viewing the draft on the screen as well as printouts. Grid overlay default settings are maintained in the TempoWeave application setup [Settings (app defaults & options)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/settings-app-defaults-and-options). These options may be changed and maintained for the project in this Project Setup Grid Overlay setting. Often projects with higher numbers of shafts, or certain treadling or threading patterns will benefit from a different setting. If the boxes are unchecked, grid lines will not appear in the area (drawdown, tie-up, warp or weft). These grid settings also apply to the printouts, as well as the screens when designing.

Project Grid Overlay Settings

The grid lines in the drawdown are thin, and appear thicker in the printouts. The following snipped form a 16-shaft threading printout is shown with the above settings:

Grid Settings in Threading Printout

# Project Information | Planning Shown on Project Information This is the primary screen used to determine all the project sizing and calculations. The Planning screen shows the current WIF dimensions, and predicts, based on the calculation drivers of what the finished size of the cloth will measure. In addition, the number of pieces (repeats of the current WIF) as well as sampling and fringe calculations are used to determine the minimum warp length and yardage required for warp and weft. In situations where the WIF does not reflect the actual width that will be warped, or length that will be woven, overrides can be entered so that. the yardage calculations will be accurate.
#### **Current WIF** **Current WIF Warp Ends** - the current value is automatically populated from the current draft. If the warp ends in the WIF do not represent the entire project (such as having the warp ends repeated a number of times), an override width in the reed can be entered on the next yarn requirements tab so that the yarn requirements will calculation properly. **Current Width in Reed** The current value is a calculation of Warp Ends in the WIF divided by the Ends per Inch (or Ends per CM). . **Weft Picks** The number of weft picks in the current WIF. **Woven Length** The number of weft picks times the Picks per Inch or Centimeter. **Finished Estimate Width and Length** The calculation drivers are used against the current WIF to determine the estimated finished size of the piece. #### Calculation Drivers The calculation drivers are on the upper left. Initially these values are all zero. Any or all of these can be entered to impact the calculations. **Draw-In** -the difference in width in the reed and the fell of the cloth. **Warp Take-Up** - this percentage increases the minimum warp yardage requirements based on the bending of the warp yarns as they are woven. **Weft Take-Up** - this percentage increases the weft yardage requirements based on the bending of the weft yarns as they are woven **Loom Waste** - inches/cm not woven at the start and end of the warp **Shrinkage Width and Length** - this is the expected shrinkage after wet finishing the cloth #### Length Drivers In determining the length of the warp, allowances may be entered for the fringe, sampling and number of pieces. **Fringe**: The total amount allocated for fringe, such as warp that is not woven between pieces, is entered for the calculation of total warp length required. For fringe that is a part of tie-on or waste at the end, this need not be entered. **Sampling:** if test weaving (sampling) is expected before beginning to weave the actual piece, enter a length woven for sampling. This impacts both the warp and weft yardage calculations. #### Yarn Required Click Calculate Yarn to view the calculated requirements for warp and weft yarn. To see the breakdown of yardage requirements by color, see [Color Information](/help-by-menu-tabs/project-menu/project-information/color-information). #### Target Calculation The target calculation allows you to specify the desired finishd size per piece, and the calculation drivers from the planning screen along with Sett from Project Setup will be used to calculate the necessary width in the reed, number of warp ends and woven length to achieve the target size. Input the desired finished width and length of a finished piece. The calculated results will show the required width in the reed, number of warp ends and the woven length of a piece required to obtain the finished size. This information can be used to go back and adjust the WIF to the required warp and weft ends. {% embed url="" %} # Planning Calculations ## Planning Tab: Complete Weaver's Guide This guide explains every field and calculation in the **Planning** tab of the Project Information dialog. The Planning tab helps you determine how much yarn you need, how long your warp should be, and what your finished dimensions will be after all the inevitable losses that occur during weaving and finishing. *** ### Overview The Planning tab is organized into three columns: * **Left Column**: What your current project looks like (thread counts, dimensions) and the final yarn requirements * **Middle Column**: The adjustment factors that account for real-world losses (take-up, shrinkage, draw-in, loom waste) and multi-piece planning * **Right Column**: A reverse calculator that works backward from your desired finished size to tell you what you need on the loom All calculations update automatically as you change values. The **Yarn Required** section requires you to click the **Calculate Yarn** button after entering your Planned Warp Length. *** ### Units: English vs. Metric At the top Setup Tab on the Project Information dialog, you can choose between **English** and **Metric** units. This affects every measurement in the Planning tab: | Measurement Type | English | Metric | | ------------------- | ------------------- | ------------------ | | Density (sett/beat) | EPI (ends per inch) | EPCM (ends per cm) | | Short distances | inches (in) | centimeters (cm) | | Long distances | yards (yds) | meters (m) | When you switch units, all values are automatically converted. The conversion factors are: * **Density**: EPI / 2.54 = EPCM * **Short distances**: inches x 2.54 = cm * **Long distances**: yards x 0.9144 = meters Internally, short distances (inches or cm) are converted to long distances using: * **English**: divide by 36 (36 inches = 1 yard) * **Metric**: divide by 100 (100 cm = 1 meter) *** ### Left Column #### Current WIF Info This section shows dimensions derived from your actual weaving draft. These are **read-only** values calculated from the threads and picks in your project. **Warp Ends** The total number of warp threads that have been assigned to a shaft. TempoWeave counts every thread in your threading that has a shaft value greater than zero. Empty or unassigned threads are not counted. **Width in Reed** How wide your warp will be in the reed, calculated as: ``` Width in Reed = Warp Ends / Sett ``` For example, 480 ends at 24 EPI = 20 inches in the reed. *The Width in the reed may be overridden. For example, you may have a threading of 2 warp ends for plain weave that you want to repeat for 40 inches in the reed; by entering the override, the Width in the Reed will will be changed to the override width for calculations without needing to modify the current WIF.* **Weft Picks** The total number of weft picks (rows) that contain treadling or liftplan data. In **treadling mode**, this counts picks with a treadle assigned. In **liftplan mode**, this counts picks where at least one shaft is raised. **Woven Length** How long your cloth will be on the loom before any finishing, calculated as: ``` Woven Length = Weft Picks / Beat ``` For example, 360 picks at 18 PPI = 20 inches of woven cloth. *The Woven Length may be overriden for purposes of yarn and finished size calculations. For example, if you don't choose to enter the picks for a very long piece, the length may be entered as an override for purposes of finished width and yarn calculations. Be aware that if weft colors change, the weft yardage by color may not be correct.* **Finished Est. Width** An estimate of your finished width after draw-in and shrinkage: ``` Finished Est. Width = (Effective Width - Draw-In) x (1 - Width Shrinkage / 100) ``` Where **Effective Width** is either the Width in Reed or the Override Width (if you entered one). **Example**: 20 in width, 0.5 in draw-in, 5% shrinkage = (20 - 0.5) x 0.95 = 18.53 in **Finished Est. Length** An estimate of your finished length after shrinkage: ``` Finished Est. Length = Effective Woven Length x (1 - Length Shrinkage / 100) ``` Where **Effective Woven Length** is either the calculated Woven Length or the Override Woven Length (if you entered one). **Example**: 20 in woven length, 8% shrinkage = 20 x 0.92 = 18.40 in #### Overrides The two override fields let you manually specify the width in reed or woven length instead of using the values calculated from your draft. This is useful when: * You do not intend to complete the entire draft for a simple repeating pattern. * You are planning a project before you have completed the full draft When an override is set to a value greater than zero, it replaces the corresponding calculated value in **all** subsequent calculations (finished estimates, min warp length, yarn requirements). *** #### Warp Length This section helps you determine how much warp to put on your loom. **Min Warp Length (calculated)** The minimum warp length you need to weave your project, accounting for all losses. This is the most important planning number: ``` Min Warp Length = ( ((Woven Length per Piece x (1 + Warp Take-up%/100)) + Fringe) x Pieces + (Sampling x (1 + Warp Take-up%/100)) + Loom Waste ) / Unit Divisor ``` Where **Unit Divisor** is 36 (English, converting inches to yards) or 100 (Metric, converting cm to meters). Let's break this down piece by piece: 1. **Woven length adjusted for take-up**: `Woven Length x (1 + Warp Take-up%/100)` — this is how much warp each piece actually consumes, because the warp threads travel up and over the weft, using more thread than the flat cloth length 2. **Add fringe**: Fringe length is added per piece (total for both ends) 3. **Multiply by pieces**: If you are weaving multiple pieces from one warp 4. **Add sampling with take-up**: Sampling warp is only counted once (not per piece), but also needs the take-up adjustment 5. **Add loom waste**: The fixed amount of warp you cannot weave — this is counted once regardless of how many pieces you weave **Example (English units)**: * Woven length per piece: 72 in (2 yards) * Warp take-up: 10% * Fringe: 8 in (total both ends) * Pieces: 2 * Sampling: 12 in * Loom waste: 27 in ``` Min Warp = (((72 x 1.10) + 8) x 2 + (12 x 1.10) + 27) / 36 = ((79.2 + 8) x 2 + 13.2 + 27) / 36 = (174.4 + 13.2 + 27) / 36 = 214.6 / 36 = 5.96 yards ``` **Planned Warp Length (you enter this)** This is where you enter how much warp you actually plan to put on the loom. It should be **at least** as much as the Min Warp Length — ideally a bit more to give yourself a safety margin. This value is critical for the **Yarn Required** calculation. If you leave it at zero, the yarn calculation will show zero. **Tip**: Most weavers add 10-15% to the minimum warp length for safety. You can also round up to a convenient number. **Tip:** If using the loom waste at the beginning and end for fringe, there is no need to enter the fringe value. **Total Woven (calculated)** The total length of cloth you will weave across all pieces plus sampling: ``` Total Woven = (Woven Length per Piece x Pieces + Sampling) / Unit Divisor ``` This does **not** include take-up, fringe, or loom waste — it is strictly how much woven cloth you will produce when measured without tension and before wet finishing. *** #### Yarn Required This section calculates how much warp and weft yarn you need for your project. It is highlighted in a colored box because these are the numbers you take to the yarn store. You must click the **Calculate Yarn** button after entering your Planned Warp Length. The values also update when you change other planning inputs. **Warp Required** The total amount of warp yarn needed: ``` Warp Required = Warp Ends x Planned Warp Length + Floating Selvedge Yarn ``` Where **Floating Selvedge Yarn** accounts for any floating selvedge threads configured on the Setup tab: ``` Floating Selvedge Yarn = Selvedge Thread Count x Planned Warp Length ``` The selvedge thread count depends on your settings: * Right floating selvedge: adds 1 thread (or 2 if "double" is checked) * Left floating selvedge: adds 1 thread (or 2 if "double" is checked) **If you have entered an Override Width**: The warp required is calculated differently — it uses the override width multiplied by the sett to determine the thread count, rather than counting actual threads from the draft: ``` Warp Required = Override Width x Sett x Planned Warp Length + Floating Selvedge Yarn ``` The result is expressed in **yards** (English) or **meters** (Metric). This is the total length of yarn across all threads. To convert to weight or skeins, you will need to know your yarn's yardage per pound or meters per kilogram (available in the Yarn Catalog). **Example (English units)**: * 480 warp ends * Planned warp length: 6 yards * Right floating selvedge (single): 1 thread ``` Warp Required = 480 x 6 + 1 x 6 = 2,880 + 6 = 2,886 yards ``` **Weft Required** The total amount of weft yarn needed: ``` Weft Required = Beat x Effective Width x Total Woven Length x (1 + Weft Take-up%/100) ``` Where: * **Effective Width** = Width in Reed - Draw-In (this is how wide the cloth actually is after the edges pull in) * **Total Woven Length** = (Woven Length per Piece x Pieces + Sampling) / Unit Divisor * **Weft Take-up** accounts for the weft thread traveling over and under the warp threads **Example (English units)**: * Beat: 18 PPI * Width in Reed: 20 in, Draw-In: 0.5 in, Effective Width: 19.5 in * Woven length per piece: 72 in, 2 pieces, 12 in sampling * Total Woven = (72 x 2 + 12) / 36 = 4.33 yards * Weft take-up: 8% ``` Weft Required = 18 x 19.5 x 4.33 x 1.08 = 1,641 yards ``` *** ### Middle Column #### Calculation Drivers These are the adjustment factors that account for real-world losses during weaving and finishing. If you leave them all at zero, your calculations will show the "ideal" dimensions with no losses — but real cloth usually shrinks in width and length. **Draw-In** **Unit**: inches or cm The total width lost at the selvedges when the weft pulls the outer warp threads inward. On a typical project this is usually 0.25 to 1 inch (0.5 to 2.5 cm), depending on: * Weave structure (plain weave draws in more than twill) * Yarn elasticity (stretchy yarns draw in more) * Sett (closer setts draw in less) * Width (wider warps may draw in more in absolute terms) Draw-in is subtracted from the width in reed to get the woven width, and it is added back when calculating the required width in the Target Calculator. **Warp Take-up** **Unit**: percentage (%) The percentage of warp thread consumed by the over-and-under interlacement. Because the warp threads do not lie flat — they go over and under each weft pick — you need more warp thread than the flat cloth length. Typical values: * **Plain weave**: 10-12% (most interlacement, most take-up) * **Twill**: 8-10% * **Satin**: 5-8% (least interlacement, least take-up) Warp take-up is applied to the woven length and sampling when calculating the minimum warp length. It does **not** apply to fringe or loom waste. **Weft Take-up** **Unit**: percentage (%) The percentage of extra weft thread consumed by interlacement, similar to warp take-up but in the horizontal direction. Because the weft travels over and under the warp threads, each pick uses more yarn than the straight-line width of the cloth. Typical values: * **Plain weave**: 10-15% * **Twill**: 8-12% * **Satin**: 5-8% Weft take-up is applied to the weft yarn requirement only. It does not affect finished dimensions. **Loom Waste** **Unit**: inches or cm The length of warp that cannot be woven because it is consumed by the loom setup — the distance from the back beam to the heddles, through the reed, to the cloth beam. This includes: * Warp tied to the front apron rod * Warp between the heddles and the back beam that cannot be shed properly * Any lashing or knots Typical values: * **Table looms**: 18-27 inches (45-70 cm) * **Floor looms**: 24-36 inches (60-90 cm) * **Rigid heddle looms**: 12-18 inches (30-45 cm) Loom waste is counted **once** regardless of how many pieces you weave. It is simply added to the total warp length needed. **Width Shrinkage** **Unit**: percentage (%) The percentage the cloth shrinks in width after it comes off the loom and is washed/finished. This is different from draw-in — draw-in happens during weaving, while shrinkage happens during wet finishing. Typical values: * **Cotton**: 5-10% * **Wool**: 10-30% (depending on fulling) * **Linen**: 3-5% * **Silk**: 3-8% * **Synthetic blends**: 2-5% Width shrinkage is used in the finished estimate and the target calculator. **Length Shrinkage** **Unit**: percentage (%) The percentage the cloth shrinks in length after finishing. Often different from width shrinkage because warp and weft may be different fibers or have different tensions. Typical values are similar to width shrinkage but may vary. Always do a sample to determine your actual shrinkage — it depends heavily on your specific yarn, sett, and finishing method. Length shrinkage is used in the finished estimate and the target calculator. *** #### Length Drivers These fields help you plan multi-piece projects and account for additional warp length needs. **Fringe Total** **Unit**: inches or cm The total fringe length for **both ends** of each piece combined. If you want 4 inches of fringe on each end, enter 8. Fringe is part of the warp that is not woven — it hangs off the ends of the cloth. It is added to each piece's warp requirement but does **not** have warp take-up applied (since it is not interlaced). **Sampling** **Unit**: inches or cm The length of warp set aside for weaving a sample or test piece before starting your main project. Sampling is counted **once** on the warp (not multiplied by the number of pieces), and warp take-up **is** applied to it (since you are weaving it). In the weft calculation, sampling is also included in the total woven length. **Pieces** **Unit**: count (integer) The number of identical pieces you plan to weave from this warp. For example, if you are weaving a set of 4 placemats, enter 4. Each piece uses one full woven length plus fringe. The total warp needed is calculated for all pieces together, sharing a single loom waste and sampling allowance. *** ### Right Column #### Target Finished Size This section works **backwards** from your desired finished dimensions. Instead of asking "given my draft, how big will my finished cloth be?", it answers "given my desired finished size, how many threads and picks do I need?" Enter the finished width and length you want **after** shrinkage and draw-in, and the calculator will tell you what you need on the loom. **Finished Width** **Unit**: inches or cm The width you want your finished cloth to be after all draw-in and shrinkage. This is the final, usable width. **Finished Length per Piece** **Unit**: inches or cm The length you want each finished piece to be after shrinkage. This is the final, usable length per piece. *** #### Calculated Results These are the results of the reverse calculation, shown in a highlighted box. They tell you what you need on the loom to achieve your target finished size. **Required Width in Reed** The width your warp needs to be in the reed to achieve the target finished width: ``` Required Width in Reed = (Finished Width + Draw-In) x (1 + Width Shrinkage%/100) ``` This reverses the shrinkage and draw-in: it adds the draw-in back (because the reed width must be wider than the finished width), and then accounts for shrinkage (because the cloth will shrink after finishing). **Example**: Target finished width 18 in, draw-in 0.5 in, 5% width shrinkage: ``` Required Width = (18 + 0.5) x 1.05 = 19.43 in ``` **Required Warp Ends** The number of warp threads needed to achieve the required width in reed: ``` Required Warp Ends = Required Width in Reed x Sett ``` **Example**: Required width 19.43 in at 24 EPI: ``` Required Warp Ends = 19.43 x 24 = 466 ends ``` You would typically round this up to the nearest number that works with your threading repeat. **Woven Length per Piece** The length you need to weave on the loom (before finishing) to get your target finished length: ``` Woven Length per Piece = Finished Length x (1 + Length Shrinkage%/100) ``` This reverses the shrinkage: the woven cloth needs to be longer than the finished length because it will shrink. **Example**: Target finished length 18 in, 8% length shrinkage: ``` Woven Length = 18 x 1.08 = 19.44 in ``` **Required Weft Picks** The number of weft picks needed for one piece: ``` Required Weft Picks = Woven Length per Piece x Beat ``` **Example**: Woven length 19.44 in at 18 PPI: ``` Required Weft Picks = 19.44 x 18 = 350 picks ``` *** ### Putting It All Together: A Complete Example Let's walk through a full planning scenario for a set of cotton placemats. **Goal**: 4 placemats, each 14 x 18 inches finished, with 3-inch fringe on each end **Known values**: * Yarn: 8/2 cotton at 24 EPI sett, 20 PPI beat * Draw-in: 0.5 inches * Warp take-up: 10% * Weft take-up: 12% * Loom waste: 27 inches * Width shrinkage: 5% * Length shrinkage: 8% * Sampling: 10 inches #### Step 1: Target Calculator Enter the finished dimensions (14 x 18 inches) in the Target Finished Size section. **Required Width in Reed**: (14 + 0.5) x 1.05 = **15.23 in** **Required Warp Ends**: 15.23 x 24 = **366 ends** (round to 368 to fit a 4-thread repeat) **Woven Length per Piece**: 18 x 1.08 = **19.44 in** **Required Weft Picks**: 19.44 x 20 = **389 picks** #### Step 2: Draft Your Project Thread 368 ends and treadle 389 picks per placemat (or as close as your pattern allows). #### Step 3: Min Warp Length With your draft entered, the Current WIF section will show your actual thread and pick counts. The Min Warp Length calculation: ``` Min Warp = (((19.44 x 1.10) + 6) x 4 + (10 x 1.10) + 27) / 36 = ((21.38 + 6) x 4 + 11.0 + 27) / 36 = (109.54 + 11.0 + 27) / 36 = 147.54 / 36 = 4.10 yards ``` (Fringe is 6 inches per piece — 3 inches each end, entered as 6 total.) #### Step 4: Plan Your Warp Enter **4.5 yards** as your Planned Warp Length (adding about 10% safety margin). #### Step 5: Calculate Yarn Click **Calculate Yarn**: **Warp Required**: 368 x 4.5 = **1,656 yards** **Weft Required**: 20 x (15.23 - 0.5) x ((19.44 x 4 + 10) / 36) x 1.12 = 20 x 14.73 x 2.44 x 1.12 = **805 yards** #### Summary | Item | Value | | -------------------- | ------------ | | Warp ends | 368 | | Width in reed | 15.23 in | | Picks per placemat | 389 | | Min warp length | 4.10 yds | | Planned warp length | 4.50 yds | | Warp yarn needed | 1,656 yds | | Weft yarn needed | 805 yds | | Finished size (each) | \~14 x 18 in | *** ### Tips and Best Practices #### Sample First The shrinkage and take-up percentages above are estimates. Every yarn, sett, and weave structure combination behaves differently. Weave a small sample, measure it before and after washing, and calculate your actual percentages before planning a large project. Use the **Sampling** field to allocate warp for this. #### Measuring Weft Take-Up Usually it's not necessary to measure the actual take-up percentage, but if it's critical to understand for a more accurate warp and weft requirements, it can be measured. For weft takeup, weave a couple of inches, carefully marking or cutting the beginning and ending of the weft used. Multiply the Width Woven by the Number of Picks for the total woven inches for the Weft Used before Takeup. Unweave the section just woven, and measure the weft yarn. The Difference in the calculation of the weft used and the Actual Measured yarn is the used for the takeup percentage. Divide this Difference by the Weft Used before Takeup for the takeup percentage. Warp take-up is more difficult to measure. Generally the same value for the weft takeup can be used for the warp take-up percentage. #### Measuring Shrinkage To measure shrinkage from a sample that has been cut off the loom. 1. Measure the relaxed (off-loom, before washing) dimensions 2. Wash and finish the sample as you plan to finish the final project 3. Shrinkage % = (Before washing - After washing) / Before washing x 100 #### Loom Waste Varies Measure your own loom's waste by noting how much warp you cannot weave. This varies between looms and even between warp setups on the same loom. Once you know your loom, you can use the same value for every project. # Project Notes Shown on Project Information **Project Notes** allow you to enter a **Title** (which may be used on reports), the **Author**, and additional **Notes**. You may also add **Tags** to help classify and organize drafts. These tags are available for filtering in the **Browse Drafts** function: [Browse Drafts (show draft thumbnails)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/browse-drafts-show-draft-thumbnails) To add a tag, type the tag name in the field below **Tags** (shown with the example text *“Plain Weave”*), then click **Add**.\ Tags can be removed by clicking the **×** icon next to the tag. In the example shown, the project is tagged with *“Linen”* and *“Towel”*. Click **Apply** to save any information entered in Project Notes. The **Print Project** function, also found under the **File** menu, may be launched directly from this screen: [Print (formatted reports)](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/print-formatted-reports)

Project Notes

# Heddle Count Shown on Project Information The heddle counts, per shaft are shown in Project Information under Heddle Count. The following example is for a 15-shaft pattern. The scroll bar on the right is used to view the additonal shafts.
# Color Information Shown on Project Information Color Information shows all the colors used in the project as well as the yardage requirements for warp and weft.

Color Information

Click Calculate Color Info upon entry to this screen. The number of warp ends and weft picks will show per color, along wih the required length. # Cloth Construction Shown in Project Information Cloth construction is used to designate folded double and tubular cloth. These settings are changed when using the Double Cloth function on the tool menu [DOUBLE CLOTH](#user-content-fn-1)[^1] Normal single layer weaves will have fold type "None".

Double Cloth Settings

The Fold Type values are: none, Left Fold, Right Fold, and Tubular. The Layer Pattern values are None for flat woven, TBBT for folded, and TBTB for tubular. Top Layer Shafts are either empty or for folded and tubular record the shafts that weave the top layer separated by commas. Construction type values are either Standard, Folded Double or Tubular. [^1]: # Weaver's Writeup Shown in Project Information The Weaver's Writeup allows rich text editing for an information about the project. In addition, attachments may be added such as pictures, spreadsheets, pdfs or other files. The write-up, along with the attachments, are saved in the ".twa" file extension for the WIF. If sharing the complete project, including these pictures and other data, be sure to share the TempoWeave Assembly File (with suffix .twa). The receipient must have TempoWeave to access the full weaver's writeup. See this [link ](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/print-formatted-reports/weavers-writeup)for a complete explanation of the Weavers' Writeup: {% content-ref url="/pages/uTf6twp5TTAWOQ6rm0Eh" %} [Weaver's Writeup](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/print-formatted-reports/weavers-writeup) {% endcontent-ref %}

Weaver's Writeup

# Mode On the Project Menu Mode: Sinking Shed or Rising Shed. > Rising Shed Mode - selected shafts in the tie-up are rising (warp threads on top) > > Sinking Shed Mode - selected shafts in the tie-up or going down (weft will cover warp Cloth Type > Normal - Both warp and weft threads showing on surface > > Weft Faced - Weft yarns are covering the warp > > Warp Faced - Warp yarns are packed tightly together and weft yarns are not showing. > > Show in Drawdown- Available for warp or weft faced only. # Cloth Type On the Project Menu Cloth Type > Normal - Both warp and weft threads showing on surface > > Weft Faced - Weft yarns are covering the warp > > Warp Faced - Warp yarns are packed tightly together and weft yarns are not showing. > > Show in Drawdown- Available for warp or weft faced only. # Float Check *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What Is a Float? A float is a length of yarn that passes over or under multiple threads without interlacing. Every weave structure has floats — a plain weave has floats of 1 (each thread goes over one, under one), while a 2/2 twill has floats of 2. Long floats can cause problems: they snag easily, reduce fabric strength, and may make the cloth unsuitable for its intended use. Float Check scans your entire draft and finds every float that exceeds a length you specify, so you can identify and fix potential problems before you start weaving. *** ### Opening Float Check {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Project tab > Float Check button * **Keyboard**: Ctrl+F (Cmd+F on macOS) Float Check opens as a non-modal dialog, meaning you can keep it open while continuing to work on your draft.
{% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Float Check…** under Analysis {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### How to Use It #### Step 1: Set Your Parameters At the top of the dialog you'll find the settings panel: **Direction** * **Check Warp Floats** — Only looks for floats running vertically (warp threads passing over multiple picks) * **Check Weft Floats** — Only looks for floats running horizontally (weft yarn passing over multiple warp threads) * **Both** — Checks in both directions (default, recommended) **Cloth Side** * **Front** — Only shows floats visible on the face of the fabric * **Back** — Only shows floats visible on the back * **Both** — Shows floats on both sides (default, recommended) **Maximum Float Lengths** Two separate controls let you set different thresholds for warp and weft: * **Max Warp Float** — Warp floats longer than this will be flagged (default: 5) * **Max Weft Float** — Weft floats longer than this will be flagged (default: 5) You can set these anywhere from 2 to 100. Only floats that exceed your threshold are reported — floats at or below the threshold are considered acceptable. #### Step 2: Run the Check Click the **Run Check** button. TempoWeave scans your entire cloth and reports the results immediately.

Float Check - Highlighting with Red in the Draft

#### Step 3: Review the Results The summary line tells you how many floats were found. If none exceed your thresholds, you'll see: > "No floats found exceeding the specified lengths." If floats are found, they appear in a scrollable list below. Each entry shows: * **A colored badge** indicating which side of the cloth: * **FACE** (blue) — This float is visible on the front of the fabric * **BACK** (orange) — This float is visible on the back * **A description** with the exact location and length: * For warp floats: "Warp 47: 8 picks long, starting at pick 12" * For weft floats: "Weft 23: 6 threads long, starting at thread 85" #### Step 4: Navigate to Problem Areas **Click any float in the list** and TempoWeave will: 1. **Scroll the drawdown** to bring that area into view 2. **Highlight the float** with a semi-transparent red overlay so you can see exactly which threads are involved 3. **Show a red arrow** in the warp or weft color bar pointing to the specific thread or pick This makes it easy to find and fix each problem area in your draft. #### Step 5: Clear and Close * **Clear Highlight** — Removes the red highlight from the canvas without closing the dialog (useful when moving on to the next float) * **Close** — Closes the dialog and automatically clears all highlights and arrows *** ### Understanding Face vs. Back Floats Every float exists on one side of the cloth: * A **face warp float** means a warp thread is sitting on top of the fabric surface for multiple picks — visible to anyone looking at the front * A **back weft float** means the weft yarn is passing behind the fabric for multiple threads — only visible if you flip the cloth over Why does this matter? A long float on the back of a placemat might be acceptable since it sits on the table. The same float on the face would snag on dishes and silverware. Checking both sides lets you make informed decisions about which floats to fix. *** ### What Float Lengths Are Acceptable? There's no universal rule — it depends on your project and yarn. The built-in Help button provides these guidelines: | Project Type | Suggested Maximum Float | | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | | Tabletop items (placemats, runners) | 5–7 threads | | Garments (scarves, shawls, clothing) | 3–5 threads | | Rugs and heavy-use items | Longer floats can be tolerated | | Slippery yarns (silk, rayon, Tencel) | Keep floats shorter than usual | **Tip:** Start with the default of 5 for both warp and weft. If you're working with slippery yarn or making something that will get heavy use, tighten it to 3 or 4. If you're making a decorative wall hanging, you might loosen it to 7 or 8. *** ### Tips for Fixing Long Floats When Float Check finds a problem, here are common ways to fix it: #### Adjust the Tie-Up The tie-up is usually the root cause of long floats. Look at which shafts are raised (or lowered) for the treadle that's causing the float, and add or remove a connection to break up the long run. #### Change the Threading If the float occurs because too many consecutive warp threads are on the same shaft, consider rearranging the threading to distribute them differently. #### Add a Tabby Pick For pattern weaves like overshot, inserting a plain weave (tabby) pick between pattern picks breaks up long weft floats. Use the **Add Tabby** tool (Design tab) to do this automatically. #### Accept It Knowingly Not all long floats need fixing. Satin weaves intentionally use long floats to create their smooth surface. The key is making sure you know about them and have decided they're acceptable for your project. *** ### Results Limit For performance reasons, Float Check reports a maximum of 1,000 floats. If your draft has more than that, the summary will show "Found 1,000+ floats (limited to first 1000)." Fix the reported floats first, then run the check again to find any remaining ones. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Range | Purpose | | -------------- | ------- | ------------------- | --------------------------------- | | Direction | Both | Warp / Weft / Both | Which floats to check | | Cloth Side | Both | Front / Back / Both | Which side to report | | Max Warp Float | 5 | 2–100 | Flag warp floats longer than this | | Max Weft Float | 5 | 2–100 | Flag weft floats longer than this | Click to select one of the float notifications, and the corresponding float will be highlighted in red as shown below. # Reed Calculator On the Project Menu ### What It Does This function helps establish a sleying pattern with the desired reed to accomplish the needed Sett for the project. In addition, the reed and sley pattern that is chosen is saved along with your project for future reference. ***

Reed Sley Calculator Screen

### Using the Reed Calculator #### Units Select Imperial if working in inches, or Metric if working in increments of 10 centemeters, the standard for metric reeds. #### Reed Dents per Unit To set the reed size, the number of dents (spaces) per unit (inch or 10 cm) may be entered or set using the arrow keys. Alternatively, the reed size will be changed to the selected **Preset Pattern,** if used. #### Preset Patterns Tables are built into TempoWeave with a number of commonly used reed-sley patterns. In the following example, the preset pattern arrow has been clicked and a scrolling list of options, ordered alphabetically by reed, has sley patterns and the resulting Sett. This example is Imperial units.

Preset Imperial Patterns

If a pattern is selected, and enter pressed, the values for the Reed Dents per Unit and the Custom Sley Pattern are populated from the selected preset. In the next example, the units are set to Metric. Now the pattern presets are showing Metric Reeds. This makes it simple for a weavers working in Imperial units to use a metric reed, and visa-versa.Here the 50/10 metric reed is selected and a sleying pattern of 1-2; once the Calculate button is pressed, the Ends per Inch and Ends per CM is calculated and displayed in green.

Preset Metric Patterns

#### Custom Sley Pattern Numbers can be typed into the Custom Sley pattern. To skip a dent, use number 0. The numbers represent a repeating pattern for the sleying of the warp threads into each dent. The repeating pattern can be from 1 dent to 10. Once the pattern is entered, click Calculate and the ends per inch / ends per cm will be calculated based on the Reed Dents per unit and the sley pattern. In the following example, the reed has 8 dents per inch, and an alternating 2 threads in 1 dent, 3 threads in the next is entered; after Calculate is pressed, it reveals that this pattern and reed combination will have 20 ends per inch / 7.87 ends per cm.

Custom Sley Pattern

#### Using the Reed Calculator for Cram and Dent Another usage of this tool is to calculate the average ends per inch when using the "cram and dent" technique. In the example below, two warp ends are sleyed in a dent, skipping the next, putting 4 ends in the next dent and skipping a dent for an effective 15 epi in a 10-dent reed.
#### Important - Project Sett and Calculated Values {% hint style="info" %} The Sett that you define in Project Setup is independent of the calculated sett derived and saved in the Reed Sley Calculator. Be sure that you update the Project Sett on the Project Setup Screen if the sett is changing based on the reed and sley pattern chosen; normally these should be the same. The Project Sett is the value used in calculations throughout TempoWeave. {% endhint %} # Raddle Calculator On the Project Menu ### What It Does If using a raddle where the spacing doesn't directly correspond with the ends per inch (such has spacing per inch) or ends per centimeter (spacing of a centimeter), this calculator assists with how to spread the threads so that the width of the warp after spreading is equal to the planned width in the reed. Two commonly used raddles are the Louet (.5cm per dent, or 2 dents per centimeter) and the Lofty Fiber (4 spaces per inch). Preset patterns are available for these raddles. If not using one of the above raddles, enter the reed dents per inch/cm and enter a pattern to calculate the effective sett. ***

Reed Sley Calculator Screen

Values are saved in the reed sley calculator as a part of the Project Record. This calculator can be accessed in the Project Info | Setup screen as well as directly on the Project tab. # Warp and Weft Winding Plan On the Project Menu ### What It Does These are generated reports that summarized the counts of warp and weft colors. *** ### How to Use It 1. Simply click the Warp Winding Plan or Weft Color Plan icon on the Project Menu. 2. View the report on screen, print or save as a PDF. ![](/files/1OQwc19s2RmGTMvqSFth) *** ### Tips for Use in Designing When checking your draft for symmetry, these reports are very useful. \ For example, if you expect colors to be applied symmetrically across the threading, the color counts should be mirrored. If **Yellow**, for instance, is normally 20 threads, but one section has 19 threads, it will be very obvious on the Warp Plan but could easily be missed when reviewing the draft itself. Likewise, in the treadling, the color counts can be inspected for expected values and symmetry. If a similar but different color has been selected from the palette, it will also appear on these printouts. *** For a complete description of these reports, please see: {% content-ref url="/pages/61bPD9D27vgm0lWesJ7l" %} [Print Warp Winding Plan](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/print-formatted-reports/print-warp-winding-plan) {% endcontent-ref %} {% content-ref url="/pages/DolfQPdHjkxAmeRENt6S" %} [Print Weft Color Change Plan](/help-by-menu-tabs/file-menu/print-formatted-reports/print-weft-color-change-plan) {% endcontent-ref %} # Snapshot History *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Snapshot History lets you save named "checkpoints" of your draft as you work. Each snapshot captures the complete state of your design at a moment in time — threading, treadling, tie-up, colors, project settings, and section assembly. You can return to any snapshot later, or open it in a new tab to compare it side-by-side with your current work. Snapshots live **inside your TWA file**, so they travel with the draft. Share a TWA with a teacher or collaborator and they see your full design progression. Open the same file on another computer and your snapshots are still there. This feature was originally requested for **teaching workflows** — students save snapshots as they work through a project, and teachers review the progression to evaluate process, not just the final result. But it's just as useful for any weaver who wants to: * Try a bold design change without losing what they had * Compare two versions of a draft side-by-side * Track design evolution over a long project * Have multiple "what if" alternatives saved in one file *** ### Where to Find It {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Project tab > Snapshot History group * **Take Snapshot** button — captures the current state * **View History** button — opens or closes the Snapshot History panel * **Panel location**: Docks on the **left** side of the main window when opened * **Settings**: Settings dialog > Application > **Automatic snapshots** checkbox {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * **☰ menu → Snapshots…**, or tap **Project** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Snapshots…** under Info and History Opens as a full-screen overlay. {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### Taking a Snapshot Click **Take Snapshot** from the Project ribbon tab. TempoWeave will: 1. **Save your file first** if it has unsaved changes (you'll see the Save dialog if the file is brand new and has never been saved) 2. **Capture the current state** — all the draft data, colors, tie-up, etc. 3. **Generate a small thumbnail** of the drawdown for visual reference 4. **Add the snapshot** to the History panel with a default name like `Snapshot, 2026-04-10 21:45` You'll see a green confirmation toast at the bottom of the screen. > **Note:** Snapshots are stored inside the TWA file paired with your WIF, so they only persist if your file has been saved at least once. If you click Take Snapshot on a brand-new untitled draft, you'll be prompted to save it first. *** ### The Snapshot History Panel Open the panel with **View History** in the Project ribbon. Each snapshot appears as a row showing: * **Thumbnail** — small preview of what the drawdown looked like at that moment * **Name** — defaults to a timestamp; you can rename it * **Date and time** — when the snapshot was captured * **"auto" badge** — shown only on automatic snapshots (see below) * **Three action buttons**: Restore, Open in New Tab, Delete The newest snapshots appear at the top. #### Renaming a Snapshot Two ways: 1. **Double-click** the snapshot name to rename it inline. Press Enter to save or Esc to cancel. 2. **Right-click** the snapshot row and choose **Rename**. Renames are saved to the TWA file immediately. #### Restoring a Snapshot Two options for going back to a snapshot: **Restore (replaces current draft)** Click **Restore** to replace your current working draft with the snapshot. A confirmation dialog asks if you're sure. Your current state is **preserved as an undo point**, so if you change your mind, just press Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) to come back to where you were. Use this when you want to **continue working** from an earlier state. **Open in New Tab** Click **Open in New Tab** to load the snapshot as a separate document tab. Your current work stays open and unchanged. You can flip between tabs to compare two versions side-by-side, or use Window > Split View to see them at the same time. The opened tab is unsaved (no file path), so you can experiment freely. If you want to keep changes, use **Save As** to save it to a new file. Use this when you want to **compare** without losing your current work. #### Deleting Snapshots * **Delete one**: Click the **Delete** button on the row, or right-click > Delete. A confirmation dialog asks before removing. * **Clear All**: Click the **Clear All** button at the top of the panel. A confirmation dialog tells you how many snapshots will be removed. Both actions immediately update the TWA file. *** ### Automatic Snapshots If you enable **Automatic snapshots** in Settings (Settings dialog > Application section), TempoWeave will capture snapshots automatically at key moments: * **Before major transformations** — Echo, Double Cloth, Tromp as Writ, Block Substitution, Math Drafts, Common Weaves, Convert to Liftplan/Tie-up, Warp Spread, Treadle/Shaft Reduction, Treadle Expansion, Simplify Draft, Plot on Network, Arrange Treadles/Shafts, Diagonal tie-up, Hilbert Curve, Power, and Design Repeats. * **On Save** — when you save the file (only if there were unsaved changes since the last save). Automatic snapshots are named after what triggered them (e.g., `Echo, 2026-04-10 21:45` or `Save, 2026-04-10 21:50`) and show an **auto** badge in the panel so you can distinguish them from manual snapshots. To prevent flooding the panel with snapshots when chained operations happen, automatic snapshots are throttled — at most one auto-snapshot every 3 seconds. Manual snapshots via the **Take Snapshot** button are always available, regardless of this setting. *** ### Sharing Drafts to the Cloud When you share a draft to the cloud library, you can choose whether to include the snapshot history. In the **Share Pattern** dialog, you'll see a checkbox: **Clear snapshot history before upload**. It's checked by default — meaning the cloud copy will not include your snapshots. **Why default to checked?** Snapshot history can be a private record of your design process. You may not want collaborators or the public to see all your false starts and experiments. Unchecking the box uploads the full snapshot history along with the pattern — useful for teachers sharing example progressions, or for sharing drafts where the design evolution itself is the story. Either way, **your local file is unchanged**. The "clear" only applies to the uploaded copy. *** ### Snapshot Limit You can save up to **100 snapshots** per draft before TempoWeave warns you to clean up older ones. The warning is just a soft cap — you can keep adding more, but the History panel may get hard to navigate. Use **Clear All** or delete individual snapshots to keep things tidy. *** ### What Gets Captured in a Snapshot A snapshot captures essentially the entire .twa file at a moment in time: * The complete WIF data (threading, treadling, tie-up, colors, palette) * Project settings (sett, beat, dimensions, draft style, origin) * Section Assembly tree (warp and weft sections) * Color Assembly tree * All draft mode settings (rising/sinking shed, cloth type) What's **not** captured: * The Weaver's Writeup attachments and embedded images (the writeup text fields are also not captured to keep snapshots small) * Your active tool, zoom level, and scroll position (these are session state, not draft state) * Your selection *** ### Sharing Snapshots With a Teacher or Student The teaching workflow looks like this: 1. **Student** turns on Automatic snapshots in Settings, or takes manual snapshots at key points during their project 2. Student saves their work normally — snapshots are inside the TWA file 3. Student sends the .twa file to the teacher (email attachment, USB stick, or cloud share with the **Clear snapshot history** checkbox **unchecked**) 4. **Teacher** opens the .twa file in TempoWeave 5. Teacher opens the **View History** panel and reviews the timeline 6. Teacher can click **Open in New Tab** on each snapshot to compare progressive versions 7. Teacher can also click **Restore** to step through the student's process The snapshot timeline is a window into the student's process — what they tried, what they kept, and what they changed. *** ### Tips * **Snapshots are saved automatically when you click Take Snapshot** — even if you haven't saved your draft yet, TempoWeave will save it first so the snapshot has a home. * **Restore is undoable** — restoring a snapshot creates an undo point, so Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) will return you to where you were before the restore. * **Snapshots persist across sessions** — they're inside the .twa file. Close TempoWeave, reopen the file, and your snapshots are still there. * **Use Open in New Tab for comparisons** — instead of restoring repeatedly, open snapshots as new tabs so you can flip between them. * **Rename your snapshots** — the default timestamp names work, but renaming key snapshots ("first idea", "after color change", "final") makes the timeline much easier to navigate later. * **Clean up regularly** — if you're using automatic snapshots, the timeline can fill up fast. Periodically delete experimental snapshots you no longer need. * **Keep cloud uploads tidy** — leave the **Clear snapshot history before upload** checkbox checked unless you specifically want to share your design process. *** ### Settings The **Automatic snapshots** setting in Settings > Application controls whether TempoWeave automatically captures snapshots before major transformations and on save. Default is **off**. Manual snapshots are always available. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | --------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | Take a snapshot | Project tab > Take Snapshot | | Open the history panel | Project tab > View History | | Restore a snapshot in place | Click Restore in the History panel | | Compare a snapshot | Click Open in New Tab | | Rename a snapshot | Double-click the name (or right-click > Rename) | | Delete one snapshot | Click Delete on its row | | Delete all snapshots | Click Clear All at the top of the panel | | Enable auto-snapshots | Settings > Application > Automatic snapshots | | Strip snapshots from cloud upload | Share dialog > Clear snapshot history before upload (default on) | *** ### Limitations * **Snapshots are inside the TWA file** — they only persist if the file is saved. Brand-new untitled drafts can't have snapshots until you save the file first. * **Older TempoWeave versions don't preserve snapshots** — if a user opens your TWA in a TempoWeave version older than 26.410 and saves it, the snapshots will be lost. Make sure collaborators are on a current version. (TempoWeave 26.410 and later will preserve snapshots even if a new format extension is added in the future.) * **Soft cap of 100 snapshots** per file — you can have more, but the panel will get hard to use. # Design Menu # Tie-Up Functions ### What It Does The Tie-Up menu provides operations for manipulating the tie-up matrix — the grid that connects shafts to treadles. These operations let you transform the tie-up in various ways: clearing, inverting, rotating, flipping, and shifting. There's also a Diagonal button for generating stepped tie-up patterns. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Tie-Up dropdown menu
* **Right-click**: The tie-up area also offers these operations in a context menu
*** ### Operations To select the entire tie-up, first bring it into focus by either clicking inside the tie-up area or pressing **Tab** until a thin green outline surrounds the tie-up box. Then press **Ctrl + A**, or choose **Select All** from the Home menu. To select a portion of the tie-up, press **A** on the keyboard or choose **Select** from the Home menu. Then drag to select the desired area of the tie-up. Once the area is selected, click any of the options under **Tie-Up** to apply your changes. These same options can also be accessed by right-clicking within the tie-up box. ### Using the Keyboard to Shift Within the Tie-Up When performing repeated Shift Right, Left, Up or Down on a selected area of the tie-up, it's simpler to use the keyboard commands. Hold down the Ctrl/Cmd key followed by repeated presses of the left/right/up/down arrows on the keyboard. This shift will wrap. To avoid wrapping, also hold down the shift key. #### Clear Removes all connections in the tie-up (or in the current selection if one is active). Every cell becomes empty — no shafts connected to any treadles. #### Change Face Toggles every cell in the tie-up: filled cells become empty, and empty cells become filled. This swaps which shafts are raised and which are lowered for every treadle, effectively showing you the other side of the fabric. | Original Selection | After Change Face | | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | | | #### Invert & Reverse **Invert** Flips the tie-up vertically (top to bottom). The top row moves to the bottom and the bottom row moves to the top. This reverses the shaft order within the tie-up — shaft 1's connections swap with the highest shaft, shaft 2 with the next highest, and so on. \ **Reverse** Flips the tie-up horizontally (left to right). The leftmost treadle column moves to the right and vice versa. This reverses the treadle order. | Original Selection | After Invert | After Reverse | | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | | | | | | | | #### Rotate 90 and 180 **Rotate 90** rotates the tie-up 90° clockwise. This requires a square selection (same number of shafts and treadles in the selection). If the tie-up isn't square, select a square region first. **Rotate 180** rotates the tie-up 180° — equivalent to applying both Invert and Reverse. Every cell moves to the diagonally opposite position. | Original Selection | After Rotate 90 | | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | | | #### Shift Right / Shift Left Moves all tie-up connections one column to the right or left. Connections that shift off the edge wrap around to the opposite side. Hold Shift when clicking to shift without wrapping (connections at the edge are lost instead). #### Shift Up / Shift Down Moves all tie-up connections one row up or down. Connections that shift off the edge wrap around. Hold Shift for no-wrap mode. | Original Selection | After Shift Right (with wrap) | | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | | | *** ### Diagonal Button The Diagonal button (separate from the dropdown) generates a stepped diagonal pattern across the tie-up. It opens a dialog with these settings: **Start** Which treadle to begin the diagonal pattern from. **Step** How many shafts to step per treadle. A step of 1 creates a simple diagonal (1-2-3-4). A step of 2 skips every other shaft (1-3-5-7). **Treadles per Cycle** How many treadles make up one complete cycle before the pattern repeats or extends. **Stop** The last treadle to fill with the diagonal pattern. **Direction** Step up (shaft numbers increase) or step down (shaft numbers decrease). If you have a selection in the tie-up, the diagonal is constrained to that shaft range. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts any tie-up operation. * **Use with selections** — If you select a region of the tie-up first, operations apply only to that region. This lets you transform part of the tie-up while leaving the rest unchanged. * **Change Face for the flip side** — Change Face is the quickest way to see what the back of your fabric looks like — it inverts the entire interlacement. * **Shift for exploring** — Shifting the tie-up left/right or up/down is a great way to explore variations of a pattern without redesigning it. * **Wrap vs. no-wrap** — By default, shifts wrap around. Hold Shift when clicking to prevent wrapping — useful when you want to move the pattern without duplicating cells.
*** ### Quick Reference | Operation | What It Does | | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------- | | Clear | Remove all connections | | Change Face | Toggle every cell (filled ↔ empty) | | Invert | Flip vertically (top ↔ bottom) | | Reverse | Flip horizontally (left ↔ right) | | Rotate 90 | Rotate clockwise (requires square selection) | | Rotate 180 | Rotate 180° | | Shift Right/Left | Move columns with wrapping | | Shift Up/Down | Move rows with wrapping | | Diagonal | Generate a stepped diagonal pattern | # Tie-Up Diagonal Function Design Menu ### Diagonal Button The Diagonal button (separate from the dropdown) generates a stepped diagonal pattern across the tie-up. It opens a dialog with these settings: **Start** Which treadle to begin the diagonal pattern from. **Step** How many shafts to step per treadle. A step of 1 creates a simple diagonal (1-2-3-4). A step of 2 skips every other shaft (1-3-5-7). **Treadles per Cycle** How many treadles make up one complete cycle before the pattern repeats or extends. **Stop** The last treadle to fill with the diagonal pattern. **Direction** Step up (shaft numbers increase) or step down (shaft numbers decrease). If you have a selection in the tie-up, the diagonal is constrained to that shaft range. This is a time saver for entering tie-ups where the tied-shafts on one treadle increment by stepping up or down by a specified interval. The diagonal tool works on the entire tie-up. The function starts with the starting treadle (defaults to no. 1), then replaces the entire tie-up of the next treadle with the contents of the first treadle, stepping the \`
# Warp Options ### What It Does The Warp menu provides operations for manipulating the threading — the pattern of which shaft each warp thread passes through. These operations let you clear, invert, reverse, mirror, shift, and randomize your threading. Most operations work on a selected region of the warp, letting you transform part of the threading while leaving the rest unchanged.

Warp Options on the Design Menu

*** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Warp dropdown menu * **Right-click**: The warp header area also offers these operations in a context menu *** ### Making a Selection in the Warp Header Most operations on this page need an active warp selection. A few mechanics make selecting cleanly easier: * **Drag** in the warp header to mark a thread range. Region vs Full Shaft/Treadle mode is controlled by **Settings → Default Selection Mode**, and **Shift+drag** inverts whichever mode is the default for that one selection. * **Drag past the visible edge** to extend off-screen. The canvas auto-scrolls to follow the pointer so you can select threads that aren't currently in view. Speed ramps up the further past the edge you drag. * **Shift+click** an existing same-canvas selection to extend it to the clicked point — standard macOS convention. The original anchor and the Full/Region character are preserved; only the end of the selection moves. Useful when you want to select a long range: drag the start, scroll manually to find the end, then Shift+click it. *** ### Operations #### Clear Removes all shaft assignments in the selected warp region. Every thread in the selection becomes unthreaded — no shaft assigned. Requires an active warp selection. If no selection exists, a notification reminds you to select a region first. #### Invert Flips the shaft assignments vertically within the selection. The highest shaft swaps with the lowest, the second-highest with the second-lowest, and so on. On a 4-shaft draft, shaft 1 becomes shaft 4, shaft 2 becomes shaft 3, and vice versa. This is useful for creating mirror-image threading patterns across the shaft axis — for example, turning a rising diagonal into a falling one. Requires an active warp selection. #### Reverse Reverses the order of threads in the selection from left to right. The leftmost thread moves to the rightmost position and vice versa. Both the shaft assignments and the thread colors are reversed together, keeping each thread's color paired with its shaft. This creates a mirror image of the threading sequence — useful for point threading patterns or creating symmetrical designs. Requires an active warp selection. #### Mirror Selection Appends a reversed copy of the selected threads immediately after the selection. The last thread of the selection serves as the pivot of the reflection — it appears once in the result, not twice. If your selection contains threads A-B-C, the result is A-B-C-B-A. Both threading and colors are mirrored. This is the quickest way to create a symmetrical threading — select the first half of your pattern and mirror it. The warp automatically extends to accommodate the new threads. Requires an active warp selection. #### Mirror All Mirrors the entire threaded warp, regardless of any selection. Takes all threads from the first to the last threaded position and appends a reversed copy. The warp extends to hold the mirrored threads. Use this when you want to mirror your complete threading without having to select everything first. Requires at least some threaded warp data. #### Shift Right Moves all thread positions in the selection one column to the right. By default, the thread at the rightmost edge wraps around to the leftmost position. Hold **Shift** when clicking to prevent wrapping — the rightmost thread is lost instead. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Right Arrow (Cmd+Right Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Right Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active warp selection. #### Shift Left Moves all thread positions in the selection one column to the left. By default, the leftmost thread wraps around to the rightmost position. Hold **Shift** for no-wrap mode. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Left Arrow (Cmd+Left Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Left Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active warp selection. #### Shift Up Shifts shaft assignments upward within the selection — each thread moves to the next higher shaft. By default, threads on the highest shaft wrap around to the lowest shaft. Hold **Shift** to prevent wrapping — threads at the top shaft are cleared instead. Only threads within the selected shaft range are affected. Colors stay in place — only the shaft numbers change. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Up Arrow (Cmd+Up Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Up Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Up Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active warp selection. #### Shift Down Shifts shaft assignments downward within the selection — each thread moves to the next lower shaft. By default, threads on the lowest shaft wrap around to the highest. Hold **Shift** for no-wrap mode. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Down Arrow (Cmd+Down Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Down Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Down Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active warp selection. #### Randomize Colors Shuffles the warp thread colors randomly within the selection. The threading (shaft assignments) is unchanged — only the color order is rearranged. If no selection exists, this operation randomizes colors across the entire warp. This is the only warp operation that works without a selection. *** ### Drag-and-Drop Selection After selecting a range of threads in the warp header, you can click *inside* the selection and drag to relocate (or duplicate) those threads anywhere else in the warp. Four modes are available, chosen by which keys you hold when you drop: | Modifier held at drop | Source threads | Destination | | --------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | *(none — plain drag)* | Cleared in place (left blank, surrounding threads stay put) | **Overwritten** — whatever was at the destination is replaced | | **Ctrl** (or **Cmd** on Mac) | **Left in place** — duplicate (the threads stay where they were) | **Overwritten** | | **Shift** | Cleared in place | **Inserted** — threads at the destination shift right to make room | | **Ctrl+Shift** (or **Cmd+Shift**) | Left in place — duplicate | **Inserted** | Notes: * **You can also change shafts during the drop.** Drag from shafts 1–4 down to shaft 5, and the dropped threads will be re-anchored to shafts 5–8 (the same band height as the source). * **Single-cell selections don't arm a drag.** A 1×1 selection — typically the leftover of a previous click — is treated as "no selection," so a fresh click starts a brand-new selection rectangle instead of dragging that one thread. * **Color and thickness travel with the threads** when their Sync toggles are on. With Sync off, the dropped cells inherit only the threading (color/thickness at the destination is unchanged). * **Undo restores everything in one step.** The Undo history entry names the mode (e.g., "Copy warp threads (insert)") so a Ctrl+Z is unambiguous. *** ### How to Use It 1. Select a region of the warp header by clicking and dragging 2. Open the **Warp** dropdown on the Design tab (or right-click the warp header) 3. Choose the operation you want 4. The threading updates immediately *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating a Point Threading You have a straight draw threading (1-2-3-4) and want to turn it into a point draw (1-2-3-4-3-2-1): 1. Thread your first half: 1-2-3-4 2. Select those four threads in the warp header 3. Choose **Mirror Selection** from the Warp menu 4. The threading extends to 1-2-3-4-3-2-1 — a classic point draw, with shaft 4 as the pivot ### Step-by-Step Example: Exploring Threading Variations You have a threading you like but want to see what it looks like shifted: 1. Select the threading region you want to experiment with 2. Choose **Shift Up** from the Warp menu 3. Each thread moves one shaft higher — the pattern is the same but starts from a different shaft 4. Repeat to continue shifting 5. Try **Shift Right** or **Shift Left** to slide the pattern sideways 6. Use Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) to undo any changes you don't like ### Step-by-Step Example: Randomizing Colors for Inspiration You want to explore different color arrangements on your warp: 1. Set up your warp with the colors you plan to use 2. Choose **Randomize Colors** from the Warp menu (no selection needed) 3. The colors shuffle randomly while your threading stays intact 4. If you like the result, keep it. If not, try again or Ctrl+Z to undo 5. Each click produces a different random arrangement *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts any warp operation. * **Selection required** — Most operations need a warp selection first. If you see "No warp selection," click and drag on the warp header to select a region. * **Shift key controls wrapping** — For all shift operations, the default wraps content around. Hold Shift when clicking to prevent wrapping. * **Colors follow threads** — Reverse and Mirror move colors together with their shaft assignments, keeping each thread's identity intact. * **Shift Up/Down moves shafts, not colors** — When shifting shaft assignments up or down, colors stay in place. Only the shaft numbers change. * **Randomize Colors is the exception** — It's the only warp operation that works on all data when no selection exists. *** ### Quick Reference | Operation | What It Does | Shortcut | Requires Selection? | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------------------- | ------------------------- | | Clear | Remove all shaft assignments | | Yes | | Invert | Flip shafts vertically (high ↔ low) | | Yes | | Reverse | Reverse thread order (left ↔ right) | | Yes | | Mirror Selection | Append reversed copy of selection | | Yes | | Mirror All | Mirror entire threaded warp | | No (uses all data) | | Shift Right | Move threads one column right | Ctrl+Right (Cmd+Right) | Yes | | Shift Left | Move threads one column left | Ctrl+Left (Cmd+Left) | Yes | | Shift Up | Move shafts up one position | Ctrl+Up (Cmd+Up) | Yes | | Shift Down | Move shafts down one position | Ctrl+Down (Cmd+Down) | Yes | | Randomize Colors | Shuffle thread colors randomly | | No (works on all if none) | Add **Shift** to the shortcut for no-wrap mode (e.g., Ctrl+Shift+Right). Add **Shift** to the shortcut for no-wrap mode (e.g., Ctrl+Shift+Right). # Weft Options ### What It Does The Weft menu provides operations for manipulating the treadling (or liftplan) — the sequence that controls which treadles you press for each pick. These operations let you clear, change face, flip, reverse, mirror, fill and shift your treadling. Most operations work on a selected region and support both treadle mode and liftplan mode.

Weft Operations

To see videos of these operations, see this collection of weft operation videos: [Weft Operation Videos](/video-collection/weft-operation-videos) *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Weft dropdown menu * **Right-click**: The weft header area also offers these operations in a context menu *** ### Making a Selection in the Weft Header Most operations on this page need an active weft selection. A few mechanics make selecting cleanly easier: * **Drag** in the weft header to mark a pick range. Region vs Full Shaft/Treadle mode is controlled by **Settings → Default Selection Mode**, and **Shift+drag** inverts whichever mode is the default for that one selection. * **Drag past the visible edge** to extend off-screen. The canvas auto-scrolls to follow the pointer so you can select picks that aren't currently in view. Speed ramps up the further past the edge you drag. * **Shift+click** an existing same-canvas selection to extend it to the clicked point — standard macOS convention. The original anchor and the Full/Region character are preserved; only the end of the selection moves. Useful when you want to select a long range: drag the start, scroll manually to find the end, then Shift+click it. *** ### Operations #### Clear Removes all treadle assignments in the selected weft region. Every pick in the selection becomes empty — no treadle assigned. In liftplan mode, all shaft lifts for the selected picks are cleared. In multi-treadle mode, all treadle bits for the selected picks are cleared too — so a pick that had several treadles pressed at once becomes fully empty, not just its first treadle. Requires an active weft selection. #### Paste Overlay A second paste option, available on the Home ribbon next to Paste. Behaves like a regular Paste **except** in multi-treadle and liftplan modes, where it OR-merges the clipboard's treadle or shaft bits with whatever is already at the destination instead of overwriting. Existing pick colors and thicknesses are left untouched, so you can stack a second pattern of treadle bits on top of an existing pick without losing what was already there. Outside of multi-treadle / liftplan mode (and for Warp, Tie-Up, and Drawdown pastes) Paste Overlay acts identically to Paste. #### Change Face Toggles every cell in the selected liftplan region: raised shafts become lowered, and lowered shafts become raised. This shows you the other side of the fabric for the selected picks — effectively flipping between the face and back of the cloth for that section. **Liftplan mode only.** If your draft uses treadle mode, this operation is not available — use Change Face on the tie-up instead. Requires an active weft selection. #### Flip Mirrors treadle assignments horizontally within the selection. In treadle mode, this swaps high-numbered treadles with low-numbered treadles — treadle 1 becomes the highest treadle, and vice versa. In liftplan mode, the shaft columns are mirrored left to right — shaft 1's lifts swap with the highest shaft's lifts. This reverses which side of the fabric's structure dominates for each pick. Requires an active weft selection. #### Reverse Reverses the pick order vertically within the selection — the first pick swaps with the last, the second with the second-to-last, and so on. Both the treadle assignments and the pick colors are reversed together. In liftplan mode, the shaft lift rows are reversed in the same way. This is the weft equivalent of reading your treadling sequence from bottom to top instead of top to bottom. Requires an active weft selection. #### Mirror Selection Appends a reversed copy of the selected picks immediately after the selection. The last pick of the selection serves as the pivot of the reflection — it appears once in the result, not twice. If your selection contains picks A-B-C, the result is A-B-C-B-A. Both treadling and pick colors are mirrored. This is the quickest way to create a symmetrical treadling pattern. The weft automatically extends to accommodate the new picks. Works in both treadle mode and liftplan mode. Requires an active weft selection. #### Mirror All Mirrors the entire treadling, regardless of any selection. Takes all picks from the first to the last and appends a reversed copy. The weft extends to hold the mirrored picks. Works in both treadle mode and liftplan mode. Requires at least some treadling data. #### Shift Right Shifts treadle assignments one position to the right within the selection. In treadle mode, each pick's treadle number increases by one. In liftplan mode, shaft columns shift right. By default, content at the edge wraps around to the opposite side. Hold **Shift** when clicking to prevent wrapping — content at the edge is lost instead. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Right Arrow (Cmd+Right Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Right Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active weft selection. #### Shift Left Shifts treadle assignments one position to the left within the selection. By default, wrapping is enabled. Hold **Shift** for no-wrap mode. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Left Arrow (Cmd+Left Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Left Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active weft selection. #### Shift Up Moves all picks in the selection one row upward. Pick colors move with their treadle assignments. By default, the top pick wraps around to the bottom. Hold **Shift** to prevent wrapping. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Up Arrow (Cmd+Up Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Up Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Up Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active weft selection. #### Shift Down Moves all picks in the selection one row downward. By default, the bottom pick wraps around to the top. Hold **Shift** for no-wrap mode. **Keyboard shortcut**: Ctrl+Down Arrow (Cmd+Down Arrow on Mac) for wrap mode, Ctrl+Shift+Down Arrow (Cmd+Shift+Down Arrow on Mac) for no-wrap mode. Requires an active weft selection. *** ### Drag-and-Drop Selection After selecting a range of picks in the weft header, you can click *inside* the selection and drag to relocate (or duplicate) those picks anywhere else in the weft. Four modes are available, chosen by which keys you hold when you drop: | Modifier held at drop | Source picks | Destination | | --------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | | *(none — plain drag)* | Cleared in place (left blank, surrounding picks stay put) | **Overwritten** — whatever was at the destination is replaced | | **Ctrl** (or **Cmd** on Mac) | **Left in place** — duplicate (the picks stay where they were) | **Overwritten** | | **Shift** | Cleared in place | **Inserted** — picks at the destination shift down to make room | | **Ctrl+Shift** (or **Cmd+Shift**) | Left in place — duplicate | **Inserted** | Notes: * **You can also change treadles during the drop.** Drag from treadles 1–4 over to treadle 5, and the dropped picks will be re-anchored to treadles 5–8 (the same band width as the source). * **Single-cell selections don't arm a drag.** A 1×1 selection — typically the leftover of a previous click — is treated as "no selection," so a fresh click starts a brand-new selection rectangle instead of dragging that one pick. * **Color and thickness travel with the picks** when their Sync toggles are on. With Sync off, the dropped cells inherit only the treadling (color/thickness at the destination is unchanged). * **Multi-treadle mode is always overlay at the destination.** In multi-treadle drafts, picks can have multiple treadles pressed at once, so the destination drop is *additive* regardless of modifier — any treadles already pressed at the destination pick stay pressed; the dropped treadle bits are added on top. On a Move, only the treadle columns inside the selection are cleared at the source — other treadles in those source picks keep their assignments. * **Undo restores everything in one step.** The Undo history entry names the mode (e.g., "Copy weft picks (insert)") so a Ctrl+Z is unambiguous. *** ### Treadle Mode vs. Liftplan Mode Some operations behave slightly differently depending on your draft mode: | Operation | Treadle Mode | Liftplan Mode | | ----------- | ---------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | | Clear | Clears treadle assignment per pick | Clears all shaft lifts per pick | | Change Face | Not available | Toggles all shaft lifts | | Flip | Reverses pick/treadle order | Reverses pick/shaft-lift order | | Reverse | Mirrors treadle numbers | Mirrors shaft columns | | Mirror | Mirrors treadling + colors | Mirrors shaft lifts + colors | | Shift R/L | Shifts treadle numbers | Shifts shaft columns | | Shift U/D | Moves picks vertically | Moves picks vertically | *** ### How to Use It 1. Select a region of the weft header by clicking and dragging 2. Open the **Weft** dropdown on the Design tab (or right-click the weft header) 3. Choose the operation you want 4. The treadling updates immediately *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating a Symmetrical Treadling You have a treadling sequence for one half of a pattern and want to mirror it: 1. Treadle the first half of your pattern (e.g., picks 1-12) 2. Select those picks in the weft header 3. Choose **Mirror Selection** from the Weft menu 4. The treadling extends with a reversed copy (picks 13-23 mirror picks 11-1; pick 12 is the pivot and isn't duplicated) 5. You now have a symmetrical treadling pattern ### Step-by-Step Example: Seeing the Back of the Cloth You're working in liftplan mode and want to see what a section looks like on the back: 1. Select the picks you're interested in 2. Choose **Change Face** from the Weft menu 3. Every raised shaft becomes lowered and vice versa — the drawdown shows the back of the cloth 4. If you prefer the original, Ctrl+Z to undo *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts any weft operation. * **Selection required** — Most operations need a weft selection. Click and drag on the weft header to select picks. * **Shift key controls wrapping** — Hold Shift when clicking any shift operation to prevent wrapping. * **Colors follow picks** — Flip and Mirror move pick colors together with their treadle assignments. * **Change Face is liftplan only** — In treadle mode, use Change Face on the tie-up instead to achieve the same effect. * **Shift for exploring** — Shifting the treadling is a great way to explore pattern variations without redesigning. *** ### Quick Reference | Operation | What It Does | Shortcut | Requires Selection? | | ---------------- | --------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | ------------------- | | Clear | Remove all treadle assignments | | Yes | | Change Face | Toggle shaft lifts (liftplan only) | | Yes | | Flip | Reverse pick order (top ↔ bottom) | | Yes | | Reverse | Mirror treadle/shaft assignments | | Yes | | Mirror Selection | Append reversed copy of selection | | Yes | | Mirror All | Mirror entire treadling | | No (uses all data) | | Shift Right | Move treadles/shafts one position right | Ctrl+Right (Cmd+Right) | Yes | | Shift Left | Move treadles/shafts one position left | Ctrl+Left (Cmd+Left) | Yes | | Shift Up | Move picks one row up | Ctrl+Up (Cmd+Up) | Yes | | Shift Down | Move picks one row down | Ctrl+Down (Cmd+Down) | Yes | Add **Shift** to the shortcut for no-wrap mode (e.g., Ctrl+Shift+Right). # Section Markers ### What It Does Section Markers let you divide your warp and weft into named sections — contiguous ranges of threads or picks that you label for organizational purposes. Marked sections become the building blocks for Section Assembly, where you can arrange them into a hierarchical structure and generate expanded drafts. Think of sections as bookmarks on your design: "This group of threads is the border," "These picks are pattern repeat A," "These threads are the center motif." Once marked, you can reference, rearrange, and repeat these sections without manually counting threads. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Section Assembly group > Section Marker button * **Keyboard**: Press **M** to toggle Section Marker mode *** ### How It Works Section Marker is a **toggle mode**. When active, your cursor changes to a section-marking tool instead of the normal drawing tool. #### Marking a Section 1. **Enable the mode** — Click the Section Marker button or press **M** 2. **Click and drag** on the warp header to mark a range of warp threads, or on the weft header to mark a range of weft picks 3. A semi-transparent highlight appears as you drag, showing the range being selected 4. **Release the mouse** — a naming dialog appears 5. **Enter a name** for the section (e.g., "Border," "Pattern A," "Center") 6. Click **Apply** — the section is created #### Visual Indicators Marked sections appear as color-coded indicators on the warp and weft headers. Each section gets an indigo-bordered highlight showing its range, making it easy to see at a glance where each section starts and ends. #### After Marking Once created, sections appear in the **Available Sections** list in the Section Assembly panel. From there, you can add them to your assembly tree, set repeat counts, and generate expanded drafts. #### Editing a Section There are two methods to bring up the edit panel for a section. 1\) With the section marker selected, right click on the section in the warp or weft. 2\) Right click on the Available section in the Section in the Section Assembly panel.

Edit Section Marker

In the Edit Section, the section name, notes, start and end thread, variable density override and reed gap may all be changed. *** ### How to Use It 1. Press **M** or click **Section Marker** in the Design tab 2. Click and drag on the **warp header** to mark a range of warp threads 3. Name the section in the dialog that appears 4. Repeat for additional warp sections 5. Click and drag on the **weft header** to mark weft sections 6. Press **M** again to exit Section Marker mode 7. Open **Section Assembly** to organize and use your marked sections *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Marking Sections for a Table Runner You have a draft for a table runner with a header border, main pattern, and footer border: 1. Press **M** to enter Section Marker mode 2. **Warp sections**: * Drag across threads 1–8 → name it "Selvedge" * Drag across threads 9–60 → name it "Pattern" * Drag across threads 61–68 → name it "Selvedge" (or "Selvedge Right") 3. **Weft sections**: * Drag across picks 1–20 → name it "Header Border" * Drag across picks 21–30 → name it "Pattern Unit" * Drag across picks 31–50 → name it "Footer Border" 4. Press **M** to exit 5. Open Section Assembly to arrange these sections with repeat counts *** ### Variable Density (e.g. Cram and Dent) By default every section uses the project's sett (warp) or beat (weft). For cram-and-dent cloth — or any structure that mixes densities, like a fine-sett pattern band between coarse-sett borders — each section can carry its own local **EPI** (warp) or **PPI** (weft) value. #### Setting an Override When the section naming dialog opens, look for the **Variable Density Override** checkbox below the name field. 1. Check **Variable Density Override** 2. Enter the local EPI (for warp sections) or PPI (for weft sections). Range: 1–200. 3. Click **Apply** The section now carries that density independently of the project sett. #### Editing an Existing Override Click an existing section's name on the warp or weft header to reopen the dialog. The Variable Density Override checkbox shows the current state — uncheck it to remove the override, or change the value to re-cram or re-spread the section. #### What Changes When an Override Is Active As soon as any section has a local density: * **View Fabric** and **Cloth Simulation** render the override sections with proportional cell widths or heights — crammed sections look denser, spread sections look more open. * **Project Info → Setup** shows **Calculated EPI** and **Calculated PPI** values just below the project Sett/Beat. These are the weighted average across all threads: project sett for any thread outside an override, plus each override applied to its own section. * **Project Info → Planning** uses the calculated values for width-in-reed, woven length, and yarn calculations, so a draft with mixed densities plans to its real dimensions rather than to the nominal sett. When no section has a local density, the project sett/beat is used everywhere and the Calculated panel stays hidden. #### Overlapping Sections If two sections overlap and both carry density overrides, the **higher-index section wins** for the overlapping threads. Sections are numbered in creation order, so the section you created most recently takes precedence in the overlap. If you want a specific section to win, delete and recreate it last. #### WIF Interop Local density values are stored in a TempoWeave-private WIF block (`[WARP SECTIONMARKERS]` / `[WEFT SECTIONMARKERS]`). Other weaving software ignores private blocks, so your overrides will not transfer when you hand the WIF to another program — but they round-trip safely through TempoWeave Studio and the bundled `.twa`. *** ### Tips * **Mark before assembling** — You must mark sections before you can use them in Section Assembly. Plan your design's structure, then mark accordingly. * **Sections can overlap** — You can mark overlapping ranges if needed. Each section is an independent reference to a thread/pick range. * **Descriptive names help** — Use clear, meaningful names like "Border," "Pattern A," "Transition." You'll reference these names in the assembly tree. * **Maximum 85 per axis** — You can create up to 85 sections on the warp and 85 on the weft. * **Sections don't modify data** — Marking a section doesn't change your threading, treadling, or colors. It's purely organizational — a label on a range. * **Toggle off when done** — Remember to press **M** again or click the button to exit Section Marker mode and return to normal drawing tools. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | ------------------------- | --------------------------------- | | Enter Section Marker mode | Press M or click button | | Mark a warp section | Click and drag on warp header | | Mark a weft section | Click and drag on weft header | | Name the section | Enter name in dialog, click Apply | | Exit mode | Press M or click button again | | View marked sections | Open Section Assembly panel | | Maximum sections | 85 per axis (warp / weft) | # Section Assembly For videos showing section assembly, see [Section Assembly Videos](/video-collection/section-assembly-videos) ### What It Does Section Assembly is a hierarchical composition tool that lets you build complex, multi-section designs from the sections you've marked with Section Markers. Instead of manually threading and treadling hundreds or thousands of threads, you organize your sections into a tree structure with repeat counts, and TempoWeave generates the complete expanded draft for you. Think of it as a recipe builder for your design: "Start with the border (repeat 1), then the pattern (repeat 6), then the center (repeat 1), then the pattern again (repeat 6), then the border (repeat 1)." Section Assembly turns that recipe into a full draft with all the threading, treadling, and colors expanded. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Section Assembly group > Section Assembly button (toggle) The Section Assembly panel opens as a dockable tool window on the side of your workspace. *** ### The Panel #### Tabs The panel has tabs for **Warp Assembly**, **Weft Assembly**, and optionally **Color Assembly**. Each assembly tab has two panes: #### Available Sections (Top Pane) A read-only list of all sections you've marked using Section Markers. Each entry shows: * **Name** — The section name you assigned * **Range** — The thread/pick range (e.g., "1–24") * **Threads** — The number of threads in the section Right-click options: * **Add to Assembly** — Adds the section to the assembly tree below * **Rename Section** — Change the section name, range, density override, or notes * **Delete Section** — Remove the section * **Duplicate Section…** — Open the Section Editor prefilled from the selected section. Change the starting thread; the ending thread auto-tracks to keep the source's thread count (you can override the end manually). The source's density override and notes are copied to the new section. Faster than copy/paste-ing a range on the canvas when you need a second section of the same length elsewhere. #### Assembly Tree (Bottom Pane) The hierarchical tree where you build your design structure. This is where the composition happens. The tree can contain two types of nodes: **Groups** — Folder-like containers that can hold sections or other groups. Each group has a repeat count — the entire group (all its children) repeats that many times. **Sections** — References to your available sections, each with its own repeat count and thread range. Columns shown: * **Name** — Section or group name. This column auto-sizes to fill the panel so nested group names stay readable; the narrower columns remember any width you set. * **Use** — A checkbox controlling whether this item is included when you Generate (see *Choosing What Generates* below). Everything starts checked. * **Repeat** — How many times this node repeats. Click once to edit — the value comes pre-selected, so just type the new number and press Enter. * **Order** — The node's position among its siblings. Click once, type a number, press Enter — the node moves to that position and the siblings renumber automatically. * **Location** — Thread range (for sections) * **Threads** / **Picks** — Total thread count including all repeats. Every group row — including the top-level group — totals its children. (Totals show the full assembly regardless of Use checkboxes.) * **Width** / **Length** — Finished width or length of the node, computed from its thread count and the project's EPI/PPI. #### Choosing What Generates (Use Checkboxes) Every row in the assembly tree has a **Use** checkbox. When you click **Generate**, only the checked items are woven into the result — unchecked items (and everything inside them) are skipped. Since everything starts checked, drafts behave exactly as they always have until you start unchecking. * **Groups cascade** — Checking or unchecking a group checks or unchecks everything inside it. A group with a mix of checked and unchecked children shows a dash (indeterminate) instead of a checkmark. * **Select All / Deselect All** — Buttons in the assembly header row set every checkbox at once. Deselect All is the quick way to start composing a fresh combination. * The checkbox state saves with your file, and older versions of TempoWeave open the file cleanly (they simply generate everything, as before). This turns one draft into a whole library: keep every border, stripe, and motif assembled in an organized tree, then check off just the ones you want for this project and Generate. #### Save Checked as Group Once you've checked a combination you like, keep it: click **Save Checked…** (header row) or right-click > **Save Checked as Group**. TempoWeave copies the checked items — in order, with their repeats, nested groups, and mirror flags — into a new named group under a **Generated Drafts** group at the bottom of the assembly, and prompts you to name it (e.g., "EAT towel for Carol"). * Saved combinations start **unchecked**, so saving never changes what Generate produces. * To weave a saved combination later: **Deselect All**, check the saved group, **Generate**. * Saved combinations are independent copies — editing a repeat inside one doesn't change the original rows (both still point at the same threading, so structural edits to the source sections flow through everywhere). * You can rename or delete "Generated Drafts" and the groups inside it like any other group. #### Toolbar * **Add Group** — Create a new group node (prompts for name and repeat count) * **Add Section** — Add a section from the available list * **Move Up / Move Down** — Reorder nodes within the tree * **Del** — Remove the selected entry. The button serves **both lists**: it acts on whichever tree you clicked last — press it after clicking an assembly row and it removes that row; press it after clicking a section under Available Sections and it deletes the section (same as right-click → Delete Section). Every delete asks for confirmation by name first, and deleting an available section that the assembly still references warns you with the use count (the assembly entries keep working — they carry their own copy of the range). * **Refresh** — Update the display * **Generate** — Create the expanded draft from the assembly * **Print** — Print the assembly structure as a report *** ### Building an Assembly #### Adding Groups Click **Add Group** to create a container. Give it a name (like "Full Pattern" or "Border Set") and a repeat count. Groups can be nested inside other groups for multi-level organization. #### Adding Sections Select a section from Available Sections and click **Add to Assembly** (or use the Add Section toolbar button). Each section added to the tree includes: * **Name** — From the available section * **Location** — The thread range to copy from (editable — you can adjust the range) * **Repeat** — How many times to repeat this section (default 1) #### Editing Nodes Right-click any node in the tree (or double-click) to edit: * **Name** — Change the display name * **Repeat** — Change the repeat count (1–1,000+) * **Location** — For sections, change the source thread range #### Organizing Use **Move Up** and **Move Down** to reorder nodes, or type a new position in the **Order** column. To copy or rearrange whole groups, right-click a node: * **Copy** then **Paste** — duplicate a group or section anywhere in the tree. Paste drops *inside* the selected group, or as a sibling of a selected section. * **Cut** then **Paste** — move a group or section to a new spot (re-parent it). * **Duplicate** — make an in-place copy of the selected node and everything inside it. The clipboard carries across all four tabs, so you can copy a group from Warp to Weft (or Warp Color to Weft Color), and pasting a group brings its whole sub-tree along. #### Multi-Select You can select several rows at once: **Cmd-click** (Mac) or **Ctrl-click** (Windows) adds rows one at a time, **Shift-click** selects a range. The selected rows must be siblings — items in the same group — for the bulk operations to apply (a message reminds you if the selection spans groups). Operations that act on the whole selection: * **Delete** — removes all selected rows * **Copy / Cut / Paste** — carries the whole run, in order; cut-paste moves them all * **Duplicate** — copies each selected row * **Toggle Mirror** — flips every selected row * **Move Up / Move Down** — moves the selection as one block * **Insert Mirrored Copy Below** — mirrors the selected *run* (see Mirroring below) Note that row selection (highlighting) and the **Use** checkboxes are separate things: selection is for editing operations, checkboxes decide what generates. #### Mirroring The Assembly tree supports per-reference mirroring so you can collapse symmetric border patterns (Davison's *Squares with Borders* — Norse Kitchen, etc.) to a single source section + a mirrored copy. Right-click any entry to: * **Toggle Mirror** — Flip the mirror flag on the selected entry in place. * **Insert Mirrored Copy Below** — Clone the selected entry as the next sibling with the mirror flag forced on. With several sibling rows selected, the mirrored copies insert after the last one in *reverse* order — select A, B, C and you get A, B, C, C′, B′, A′, a full symmetric layout in one action. A `↔` glyph and a `(mirrored)` suffix on the row name make mirrored entries visible at a glance. The underlying Available Section is unchanged, so the same source can appear forward and mirrored in the same assembly (edit the source once, both copies update). **Pivot suppression — only at a true fold.** A mirrored leaf that directly follows the forward pass of the *same* section emits its threads in reverse and drops the first reversed thread — the fold-line pivot. Forward + mirror back-to-back produces `1,2,3,4,3,2,1` (pivot 4 appears once at the fold). A mirrored section anywhere *else* — standing alone, or following a different section — is a plain reverse: every thread emits (`1,2,3,4` mirrored alone gives `4,3,2,1`). Only the first repeat of a mirrored entry can be a fold; later repeats emit the full reversed range. **Group mirror semantics.** When a group is mirrored, the engine walks the children in **reverse order** AND **skips the first one after reversal** — that's the last child in forward order and acts as the group's fold-line pivot. Each surviving child still applies its own mirror flag through XOR with the parent's, so wrapping a group once and dropping it forward + mirrored gives a textbook-correct symmetric layout without duplicating the centerpiece. Worked example for Norse Kitchen: ``` Selvage + Border + Corner Block + Repeat × 10 + mirror( Corner Block + Border + Selvage ) ↑ Corner Block is the pivot — skipped in the mirrored group, then Border and Selvage emit reversed with their own pivots dropped. ``` The mirror flag round-trips through TWA save/reload. Older versions of TempoWeave read newer TWAs cleanly — they just ignore the mirror flag and render every entry forward. > **Mirror works in all three trees** — Warp, Weft, and Color Assembly. Russell hadn't explored Color Assembly yet, but the same per-reference reverse rule applies (the order of color blocks reverses inside a mirrored group). *** ### Color Assembly (Optional) The Color Assembly tab lets you define a separate color structure that overrides the colors from the source sections during generation. This is useful when you want the same structural sections but with different color arrangements. * **Add Color** — Pick a color from the palette and set a repeat count * **Add Color Group** — Create a group for organizing color sequences * **Copy Structure** — Copies the warp or weft assembly tree structure into the color tree as a starting template If the Color Assembly is populated, it overrides section colors during generation. If left empty, the source section colors are used as-is. The color trees have the same **Use** checkboxes, **Select All / Deselect All / Save Checked…** buttons, and multi-select support as the assembly trees — so you can keep several color sequences on hand and check off the one to use. *** ### Generating the Draft The **Generate** button is where everything comes together. It reads your assembly trees and creates a new expanded draft: #### What Happens During Generation 1. **Flatten the tree** — Groups are expanded by repeating their children according to repeat counts. Nested groups multiply: a group repeated 3× containing a section repeated 2× produces 6 copies of that section. Items with their **Use** checkbox off are skipped, along with everything inside them. 2. **Build the threading** — For each warp section in the flattened list, the threading from the source range is copied to the output, tiled according to the repeat count. 3. **Build the treadling** — Same process for weft sections — each section's treadling is copied and repeated. 4. **Copy the tie-up** — The tie-up from your current draft is used unchanged. 5. **Apply colors** — Either from the Color Assembly (if populated) or from the source sections. 6. **Create the output** — A new temporary WIF file is created and opened as an unsaved preview. You can review, edit, and save it. 7. **Keep the section names** — The generated draft carries named section markers at their exact output positions. Repeated sections get one marker per repeat ("Body 1/9" through "Body 9/9"), and mirrored occurrences are tagged "(mirrored)" — so the section bands, the Weave Assistant's section list, the Thread Assistant, and printed reports all speak in your plan's names instead of thread numbers. (With very many repeats — more than 85 markers per axis — each entry collapses to a single span like "Body ×60" instead.) A notification shows the result: "Generated: XXX warp × YYY weft threads." *** ### How to Use It 1. **Mark your sections** using Section Markers (press M) 2. Open **Section Assembly** from the Design tab 3. Switch to the **Warp Assembly** tab 4. Build your warp structure: * Add groups for organizational levels * Add sections from the Available list * Set repeat counts 5. Switch to the **Weft Assembly** tab and build the weft structure 6. (Optional) Set up Color Assembly for custom color overrides 7. Click **Generate** 8. Review the generated draft 9. Save if satisfied *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Assembling a Table Runner You have a draft with marked sections: "Selvedge" (threads 1–6), "Border" (threads 7–20), "Pattern" (threads 21–40): **Warp Assembly:** 1. Add Section: "Selvedge" (repeat 1) 2. Add Group: "Body" (repeat 1) * Add Section: "Border" (repeat 1) * Add Section: "Pattern" (repeat 3) * Add Section: "Border" (repeat 1) 3. Add Section: "Selvedge" (repeat 1) **Weft Assembly:** 1. Add Section: "Header" (repeat 1) 2. Add Group: "Pattern Repeat" (repeat 8) * Add Section: "Pattern Unit" (repeat 1) 3. Add Section: "Footer" (repeat 1) Click **Generate** — the result is a complete table runner draft with the border repeated on both sides of 3 pattern repeats, 8 treadling repeats, and selvedge threads on each edge. ### Step-by-Step Example: Quick Pattern Variations You want to try different numbers of pattern repeats without re-threading: 1. Set up your assembly with sections and groups 2. Generate with Pattern repeat set to 4 — review the result 3. Go back to the assembly, change Pattern repeat to 6 — generate again 4. Compare the two drafts to decide which proportion looks best 5. Save the version you prefer *** ### Tips * **Mark sections first** — You must have sections marked before you can assemble them. Plan your section boundaries carefully. * **Groups multiply** — A group with repeat 3 containing a section with repeat 2 produces 6 total copies. Repeats at every level compound. * **Edit locations** — You can change a section's thread range in the assembly without changing the original section marker. This lets you reference different portions of the same section. * **Generate creates a preview** — The generated file opens as unsaved, so you can review before committing. If you don't like the result, just close it and adjust your assembly. * **Print for documentation** — The Print button creates a readable report of your assembly structure with thread counts — useful for project records. * **Color Assembly is optional** — Only set up Color Assembly if you need different colors than what's in your source sections. Most of the time, the section colors work fine. * **Thread limits apply** — The generated draft is subject to the same limits as any draft (3,500 warp threads, 40,000 weft picks). The Threads column in the tree shows running totals so you can plan accordingly. * **Edits are tracked** — Changes made in Section Assembly mark the draft as modified, so you'll get the usual save prompt before closing instead of losing the work. * **One draft, many projects** — Keep a "library" draft with all your motifs assembled and organized in groups (an alphabet, a set of borders, icons). For each project: Deselect All, check the pieces you want, Generate, and Save Checked to keep the combination. Great for teaching — share one template file and let each student build their own combinations from it. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | ----------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Open panel | Design tab > Section Assembly (toggle) | | Add Group | Toolbar button or right-click | | Add Section | Select from Available, add to tree | | Edit node | Right-click > Edit (or double-click) | | Edit Repeat / Order | Single click the cell, type, Enter | | Include/exclude from Generate | Use checkbox (Select All / Deselect All for bulk) | | Save a checked combination | Save Checked… button or right-click > Save Checked as Group | | Select multiple rows | Cmd/Ctrl-click or Shift-click (siblings) | | Reorder | Move Up / Move Down (moves a multi-selection as a block), or type a position in the Order column | | Copy / Cut / Paste | Right-click > Copy or Cut, select a target, right-click > Paste | | Duplicate node | Right-click > Duplicate | | Generate | Toolbar Generate button — checked items only | | Print | Toolbar Print button | | Tree Node Type | Purpose | | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | | Group | Container with repeat count — holds sections or sub-groups | | Section | Reference to a marked section with repeat count and range | | Assembly Tab | Controls | | -------------- | --------------------------------------- | | Warp Assembly | Warp section organization and repeats | | Weft Assembly | Weft section organization and repeats | | Color Assembly | Optional color overrides for generation | # Block Substitution ### What It Does Block Substitution takes a simple profile draft and expands it into a full weave structure by applying a weave template. Your profile draft defines the block layout — which blocks are active where — and the template defines how each block is actually woven (the specific interlacement, tie-down threads, and shaft assignments within each block). This is how weavers traditionally work with block weaves: you design the pattern at the block level (simple, fast), then substitute in the actual weave structure (Huck, Overshot, Summer and Winter, etc.) to produce the full threading, tie-up, and treadling needed at the loom. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Section Assembly group > Block Substitution button (toggle) The Block Substitution panel opens as a dockable tool window. *** ### The Panel #### Template List The upper portion shows all available weave templates in a list with columns: * **Name** — Template name (e.g., "Spot Bronson," "Summer and Winter 4-Block," "Deflected Double Weave") * **Type** — Weave category (Huck, Overshot, Summer and Winter, Deflected Double, etc.) * **Shafts** — Number of shafts in the template pattern * **Treadles** — Number of treadles per block Click a template to select it and see its details in the info panel below. #### Template Management **Add** — Create a new template entry. Opens the template editor. **Edit** — Modify the selected template's settings. The editor also offers two buttons next to the **File Name** field: * **`…` Browse** — Pick a `.wif` from anywhere on disk; the file is copied into the templates folder for you. * **`✎` Edit Template WIF** — Open the selected template's `.wif` in a new editor tab so you can change threading / treadling / tieup directly. Saving in that tab writes back to the templates folder, so the next Apply picks up the edits automatically. Especially useful on macOS where the `_blocktemplates` folder lives inside the invisible `~/Library` directory. * **`↺` Reset to Bundled** — Restore a bundled template's `.wif` (and matching PNG preview) from the version that shipped with the app. Auto-hidden for user-added templates that have no bundled source. **Delete** — Remove the selected template from the library. **Reveal Folder** — Open the per-platform templates folder in Finder / Explorer / your file manager. Drop additional `.wif` files in directly if you prefer to work outside the dialog. #### Info Panel The lower portion shows details about the selected template: * **Template Name** — Bold, full display * **Type** — The weave family * **Stats**: * Shafts (in the template) * Treadles per Block * Tie Shafts (warp tie-down thread count) * Tie Treadles (weft tie treadle count) * **Special Properties** (when applicable): * Huck Style (Type A, B, C, or D) * Has Weft Background * Tie-up Pattern Reverse * Pattern Warp Wrap * Pattern Step value * **Preview Image** — A small visual showing what the template's weave pattern looks like #### Apply Button Generates the expanded draft from the selected template applied to your profile. *** ### How It Works #### What You Need: A Profile Draft A profile draft is a simplified block representation of your design. Each shaft represents a "block" and each treadle represents a block activation. For example, a 2-block profile draft has 2 shafts and 2 treadles, with a simple tie-up showing which blocks are active. The profile defines *where* each block appears in the design — the template defines *how* each block is woven. The profile can be either a **tie-up draft** or a **liftplan draft**: * **Tie-up profiles** — Each pick presses a treadle, and the tie-up says which blocks that treadle activates. Picks that press more than one treadle activate all of their blocks at once. * **Liftplan profiles** — Each shaft is a block, and each pick simply lifts the block(s) it activates. A pick lifting shafts 1 and 3 weaves pattern in blocks A and C together. Liftplan profiles produce a **liftplan result**: the generated draft comes out as a liftplan too, ready for dobby looms, with each pick lifting the combined shafts of its expanded structure. #### The Substitution Process When you click **Apply**, the generator: 1. **Reads your profile draft** — Identifies the block layout from your threading and treadling + tie-up (or liftplan) 2. **Reads the template** — Loads the template's weave structure, including its threading pattern, treadling, and tie-up 3. **Builds shaft and treadle maps** — Determines how the template's shafts and treadles are distributed across your profile blocks: * **Tie shafts/treadles** are shared across all blocks (they provide the ground structure) * **Pattern shafts/treadles** are multiplied per block (each block gets its own set) 4. **Expands the threading** — Each profile thread is expanded into the template's threading pattern, mapped to the correct shaft group for that block 5. **Builds the tie-up** — The template's tie-up is expanded across all block combinations, with special handling for Huck variants, weft backgrounds, and other template-specific rules 6. **Expands the treadling** — Each profile pick is expanded into the template's treadling pattern, mapped to the correct treadle group 7. **Creates the output** — A new WIF file with the complete expanded structure #### Template Types Different template types have different substitution rules: **Bronson / Bateman** — Spot-pattern weaves where a base of plain weave alternates with isolated pattern floats. **Crackle** — A 4-shaft block weave with a broken-twill texture that gives the weave its name. **Huck** — Lace-producing templates with tie shafts and pattern shafts. Four variants (A, B, C, D) control whether blocks produce lace openings, warp floats, weft floats, or opposite-parity lace. **Overshot** — Traditional American block weave with pattern floats over a plain weave ground. Uses stepping patterns and block sequences. **Summer and Winter / 3 Tie / 4 Tie / Double Two Tie** — Tie-unit weaves with independent pattern blocks. Produce reversible fabric; the number of tie shafts in the name corresponds to the per-block tie count. **Diversified Plain** — A multi-block weave alternating fine and coarse threads to produce distinct color blocks against a plain-weave ground. **Double Weave** — Two interleaved cloths joined at block boundaries. **Custom** — User-defined templates that follow the general shaft/treadle mapping rules. *** ### The Template Editor When adding or editing a template: **Name** — A descriptive name for the template. **File Name** — The WIF file containing the template's weave structure. Click **Browse** to select a file. **Type** — The weave family (Huck, Overshot, Summer and Winter, Double Weave, Custom, etc.). **Template Shafts** — Total shafts in the template pattern. **Block Treadles** — Treadles per block in the pattern. **Warp Tie Count** — Number of tie-down shaft rows. **Weft Tie Treadles** — Number of tie treadles. **Pattern Warp Step** — For overshot patterns, the step value for progressive shaft assignment. **Weft Background** — The template has a separate background pattern for non-active blocks. **Tie-up Pattern Reverse** — Inverts the block selection logic in the tie-up. **Pattern Warp Wrap** — Wraps pattern shafts when they exceed the maximum, preventing shaft overflow. **Huck Style** — Enables special Huck lace handling. Choose variant A, B, C, or D. *** ### How to Use It 1. **Create a profile draft** — Set up a simple block design: * Thread with shaft numbers representing blocks (shaft 1 = block A, shaft 2 = block B, etc.) * Treadle with treadle numbers representing block activations * Set up a tie-up showing which blocks are active for each treadle * Or, in a liftplan draft, just lift each pick's block shaft(s) — no tie-up needed 2. Open **Block Substitution** from the Design tab 3. **Browse the template library** — Click templates to see their details and preview 4. **Select a template** that matches the weave you want 5. Click **Apply** 6. The generated draft opens as a preview — review the expanded threading, tie-up, and treadling 7. Save the generated draft if satisfied *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Huck Lace from a Profile You have a 3-block profile draft for a lace scarf and want to apply a Huck lace template: 1. Your profile has 3 shafts (3 blocks), 3 treadles, and a simple tie-up 2. Open **Block Substitution** 3. Select a Huck template (e.g., "Huck Lace 8-Shaft, Type A") 4. The info panel shows: 8 shafts, 4 treadles per block, 2 tie shafts, Huck Style Type A 5. Click **Apply** 6. The generator creates a full draft with: * Threading: tie-down threads + pattern threads for each of the 3 blocks * Tie-up: Huck lace connections for all block combinations * Treadling: expanded treadle sequence 7. Review and save ### Step-by-Step Example: Overshot from a Simple Profile You have a 4-block profile and want traditional overshot: 1. Thread your profile: 4 shafts representing 4 blocks 2. Design a simple treadling sequence in the profile 3. Open **Block Substitution**, select an Overshot template 4. Apply — the generator expands each profile block into the overshot threading pattern with tabby ties and pattern treadles 5. The result is a complete overshot draft ready for the loom *** ### Tips * **Profile drafts are simple** — Keep your profile draft minimal: one shaft per block, one treadle per block activation. The template handles all the complexity. * **Preview before saving** — Generated drafts open as unsaved previews. Review the structure before committing. * **Try different templates** — Apply different templates to the same profile to compare how the same block layout looks in Huck vs. Overshot vs. Summer and Winter. * **Huck variants matter** — The four Huck types (A, B, C, D) produce very different fabrics from the same profile. Type A gives lace, Type B gives warp floats, Type C gives weft floats, Type D gives opposite-parity lace. * **Check shaft limits** — Block substitution can produce drafts with many shafts (blocks × pattern shafts + tie shafts). Make sure the result fits your loom. The maximum is 128 shafts. * **Custom templates** — You can create your own templates by designing a weave structure in a WIF file and adding it to the template library with the appropriate settings. * **Template files** — Templates are stored as WIF files in the templates folder. The template library catalog is saved automatically. *** ### Going Deeper: Authoring Templates To **edit** the bundled templates, or **author** new ones for the Complex Weavers community (or your own block-substitution library), see the companion Block Substitution Authoring Guide. It covers: * Where the templates live on each operating system * The anatomy of a template WIF, including the `*WarpPattern` / `*TieShafts` section markers * What each flag in the editor (Block Treadles, Warp Tie Count, Pattern Warp Step, Pattern Warp Wrap, Weft Background, Tie-up Pattern Reverse, Huck Style) actually does to the output * Step-by-step walkthroughs for editing a bundled template and building a new one from scratch * The new **Edit Template WIF** (`✎`) and **Reset to Bundled** (`↺`) buttons in the Edit Templates dialog * A troubleshooting playbook for the common authoring mistakes *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | --------------- | ---------------------------------------- | | Open panel | Design tab > Block Substitution (toggle) | | Select template | Click in template list | | View details | See info panel below list | | Apply template | Click Apply button | | Add template | Click Add, configure in editor | | Edit template | Select + click Edit | | Delete template | Select + click Delete | | Profile Draft | Block Substitution Output | | ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------- | | 1 shaft per block | Multiple shafts per block + tie shafts | | 1 treadle per activation | Multiple treadles per block + tie treadles | | Simple tie-up | Full expanded tie-up with block interactions | | N threads | N × template pattern width threads | | Template Type | Characteristic | | ----------------- | -------------------------------------- | | Huck | Lace with tie-down threads, 4 variants | | Overshot | Pattern floats over plain weave ground | | Summer and Winter | Reversible, independent blocks | | Custom | User-defined substitution rules | Start with a Profile Draft to use Block Substitution: {% embed url="" %} Creating a Simple Profile Draft {% endembed %} *more videos in process... will be available soon.* # Profile Designer \*\*BETA\*\* {% embed url="" %} ### What It Does Profile Designer is a visual sketchpad for designing **block profile drafts** — the block-level designs behind Summer & Winter, doubleweave, turned twill, Bronson lace, and every other unit weave. Instead of thinking thread by thread, you paint big squares where each square is a whole block, then let TempoWeave turn your design into a weavable draft through Block Substitution. A single profile design can become many different fabrics: the same painted design interpreted in Summer & Winter looks completely different from the same design in doubleweave, yet both come from one sketch. Profile Designer makes the sketching half of that process fast and fun, and shows you live whether your design fits your loom. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Block Substitution group > Profile Designer button The window stays open alongside your drafts, and it remembers your design for the whole session — close it, study a generated draft, and reopen it to keep tweaking. *** ### The Design Grid Paint with the mouse: **left-click or drag paints blocks; right-click or drag erases.** Each painted square is one block-sized cell of your design (the profile drawdown). As you paint, the **letter row** under the grid updates live: columns that are shaded identically belong to the same block and share a letter (A, B, C…), exactly as block designs are lettered in weaving literature. Each block also gets its own color in the grid so you can see block boundaries at a glance.
#### Grid Size Set the design's width and height in blocks (4–40 each). Shrinking crops from the right/bottom edges. #### Block Colors Checkbox Checked (the default), blocks are tinted by identity. Uncheck it to render every painted square black — the classic graph-paper profile look, useful for checking the finished design. The letter row keeps its colors either way. *** ### Design Tools #### Kaleidoscope Based on Doramay Keasbey's rotation technique: the grid becomes an even square, the top-left quadrant (lightly shaded) is your **seed**, and the other three quadrants rotate into place automatically as you paint. You can paint in *any* quadrant — your click flows back to the seed. **Corner (a/b/c/d)** cycles which corner of your seed sits at the design's center. The same seed produces four genuinely different designs: one setting pulls your motif's weight into a solid central medallion, the opposite throws it to the outer corners, and the two in between give pinwheel movement. For the most distinct variants, make your seed asymmetric — symmetric seeds collapse some corners into the same design. #### Mirrors Four mirror toggles for free-draw mode, each showing a **dashed red guide line** on its axis while active: * **Mirror ↔** — reflects left/right across the vertical center line * **Mirror ↕** — reflects top/bottom across the horizontal center line * **Mirror ⤢** — reflects across the twill diagonal (bottom-left to top-right). Requires a square grid; turning it on makes the grid square. * **Mirror ⤡** — reflects across the other diagonal (top-left to bottom-right). Also requires a square grid. Mirrors combine: turn them all on and every stroke builds a fully 8-fold-symmetric design — one click paints up to eight cells. Reflections land directly across the dashed lines — painting near an axis puts the mirrored copy close by; painting far from it throws the copy across the grid. #### Rotate ⟳ Rotates the whole design 90° clockwise. On a non-square grid the dimensions swap — handy for turning a weft-run motif into a warp-run one. #### Surprise Me Fills the grid with a random starting design honoring whatever symmetry mode is active. A great class exercise: Surprise Me, then cycle the Kaleidoscope corner to audition four designs, then refine by hand. #### Undo / Redo The ↩ and ↪ buttons (or **Ctrl/Cmd+Z** and **Shift+Ctrl/Cmd+Z**) step through your design history. A whole paint drag counts as one step, as does each Clear, Rotate, Surprise Me, or resize. *** ### The Loom Meter The right-hand panel answers "can my loom weave this?" while you design: * **Blocks used** — how many distinct blocks your design currently needs (distinct column patterns). * **Profile treadles** — how many distinct treadling rows it needs. * **Shafts needed (≈) by structure** — for every Block Substitution template installed, the approximate shafts your current block count requires, green when it fits the loom size you picked and red when it doesn't. The figures are planning estimates from each template's tie-down and per-block shaft counts; the exact requirement is confirmed when you apply the template. Watching this while designing teaches the fundamental trade-off of block weaves: every additional block costs shafts, and symmetric designs need fewer blocks. *** ### Units per Block How many weave-structure units each painted square becomes in the generated draft. Each unit is itself several threads (a Summer & Winter unit is 4 ends), so higher numbers make larger, chunkier blocks in the cloth — 3 units per block in Summer & Winter makes each painted square 12 ends wide. Use it to match your sketch to a target cloth width and sett. *** ### Generating a Draft #### Open as Profile Draft Derives the profile structure from your painted design — unique columns become blocks/shafts, unique rows become treadling, and the tie-up falls out automatically — and opens it as a draft tab with the Alpha (letter) view styles pre-selected, so it reads as a classic lettered profile draft. The tab is an unsaved preview; keep it with Save if you like it. #### Generate ▸ Block Substitution Does the same, then opens the Block Substitution panel focused on your new profile draft, ready to apply a weave structure. Pick Summer & Winter, doubleweave, a Bronson lace — any installed template — and Block Substitution expands each block into real threading, treadling, and tie-up. Because the profile draft is an ordinary draft, everything else works on it too: edit it by hand, print it, or run it through Block Substitution several times to compare structures side by side. *** ### Tips * **Start with Surprise Me + Kaleidoscope** when teaching — everyone gets a distinctive, symmetric design in seconds, and cycling the corner button makes the design space tangible. * **Watch the block count as you mirror.** Adding symmetry often *reduces* the number of blocks — you can see a design drop from over-budget to weavable just by mirroring it. * **Design big, generate small.** Sketch on a roomy grid, then use Units per Block of 1 for fine cloth or higher for bold blocks, rather than repainting at a different scale. * **Compare structures.** Generate the same profile through two or three different templates and open View Fabric on each — the "one design, many cloths" principle of block weaving in action. # Block Substitution: Authoring Guide A deep-dive companion to the Block Substitution Guide. The first guide is for weavers who want to *use* the bundled templates. This one is for weavers who want to **understand**, **edit**, and **author** templates — the audience the international **Complex Weavers** community has been asking for.\ *Note: This document is new and updates will likely be made soon.* You will find: * What block substitution actually does, step by step * The two files that drive every substitution and how they pair up * Exactly where TempoWeave keeps templates on each operating system * The anatomy of a template WIF, including the private `*WarpPattern` / `*TieShafts` markers * The anatomy of a template's row in `blocktemplates.xml` * How each setting (Block Treadles, Warp Tie Count, Pattern Warp Step, Pattern Warp Wrap, Weft Background, Tie-up Pattern Reverse, Huck Style A/B/C/D) drives the output * A walkthrough for editing a bundled template safely * A walkthrough for building a brand-new template from scratch * A catalog of every template TempoWeave ships * A troubleshooting playbook for the most common authoring mistakes *** ### 1. What Block Substitution Actually Does Block substitution takes a small **profile draft** (one shaft per block, one treadle per block activation) and **multiplies** each block out into a real, loomable weave using a **template** that you choose from the library. The result is a fresh draft sized to your loom — full threading, tie-up, and treadling. The classical workflow that this automates is: 1. The weaver designs the *block pattern* at the smallest possible scale — usually 2 to 12 blocks. This stage is purely about layout: which block fires when, where the symmetry breaks, where the borders go. 2. The weaver picks a *weave structure* — Spot Bronson, Summer & Winter, Overshot, Huck, double weave, Satin, Turned Twill — that will give the cloth its hand and surface. 3. The two are combined by hand into a full draft. Each profile block expands to N pattern threads + the structure's shared "tie" threads; each profile treadle expands to N block treadles + the structure's shared "tie" treadles. Step 3 is mechanical and error-prone when done by hand for anything past a few blocks. The block-substitution engine in TempoWeave is exactly that step: given (profile draft, template), produce the full draft. #### What the engine does in six phases 1. **Parse the template WIF.** Read `[THREADING]`, `[TREADLING]`, `[TIEUP]`, plus the private `[TW WARP SECTIONMARKERS]` / `[TW WEFT SECTIONMARKERS]` sections that mark which threads belong to the *pattern* range and which belong to the *tie* range. 2. **Read the profile draft** from the currently open tab. Only the shafts and treadles that are actually used count — a profile project with 8 treadles configured but only 4 used produces a draft sized for 4 blocks, not 8. 3. **Build a shaft map and a treadle map.** These are 2D lookups: "template shaft S inside profile block B becomes output shaft X." The map encodes the chosen Pattern Warp Step / Pattern Warp Wrap behavior. 4. **Expand the profile threading.** For each profile thread, paste in the template's threading pattern at the correct shaft block. 5. **Expand the tie-up.** Walk every (profile shaft, profile treadle) pair; for cells the profile activates, copy the template's tie-up; for cells the profile leaves blank, copy either the template's tabby ground (or a separate Weft Background tie-up if the template provides one). 6. **Expand the profile treadling.** For each profile pick, paste in the template's treadling pattern at the correct treadle block. The result is written to a temporary WIF and opened in a new tab. Your original profile draft is never modified. *** ### 2. The Two Ingredients #### 2.1 The profile draft A profile draft is just a regular TempoWeave draft — but treated as block-level shorthand: * **One shaft = one block.** Shaft 1 is block A, shaft 2 is block B, and so on. * **One treadle = one block activation pattern.** Treadle 1 fires "blocks where treadle 1 is tied"; treadle 2 fires "blocks where treadle 2 is tied"; and so on. * **The tie-up encodes the block-to-block relationships.** A treadle that ties to shafts 1 and 3 fires blocks A and C together. * **Color is preserved.** Whatever warp/weft colors live in the profile carry through into the expanded draft, applied per thread. A 3-block profile draft has 3 shafts, 3 treadles, and a tiny 3×3 tie-up. That is enough to describe a wide-ranging design when expanded through, say, the 18-shaft `HuckHalfUnit-LaceInPattern` template. > The engine measures **used** shafts and **used** treadles, not your project's `Shafts` / `Treadles` settings. If you give yourself 8-treadle headroom but only ever press treadles 1 to 4, the substitution sizes itself for 4 blocks. This is intentional — it stops phantom blank treadles from ballooning the output. #### 2.2 The template A template is a small standalone weave structure stored in two files: * **`Name.wif`** — the structure itself, in standard WIF format, with two TempoWeave-private section-marker blocks that tell the engine which threads are *pattern* and which are *tie*. * **`Name.png`** *(optional)* — the preview image shown in the Block Substitution panel. Any 8-bit PNG works; \~150×150 px is plenty. The template's metadata — its name, type label, the integer flags that control the substitution math, the Huck variant, and so on — lives in the shared catalog file `blocktemplates.xml` alongside the `.wif` and `.png`. The catalog is what the panel reads when it builds the template list; the `.wif` is what the engine parses when you click **Apply**. A template can be tiny. **Spot Bronson**, the simplest bundled template, is a 2-shaft / 2-treadle WIF with a 4-thread pattern range and a 1-thread tie range. The whole `.wif` fits in 130 lines yet expands into a full multi-block draft at any profile size — the size of the output is driven entirely by your profile. *** ### 3. Template Files: Where They Live TempoWeave keeps templates in a **user-writable** folder, NOT inside the install directory. This is deliberate: the Velopack auto-updater replaces the install folder wholesale on every update, so anything inside the install would be wiped. The user folder survives updates, and bundled templates are seeded into it the first time the app runs. | Platform | Path | | ----------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Windows** |

%APPDATA%\TempoWeave Studio\_blocktemplates\
= C:\Users\<you>\AppData\Roaming\TempoWeave Studio\_blocktemplates\

| | **macOS** | `~/Library/Application Support/TempoWeave Studio/_blocktemplates/` | | **Linux** | `~/.config/tempoweave/_blocktemplates/` | On macOS the `Library` folder is hidden by default. To see it in Finder, open Finder, press ⌘+⇧+. (Command-Shift-Period). Or in Finder choose **Go → Go to Folder…** and paste the path above. #### What you will find inside ``` _blocktemplates/ ├── blocktemplates.xml ← the catalog (one row per template) ├── SpotBronson.wif ← bundled template structure ├── SpotBronson.png ← bundled preview ├── BronsonLace.wif ├── BronsonLace.png ├── Huck-LaceInPattern.wif ├── Huck-LaceInPattern.png … ├── MyCustom.wif ← something you added └── MyCustom.png ← preview you added (optional) ``` #### How the folder gets populated On first launch, TempoWeave does three things in order: 1. **Seed.** If the user folder is empty, the entire bundled folder (`Data/_blocktemplates/` inside the install) is copied in wholesale. 2. **Bundled-merge.** On every launch, any bundled template missing from the user folder is copied in. When a TempoWeave release adds new bundled templates (say, in v26.700), they show up automatically on the next launch. 3. **Salvage.** Any non-bundled `.wif` that the engine finds in the install folder (or, on Windows, in old `app-*` install dirs left over from prior versions) is copied in. This recovers user customizations that were saved to the install folder by older versions of TempoWeave. User customizations are **never overwritten** by this sync. If you've already got `BronsonLace.wif` in your user folder, the bundled copy is left untouched. The only operation that overwrites is **Reset to Bundled** (see §7). #### How to open the folder quickly The fastest path inside TempoWeave: **Design tab → Block Substitution → Edit Templates → Reveal Folder** opens the user templates folder in Finder / Explorer / your file manager directly — no path-pasting required. (The same button is available from the **Edit** sub-dialog too.) If you'd rather paste the path manually: * **Windows**: Win+R, paste `%APPDATA%\TempoWeave Studio\_blocktemplates`, Enter. * **macOS**: Finder → **Go → Go to Folder…** → paste `~/Library/Application Support/TempoWeave Studio/_blocktemplates`. * **Linux**: open your file manager, paste `~/.config/tempoweave/_blocktemplates`. *** ### 4. Anatomy of a Template WIF *Note: this section may be ignored unless you're integrating / parsing the TempoWeave WIF file.* A template WIF is a standard WIF file — Spot Bronson, for instance, declares `Source Program=TempoWeave Designer` but any WIF-conformant editor (Fiberworks, WeavePoint, pixeLoom) could write one too. The only TempoWeave-specific addition is the **section-marker** blocks. Here are the only sections that actually matter to the block-substitution engine. Everything else (color tables, notes, units) is read but doesn't drive the substitution. #### 4.1 `[WEAVING]` — overall size ``` [WEAVING] Shafts=2 Treadles=2 Rising Shed=true ``` Sets the size of the template's own draft. The engine reads `Shafts` and `Treadles` from this section first; if they're missing, it falls back to the values stored in `blocktemplates.xml` (`templateShafts` / `templateBlockTreadles + templateWeftTieTreadles`). #### 4.2 `[THREADING]` — which template thread sits on which shaft ``` [THREADING] 1=1 2=2 3=1 4=2 6=1 ``` Standard WIF threading. Thread 1 is on shaft 1, thread 2 is on shaft 2, etc. Missing entries (like thread 5 above) become **gaps** — the engine threads nothing there. The threading positions are split into two ranges by the section markers (§4.5): * **Pattern range**: the threads that get repeated *once per profile block*. * **Tie range**: the threads that appear *once total*, shared across all blocks. (These are the ground / tabby threads.) In the Spot Bronson example above, threads 1–4 are pattern (so each profile block produces "1, 2, 1, 2"), thread 5 is a gap, and thread 6 is a tie ("1"). #### 4.3 `[TREADLING]` — the template's own treadling ``` [TREADLING] 1=1 2=2 3=1 4=2 6=1 ``` Same shape as threading, but each row says "pick N uses treadle T". Multiple treadles per pick are comma-separated. The treadling positions are also split by markers into a pattern range and a tie range, plus an optional **weft background** range used by templates like Summer & Winter or Satin. #### 4.4 `[TIEUP]` — the template's own tie-up ``` [TIEUP] 1=1 2=2 ``` Standard WIF tie-up — "treadle 1 lifts shaft 1; treadle 2 lifts shaft 2". For larger templates this is where the structure's signature interlacement lives: shaft pairs of Spot Bronson, tie-down rows of Summer & Winter, the over-3-under-1 of Overshot. #### 4.5 The TempoWeave private markers — `[TW WARP SECTIONMARKERS]` and `[TW WEFT SECTIONMARKERS]` This is the key piece that distinguishes a TempoWeave template WIF from a plain WIF. These blocks declare which thread ranges are *pattern* (per-block) vs *tie* (shared). ``` [TW WARP SECTIONMARKERS] 1=1,4,*WarpPattern 2=6,6,*TieShafts ; [TW WEFT SECTIONMARKERS] 1=1,4,*WeftPattern 2=6,6,*TieTreadles ``` Format: `=,,` — all thread numbers are **1-based, inclusive on both ends**. Recognized marker names: | Marker | Where | Meaning | | ----------------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | `*WarpPattern` | warp | The thread range that is repeated per profile block. | | `*TieShafts` | warp | The thread range that is shared across all blocks. | | `*WeftPattern` | weft | The pick range that is repeated per profile-treadle activation. | | `*TieTreadles` | weft | The pick range used as shared tie / tabby treadles. | | `*WeftBackground` | weft | An optional second pick range used to fill blocks that are *not* selected by the profile. (Summer & Winter, Satin, Turned Twill use this.) | The marker rows are how a small WIF can encode "the first 4 threads are pattern, then there's a 1-thread gap, then a 1-thread tie" without you having to manually split the file. The `;` character ends a section per the WIF spec. If a template WIF has no markers, the engine assumes the entire template is the pattern range and there is no tie range. That works for templates with no shared ground (like `Overshot1.wif`) but is rare. #### 4.6 The other sections you can ignore `[WARP]`, `[WEFT]`, `[COLOR TABLE]`, `[WARP COLORS]`, `[WEFT COLORS]`, `[TEXT]`, `[NOTES]` are present in any TempoWeave-written WIF but don't influence substitution. They affect how the template *looks* when you open it directly, not how it expands. *** ### 5. Anatomy of a Template XML Row *Note: This information is for integration / parsing only and not needed to create your own Templates.* `blocktemplates.xml` is a DevExpress-flavored `TreeList` XML — one row per template. The full file has a top `` block declaring 16 columns, then a `` block with one `` per template, each containing a `` block of 16 `` entries in column order. Here's a real row (Spot Bronson) with each cell annotated: ```xml Spot Bronson SpotBronson.wif Bronson 17 17 2 1 2 1 false true 0 false ``` #### Column-by-column reference | # | Column | Type | Edit-Template-Dialog label | Notes | | -- | ----------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 1 | `templateName` | string | **Name** | What the user sees in the catalog. | | 2 | `templateLoc` | string | **File Name** | `.wif` filename, no path. Must live in the user templates folder. | | 3 | `Type` | string | **Type** | A category label only. Since June 2026 this stores a **canonical locale key** (`Bronson`, `Huck`, `Overshot`, `SummerWinter`, `DoubleTwoTie`, `ThreeTie`, `FourTie`, `Bateman`, `Crackle`, `DiversifiedPlain`, `DoubleWeaveBlock`, `Lace`, `Satin`, `Twill`, `Custom`); the dialog renders that key through the active locale, so the panel displays "Summer & Winter" in English, "Spitze" in German, etc. Older XMLs that stored a localized rendered label still load (the dropdown falls back to text match); on save the row is upgraded to the canonical key. | | 4 | `templateShaftsRequired` | int | *(info)* | Display-only "this template needs N shafts in the result". | | 5 | `templateTreadlesRequired` | int | *(info)* | Display-only "this template needs N treadles in the result". | | 6 | `templateBlockTreadles` | int | **Block Treadles** | Pattern treadles per block. Drives `OutputTreadles`. | | 7 | `templateWeftTieTreadles` | int | **Weft Tie Treadles** | Tabby / tie treadles, shared across all blocks. | | 8 | `templateShafts` | int | **Template Shafts** | Total shafts inside the template WIF. Must match `[WEAVING] Shafts`. | | 9 | `templateWarpTieCount` | int | **Warp Tie Count** | Tie shafts inside the template, shared across all blocks. | | 10 | `templateWeftBackground` | bool | **Weft Background** | Template has a second treadling block for non-active blocks. | | 11 | `templateBlockPreview` | object | *(not shown)* | Legacy embedded preview. New templates use the matching `.png`. | | 12 | `templateTieupPatternReverse` | bool | **Tie-up Pattern Reverse** | Treat profile tie-up `0` (not `1`) as "block active". | | 13 | `templatepatWarpStep` | short | **Pattern Warp Step** | Per-block shaft advance. `0` means "no overlap"; `1`/`2`/... step into the previous block. | | 14 | `templatepatWarpWrap` | bool | **Pattern Warp Wrap** | Cap shafts at `profileShafts + tie` and wrap modulo. | | 15 | `templateBlockHuckStyle` | bool | **Huck Style** | Switch the engine into Huck mode. Requires HuckType. | | 16 | `templateBlockHuckType` | string | **Huck Type** | `"A"`, `"B"`, `"C"`, or `"D"`. See §6.7. | You almost never edit `blocktemplates.xml` by hand. The **Edit Templates** dialog reads and writes every column shown above. The most common reasons to peek at the XML are: * Sanity-checking that the catalog matches the on-disk `.wif` (e.g. after editing a template's threading). * Diff-ing across releases to see which templates we added or tweaked. * Recovering from a corrupted catalog — see Troubleshooting (§10). *** ### 6. How the Generator Combines Them This is the section to read when you're trying to *predict* what a template will produce, or to *debug* a result that came out the wrong size. Let: * `profileShafts` = number of shafts used in the profile draft * `profileTreadles` = number of treadles used in the profile draft * `templateShafts` = `[WEAVING] Shafts` in the template (`= TemplateShafts` in the XML) * `tieShafts` = `WarpTieCount` * `patternShafts` = `templateShafts - tieShafts` * `blockTreadles` = treadles in the pattern range = `(templateTreadles - WeftTieTreadles)` (or that divided by 2 if `WeftBackground` is on) * `tieTreadles` = `WeftTieTreadles` #### 6.1 Output size ``` outputShafts = profileShafts + tieShafts if PatWarpWrap (profileShafts - 1) * PatWarpStep + patternShafts + tieShafts if PatWarpStep > 0 profileShafts * patternShafts + tieShafts otherwise outputTreadles = profileTreadles * blockTreadles + tieTreadles ``` The `(profileShafts - 1)` in the stepped branch is deliberate: the shaft-map walks blocks `b = 0..profileShafts-1` and the highest output position written is `(profileShafts - 1) * PatWarpStep + WarpTieCount + (patternShafts - 1)`, so the count is one more than that. An older formula used `profileShafts * PatWarpStep` here and produced a trailing unused shaft on stepped-without-wrap templates (the Bergman row exposed it). Worked example — Spot Bronson (`templateShafts=2`, `tieShafts=1`, `patternShafts=1`, `blockTreadles=1`, `tieTreadles=1`, `PatWarpStep=0`, `PatWarpWrap=false`) applied to a 4-block profile (`profileShafts=4`, `profileTreadles=4`): ``` outputShafts = 4 * 1 + 1 = 5 outputTreadles = 4 * 1 + 1 = 5 ``` > Note: Spot Bronson's catalog dialog *shows* **Block Treadles = 2**, but the engine recomputes `blockTreadles` from the WIF (`[WEAVING] Treadles=2 − WeftTieTreadles=1 = 1`). The XML dialog value is a legacy hint; the WIF wins. See §6.2. Worked example — Overshot1 (`templateShafts=2`, `tieShafts=0`, `patternShafts=2`, `blockTreadles=1`, `tieTreadles=0`, `PatWarpStep=1`, `PatWarpWrap=true`) applied to a 6-block profile: ``` outputShafts = 6 + 0 = 6 (PatWarpWrap caps it) outputTreadles = 6 * 1 + 0 = 6 ``` The engine caps at 128 shafts and 128 treadles; over those caps you get an error message rather than a malformed draft. #### 6.2 `BlockTreadles` — pattern treadles per block How many treadles of treadling does each profile block consume? In Summer & Winter "Singles" it's 1. In Spot Bronson it's 2 (the "1-2" alternation). In Huck full-unit it's 4. Larger structures with longer pattern repeats have larger `BlockTreadles`. The engine recomputes `BlockTreadles` from the WIF data at parse time. The XML value is treated as a hint that can be wrong — if your template's `[WEAVING] Treadles=6` and `WeftTieTreadles=2`, the engine will use `BlockTreadles=4` even if the XML says something different. #### 6.3 `WarpTieCount` — tie shafts in the template Tie shafts are the shafts that are **shared across all blocks** rather than multiplied per block. Summer & Winter has 2 tie shafts (the "1-3, 1-3" tabby ground). Huck full-unit has 2. Overshot has 0 (no shared ground — overshot's plain weave ground is created by the treadling). In the threading expansion, every profile block contributes the template's `patternShafts` worth of pattern threads; the `tieShafts` threads appear exactly once total at the start of the output. #### 6.4 `WeftTieTreadles` — tie treadles in the template Same idea on the weft side. Huck's tabby treadles, Summer & Winter's tabby treadles, Bronson's single tie pick — these are all `WeftTieTreadles`. They get reserved up front in the output treadling and are referenced by *every* profile pick (typically as the alternating tabby between pattern picks). #### 6.5 `PatWarpStep` — progressive shaft assignment (mostly Overshot) Default is `0`, meaning each profile block gets its own fresh `patternShafts` rows. The result has `profileShafts * patternShafts + tieShafts` total shafts. Set to `1` or higher and consecutive blocks share shafts with their neighbors — the classic Overshot trick where block A uses shafts 1+2, block B uses shafts 2+3, block C uses shafts 3+4, and so on. `PatWarpStep=1` produces a Threading that grows by 1 shaft per block instead of by `patternShafts` per block. Spot Bronson keeps `PatWarpStep=0` (each block gets a clean pair). Overshot1 uses `PatWarpStep=1` to get the stepped-twill threading. #### 6.6 `PatWarpWrap` — cap the shaft count When set, the output shafts are capped at `profileShafts + tieShafts` and pattern shafts past the cap wrap around modulo `profileShafts`. This is how Overshot1 produces, e.g., a 4-block design that fits in 4 shafts plus 0 tie shafts — without it the same profile would explode to 8 shafts. `PatWarpWrap` also activates a duplicate-thread filter in the expansion: when two consecutive output threads land on shafts of the same parity (both odd or both even), the second is dropped. That keeps the threading from sitting on the same shaft twice in a row in wrapped/Overshot designs. #### 6.7 `WeftBackground` — separate background tie-up Some templates (Summer & Winter, Satin, Turned Twill, double weave) need a different tie-up for blocks the profile *doesn't* select than for blocks it does. With `WeftBackground=true`, the template's tie-up is interpreted as two side-by-side tie-ups: the pattern columns and the background columns. When the engine expands a non-selected block, it draws from the background half instead of leaving that cell empty. #### 6.8 `TieupPatternReverse` — flip the profile selection logic The engine reads the profile tie-up and treats either `1` cells or `0` cells as "block active". With `TieupPatternReverse=false` (the default), `1` means active. With it set to `true`, `0` means active. Spot Bronson, BronsonLace, the Summer & Winter variants — these all use Reverse=true because the convention in the field is to draw the "off" blocks on profile tie-ups. #### 6.9 `HuckStyle` + `HuckType` (A / B / C / D) When `HuckStyle=true`, the tie-up builder routes every cell through a special Huck path that decides "lace opening here?", "warp float here?", or "weft float here?" based on the cell's shaft / treadle parity and the chosen Huck type. | Huck Type | Selected blocks | Non-selected blocks | | --------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------- | | **A** | Lace opening | Plain weave ground | | **B** | Warp floats over plain weave | Plain weave ground | | **C** | Weft floats over plain weave | Plain weave ground | | **D** | Lace opening, opposite parity from A | Plain weave ground | Types A and D are mirror images — A puts the lace where the profile says "block on", D puts the lace where the profile says "block off". B and C give you the floats-on-plain-ground variants that are common in towels and table linens. Set `HuckStyle=false` if your template isn't a Huck — the type field is then ignored. #### 6.10 What the panel preview shows The PNG preview is purely cosmetic — the engine doesn't read it. It's there so the catalog list is visually distinguishable at a glance. Any 128×128-ish PNG works. If you don't supply one, the panel shows a blank thumbnail (`blank.png`). *** ### 7. Editing a Bundled Template — Walkthrough The new **Edit Templates** dialog (Design → Block Substitution → **Edit Templates** button) lets you tweak any template's settings *and* open its WIF for direct editing — without ever having to hunt for the user folder yourself. #### 7.1 The two new buttons In the dialog you'll see three small buttons next to the **File Name** field: * **`…`** — Browse for a different `.wif` file. Used to repoint a template at a different structure file (or to import a WIF from outside the templates folder; it auto-copies in). * **`✎`** — **Edit Template WIF.** Opens *this template's* WIF in a new editor tab and closes the dialog. Edit threading / treadling / tie-up like any other draft; **Save** writes the changes back to the same file in the templates folder, so the next substitution sees the edits immediately. * **`↺`** — **Reset to Bundled.** Visible only for templates we ship with the app. Confirms once, then overwrites your user `.wif` (and matching `.png`) with the bundled copy. Use this when you've made changes you regret and want to start over from the version we shipped. #### 7.2 Workflow: tweaking a tie-up Suppose you want to tighten the lace openings in `Huck-LaceInPattern.wif` by changing one tie-up cell. 1. **Design tab → Block Substitution → Edit Templates.** 2. Select **HuckHalfUnit-LaceInPattern** in the list. 3. Click **`✎`** next to the file name. The dialog closes and the WIF opens in a new editor tab named `Huck-LaceInPattern.wif`. 4. Make your tie-up edit. 5. **File → Save** (or Ctrl+S). The save writes directly back to the user folder, overwriting the existing `Huck-LaceInPattern.wif`. 6. Optionally: regenerate the preview PNG. Re-open Block Substitution and apply the template to a small profile to see the new output. #### 7.3 Workflow: undoing your edits 1. **Design tab → Block Substitution → Edit Templates.** 2. Select the template you regret. 3. Click **`↺`**. Confirm in the dialog. 4. The bundled `.wif` (and `.png`) are copied over your user copy, overwriting it. #### 7.4 Workflow: tweaking flags Most of what you'll edit in the dialog itself is the numeric flag fields — `Template Shafts`, `Block Treadles`, `Warp Tie Count`, `Weft Tie Treadles`, `Pattern Warp Step`, `Pattern Warp Wrap`, `Weft Background`, `Tie-up Pattern Reverse`, `Huck Style`. These write back to `blocktemplates.xml`, not to the `.wif`. A safer approach when experimenting: **duplicate the template first** (Add a new entry pointing at the same `.wif`, give it a different Name), then edit the duplicate. That way you can compare side-by-side and you don't have to remember to Reset. #### 7.5 What never gets edited automatically Even though the dialog will let you change the `File Name` field to anything, **changing it does not rename the underlying file**. If you type `MyVersion.wif` into a row whose `.wif` is still on disk as `SpotBronson.wif`, the row will look broken (no WIF, no preview). Use **`…` Browse** (which can also rename / copy) or rename the `.wif` in Finder/Explorer first. *** ### 8. Building a New Template — Walkthrough Suppose you want to author a brand-new template — say, a 4-shaft Huck variant that isn't one of the bundled ones. Here's the end-to-end: #### 8.1 Design the base structure In a fresh TempoWeave project, design the smallest possible unit of the structure you want to express: * For a **non-Huck pattern-on-tabby weave** (Summer & Winter, Overshot, Bronson…), draft the *single-block* version. So for Summer & Winter, threading goes `1, 3, 1, 3` (tie shafts) + `5, 6, 5, 6` (pattern shafts of one block). * For a **Huck variant**, draft one full Huck repeat unit. Usually 6 to 10 threads wide. * For a **double weave or turned twill**, draft one block's worth of layer-swap or twill repeat. Keep the threading minimal. The engine will repeat it once per profile block. #### 8.2 Set the section markers Open the WIF you just saved in a text editor (or use the **Mark Section** tool in TempoWeave to add the named section markers directly in the editor). Add the two private sections at the bottom of the file, **before the final `;`** line: ``` [TW WARP SECTIONMARKERS] 1=,,*WarpPattern 2=,,*TieShafts ; [TW WEFT SECTIONMARKERS] 1=,,*WeftPattern 2=,,*TieTreadles ; ``` Order doesn't matter; if your template has no tie shafts, omit the `*TieShafts` line (don't set its range to 0,0). If your template has a background, add a third row with `*WeftBackground`. #### 8.3 Save the WIF into the user folder Save the file as `MyTemplate.wif` directly into the user templates folder (§3). If you'd rather pick from a browse dialog, save it anywhere and let the **Add → Browse** step copy it for you. #### 8.4 Optional: create a preview PNG In TempoWeave, generate a small drawdown image (View Fabric or Cloth Simulation, then File → Export Image), crop to \~150×150, save as `MyTemplate.png` next to the WIF. The Block Substitution panel will pick it up automatically. #### 8.5 Add the catalog row Open **Design tab → Block Substitution → Edit Templates → Add**. Fill in: * **Name** — what you'll see in the catalog list. * **File Name** — `MyTemplate.wif` (or use **Browse** if the WIF is somewhere else; it'll copy in). * **Type** — pick from the dropdown. As of June 2026 the choices are Bateman, Bronson, Crackle, Diversified Plain, Double Two Tie, 3 Tie, 4 Tie, Summer & Winter (grouped together as the tie-unit family), then Doubleweave, Huck, Lace, Overshot, Satin, Twill, with **Custom** anchored at the bottom for anything that doesn't fit. The Type is a category label only — it doesn't change the substitution math, so when in doubt pick **Custom** and tune the per-template flags. * **Template Shafts** — total shafts in your template WIF. * **Block Treadles** — pattern treadles per block. * **Warp Tie Count** — tie shafts in your template. * **Weft Tie Treadles** — tabby / tie treadles. * **Pattern Warp Step** — almost always `0`. Set to `1`+ only for Overshot-style stepped twill. * The checkboxes — **Pattern Warp Wrap**, **Weft Background**, **Tie-up Pattern Reverse**, **Huck Style** + variant — flip based on what you designed. Click **Save**. The new template appears in the list immediately. #### 8.6 Test it In the same window, create a fresh project with a small profile (3 or 4 shafts, 3 or 4 treadles, a simple tie-up). Then **Design → Block Substitution → select your template → Apply**. The expanded draft opens in a new tab. Check: * Does the output have the right number of shafts? (Compare to §6.1.) * Does the output have the right number of treadles? * Does the tie-up look right where the profile is on? Where the profile is off? * Are there any blank treadles or shafts at the end? If so, the XML `Block Treadles` / `Warp Tie Count` / etc. don't match the WIF — see Troubleshooting. #### 8.7 Iterate Click the **`✎`** button on your new row to reopen the WIF, tweak, save, and run **Apply** again. The cycle is fast. *** ### 9. Reference Catalog (Bundled Templates) These are the templates TempoWeave ships, as of mid-2026. The columns are `Type` (category label), `Shafts` (`templateShafts`), `Block Tr` (`templateBlockTreadles`), `Tie Sh` (`templateWarpTieCount`), `Tie Tr` (`templateWeftTieTreadles`), `Wrap` (`templatepatWarpWrap`), `Step` (`templatepatWarpStep`), `Rev` (`templateTieupPatternReverse`), `WBG` (`templateWeftBackground`), `Huck` (`templateBlockHuckType` if `templateBlockHuckStyle=true`). | Template | Type | Shafts | Block Tr | Tie Sh | Tie Tr | Wrap | Step | Rev | WBG | Huck | | --------------------------------- | --------------- | ------ | -------- | ------ | ------ | ---- | ---- | --- | --- | ---- | | Spot Bronson | Bronson | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 | – | 0 | yes | – | – | | Bronson Lace | Lace | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Double Two Tie 1-1-2-2 | Double Two Tie | 6 | 8 | 2 | 0 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Double Two Tie 1-2-2-1 | Double Two Tie | 4 | 8 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | yes | – | | Doubleweave | Doubleweave | 4 | 8 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | yes | – | | Huck Full Unit – Lace | Huck | 4 | 4 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | D | | HuckHalfUnit-LaceInPattern | Huck | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | A | | HuckHalfUnit-WarpFloatsInPattern | Huck | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | B | | HuckHalfUnit-WeftFloatsInPattern | Huck | 3 | 3 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | yes | – | C | | Overshot1 | Overshot | 2 | 1 | 0 | 0 | yes | 1 | – | – | – | | Overshot Multishaft | Overshot | 2 | 1 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Bergman | Custom | 3 | 3 | 1 | 2 | – | 1 | – | – | – | | Quigley Diamond | 4 Tie | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Quigley Point | 4 Tie | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Satin 4 | Satin | 4 | 8 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | yes | – | | Satin 5 | Satin | 5 | 10 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | yes | – | | Satin 6 | Satin | 6 | 12 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | yes | – | | Summer & Winter-Dukagang Fashion | Summer & Winter | 3 | 4 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Summer & Winter-Pairs O's | Summer & Winter | 3 | 4 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Summer & Winter-Pairs X's | Summer & Winter | 3 | 4 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Summer & Winter-Singles Treadling | Summer & Winter | 3 | 4 | 2 | 2 | – | 0 | – | – | – | | Turned Twill | Twill | 8 | 8 | 0 | 0 | – | 0 | – | yes | – | A few observations from the table you can use as design inspiration: * **Bronson family**: 1 tie shaft + 1 tie treadle, small pattern range. Reverse is on for Spot Bronson but off for Bronson Lace. * **Huck family**: same 3-shaft / 3-treadle base, four different "personalities" via Huck Type A/B/C/D. Notice the Weft-Floats variant flips `TieupPatternReverse=true`, which is the field convention. * **Summer & Winter family**: four treadling templates sharing the same threading base (3 template shafts: 2 tie + 1 pattern). Each is a different rhythm of pairs / singles / dukagång across `BlockTreadles=4`; pair them with the same profile to compare. * **Overshot pair**: **Overshot1** uses `PatWarpWrap=true` + `PatWarpStep=1` (the classic 4-block-fits-in-4-shafts combination); **Overshot Multishaft** keeps `PatWarpStep=0` and lets the substitution grow per block, useful when you want every overshot block on its own shaft pair. * **Satin family**: 5-end, 8-end, 12-end satins as block fillers, all with `WeftBackground=true`. * **Turned Twill / Doubleweave / Double Two Tie 1-2-2-1**: notice these also use `WeftBackground=true`. Any block-substituted weave where non-selected blocks need a *different* tie-up than selected ones lives in this group. * **Bergman**: a stepped-twill profile-substitution template (`PatWarpStep=1`, `Custom` type) used in the regression draft that prompted the mid-June 2026 `(profileShafts − 1) * step` off-by-one fix. If you're iterating on stepped templates, drop a profile into Bergman to confirm the trailing-shaft fix is in your build. * **Quigley Diamond / Quigley Point**: 4-tie family templates (`Type=4 Tie`) showing how a tie-unit weave can author cleanly without `WeftBackground` — the diamond and point treadlings differ but share the same threading and tie-up. *** ### 10. Troubleshooting #### "Generated draft is blank / empty" Likely causes, in order: 1. **The template WIF is empty.** `[THREADING]`, `[TREADLING]`, or `[TIEUP]` has no entries (or only entries outside the marker range). Open the WIF directly with the **`✎`** button and confirm it has visible threading, treadling, and tie-up cells. 2. **The section markers are missing or wrong.** If the markers say `*WarpPattern` is threads 1–4 but your `[THREADING]` only has entries 5–8, the engine sees an empty pattern range. Either move the threading entries or fix the markers. 3. **`Template Shafts` in the XML doesn't match `[WEAVING] Shafts`.** When the engine falls back to the XML value because `[WEAVING]` is missing `Shafts`, the wrong number truncates the threading. 4. **`Pattern Warp Step` is set wrong for a non-Overshot template.** Setting `PatWarpStep` to something like 2 on a template that wants 0 can size the output past the engine's 128-shaft cap (you'll see an error), or push every threading entry off-grid. #### "Generated draft has trailing blank treadles or shafts" This was a real bug in versions prior to mid-June 2026 and is now fixed — the engine sizes by **used** profile shafts/treadles, not configured. If you still see trailing blanks: * Check your **profile** project: do you have configured shafts/treadles past your actual use? (e.g., 8 treadles configured, 4 used). Versions before the fix multiplied the unused 4 through. Updating to the latest TempoWeave fixes this without changes to your profile. * If the trailing blanks are on the **shaft** side and your template has `PatWarpStep>0`, remember the formula is `profileShafts * step + patternShafts + tieShafts` — that intentionally produces some extra shafts past the highest-used pattern position to allow the step to complete. #### "Tie-up looks right where blocks are on, wrong where blocks are off" This is the **TieupPatternReverse** decision. If your profile drafts the *active* blocks as `1` cells in the tie-up (common in pixeLoom-style profiles), set `TieupPatternReverse=false`. If your profile drafts the *active* blocks as `0` cells (common in textbook-Bronson notation), set it to `true`. Flipping the checkbox between **Apply** runs is the fastest way to confirm. #### "Apply does nothing / shows an error" Open the bottom **error log** strip of the Block Substitution panel after clicking Apply. The engine writes one of these: * `No profile data in source canvas.` — your profile draft has zero used shafts or zero threads. * `Template file not found: …` — the catalog row's `File Name` points at a `.wif` that isn't in the user templates folder. Use **`…` Browse** to repoint, or rename the file. * `Template has no pattern shafts (all shafts are tie shafts).` — `WarpTieCount >= TemplateShafts`. Reduce the tie count. * `Output requires N shafts (max 128).` / `Output requires N treadles (max 128).` — your profile is too big for this template, OR your `PatWarpStep` is too aggressive. Lower one or the other; or enable `PatWarpWrap`. #### "Edit Templates ✎ button does nothing" If clicking the **`✎`** Edit button doesn't open a tab, the WIF file the row points at isn't where the row says it is. Common causes: a `.wif` was renamed in Finder/Explorer without updating the row, or the WIF was deleted. The dialog will toast `"WIF file isn't in the templates folder. Browse to it first."` — use **`…` Browse** to repoint to wherever the file actually is. #### "Reset to Bundled button isn't showing" The button only appears for templates whose `File Name` matches one of the filenames we shipped with the app. If you've renamed the `.wif` on disk (e.g., from `SpotBronson.wif` to `SpotBronson-tweaked.wif`) the button hides because there's no bundled source to revert to. Rename the file back, or use **Add** to import the bundled version under a new name and copy-paste your tweaks. #### "I edited the WIF directly but Apply still shows the old result" The engine reads the WIF fresh on every **Apply** click, so this shouldn't happen — but check: 1. You saved to the **user** templates folder (§3), not to the bundled `Data/_blocktemplates/` inside the install. 2. The file you saved matches the `File Name` in the catalog row (case-insensitive on Windows, case-sensitive on macOS/Linux). 3. You don't have two copies of the file under slightly different names. Use **`✎`** Edit, which always opens the file the row is actually pointing at. #### "My XML catalog got corrupted" If `blocktemplates.xml` no longer parses, TempoWeave will fall back to loading the embedded copy (the bundled snapshot) on next launch — so the app keeps working but your custom rows disappear. To recover: 1. **Back up the bad XML** to a safe location (it may still contain salvageable rows). 2. **Delete** `blocktemplates.xml` from the user templates folder. 3. **Launch TempoWeave.** It will seed a fresh catalog from the bundled set. 4. **Re-add your custom rows** via **Add** in the Edit Templates dialog. You don't need to recopy the `.wif` files — they're already in the folder. #### "I added a new template but it doesn't appear in the list" Three things to check: 1. The `.wif` is in the user templates folder. (Open the folder; confirm it's there.) 2. You clicked **Save** at the bottom of the **Add** form, not Cancel. 3. The Block Substitution panel is showing the latest list. Reopen the panel (or restart TempoWeave) to force a reload. *** ### Appendix: a Minimal Template You Can Use as a Skeleton Save the following as `MyMinimal.wif` in your user templates folder. It's a 2-shaft / 2-treadle plain-weave template with the markers set so the engine recognizes a 2-thread pattern range and no tie range. From here, edit the threading, treadling, tie-up, and markers to whatever structure you're prototyping. ``` [WIF] Version=1.1 Date=2026-06-11 Developers=YourName Source Program=TempoWeave Source Version=1.0 ; [CONTENTS] WEAVING=true THREADING=true TIEUP=true TREADLING=true ; [WEAVING] Shafts=2 Treadles=2 Rising Shed=true ; [THREADING] 1=1 2=2 ; [TREADLING] 1=1 2=2 ; [TIEUP] 1=1 2=2 ; [TW WARP SECTIONMARKERS] 1=1,2,*WarpPattern ; [TW WEFT SECTIONMARKERS] 1=1,2,*WeftPattern ; ``` Then add a catalog row for it in **Edit Templates → Add** with: * **Template Shafts** = 2, **Block Treadles** = 2, **Warp Tie Count** = 0, **Weft Tie Treadles** = 0 * **Pattern Warp Step** = 0, **Pattern Warp Wrap** = off, **Weft Background** = off, **Tie-up Pattern Reverse** = off, **Huck Style** = off Applied to a 3-block profile (`profileShafts=3`, `profileTreadles=3`), this template will produce `3 × 2 = 6` output shafts and `3 × 2 = 6` output treadles — confirming the math from §6.1. From there you can extend the WIF and rerun Apply to see exactly how each flag and marker changes the result. # Design Repeats ### What It Does Design Repeats duplicates your threading and/or treadling patterns to extend your draft. Whether you need to repeat a small motif across a wide warp or tile a treadling sequence down a long piece, this tool handles the expansion while preserving colors and yarn thickness. The dialog offers two approaches: **Quick Repeat** for simple duplication of your entire pattern, and **Advanced Repeat** for selective, controlled repeats with optional shaft/treadle shifting. *** ### Opening Design Repeats * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Repeats group > Design Repeats button *** ### The Dialog The dialog has two tabs: Quick Repeat and Advanced Repeat. *** ### Quick Repeat Quick Repeat is the simplest way to extend your draft — specify how many additional copies you want, and the entire pattern is duplicated. #### Warp Section **Repeat Warp** — Check this to repeat the warp threading. **Times** — How many additional copies to add (1–9,999). A value of 1 doubles your warp; a value of 2 triples it, and so on. **Include Colors** — When checked, warp thread colors are repeated along with the threading. When unchecked, only shaft assignments are copied (new threads get the default color). **Include Thickness** — When checked, yarn thickness values are repeated. When unchecked, new threads get the default thickness. The dialog shows the calculated result — total thread count and the resulting width in inches or centimeters based on your sett. #### Weft Section **Repeat Weft** — Check this to repeat the weft treadling. **Times** — How many additional copies (1–9,999). **Include Colors** — Repeat pick colors. **Include Thickness** — Repeat pick thickness values. Shows the calculated pick count and length based on your beat. #### Using Quick Repeat You can repeat warp and weft independently or together. Check whichever you need, set the repeat counts, and click **Apply**. The pattern extends immediately. After applying, the checkboxes are unchecked to prevent accidental double-application. *** ### Advanced Repeat Advanced Repeat gives you fine-grained control over what gets repeated, where it goes, and how the shaft or treadle assignments change with each repetition. #### Warp or Weft Choose whether to repeat the **warp threading** or the **weft treadling**. #### Source Range **From / To** — The starting and ending thread (or pick) numbers that define the pattern to repeat. This lets you select any portion of your existing draft as the source — you don't have to repeat everything. #### Destination **Start At** — The thread or pick number where the first repeat begins. **Repeats** — How many copies to place (0–9,999). The dialog shows a preview: "Repeats will end at thread: X" along with the resulting measurement. #### Repeat Modes Three modes control how the pattern changes with each repetition: **Regular** Copies the source pattern unchanged to each position. Every repeat is identical to the original. This is the standard "tile" behavior. **Advancing** Shifts shaft (or treadle) assignments forward by a step value with each successive repeat. The first repeat shifts by the step amount, the second by twice the step, and so on. Assignments that exceed the available shafts wrap around to the beginning. For example, with a source threading of shafts 1-2-3 and a step of 1: * Original: 1-2-3 * Repeat 1: 2-3-4 * Repeat 2: 3-4-5 * Repeat 3: 4-5-6 (wrapping if needed) This creates gradually shifting patterns — useful for advancing twills, gradual transitions, and decorative effects. **Decreasing** The opposite of Advancing — shifts shaft assignments backward by the step value with each repeat. Assignments that go below shaft 1 wrap around to the highest shaft. **Step** — The amount to shift per repeat (visible only for Advancing and Decreasing modes). #### Options **Include Colors** — Copy source colors to each repeat. **Include Thickness** — Copy source thickness values to each repeat. *** ### How to Use It #### Quick Repeat 1. Set up your base pattern (threading and/or treadling) 2. Open **Design Repeats** from the Design tab 3. On the **Quick Repeat** tab, check Warp and/or Weft 4. Enter the number of additional copies 5. Click **Apply** #### Advanced Repeat 1. Open **Design Repeats** and switch to the **Advanced Repeat** tab 2. Choose **Warp** or **Weft** 3. Set the source range (the portion of the pattern to repeat) 4. Set the destination start and repeat count 5. Choose a repeat mode (Regular, Advancing, or Decreasing) 6. If using Advancing or Decreasing, set the step value 7. Click **Apply** *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Extending a Sampler You've threaded a 4-shaft twill motif across 20 threads and want it to repeat 10 times for a sampler warp: 1. Open **Design Repeats** > Quick Repeat 2. Check **Repeat Warp**, set Times to 9 (9 additional copies = 10 total) 3. Check **Include Colors** and **Include Thickness** 4. Leave Weft unchecked (you'll set that up separately) 5. Click **Apply** — your 20-thread motif now spans 200 threads ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating an Advancing Twill You want a threading that gradually shifts upward across the warp: 1. Thread a simple 4-shaft straight draw (1-2-3-4) in threads 1–4 2. Open **Design Repeats** > Advanced Repeat 3. Set Source: From 1, To 4 4. Set Destination: Start At 5, Repeats 8 5. Select **Advancing** mode with Step 1 6. Click **Apply** 7. The threading now progresses: 1-2-3-4, 2-3-4-5, 3-4-5-6, etc. (wrapping as needed) *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the entire repeat operation. * **Check your measurements** — The dialog shows the resulting width or length based on your sett/beat. Use this to plan your warp or weaving length before applying. * **Quick Repeat resets after apply** — Checkboxes uncheck automatically after applying to prevent accidental double-repeats. * **Advanced for partial repeats** — Use the source range to repeat just part of your pattern (e.g., only the border motif, not the whole threading). * **Advancing creates movement** — Advancing repeats are powerful for creating gradual pattern evolution across your draft — the same motif slowly shifting through the shafts. * **Wrap is automatic** — In Advancing and Decreasing modes, shaft numbers that go beyond the available range wrap around seamlessly. *** ### Quick Reference | Tab | What It Does | | --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Quick Repeat | Duplicate entire warp and/or weft N times | | Advanced Repeat | Repeat a selected range with Regular, Advancing, or Decreasing shift | | Mode | Behavior | | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | Regular | Each repeat is identical to the source | | Advancing | Shafts/treadles shift forward by step per repeat | | Decreasing | Shafts/treadles shift backward by step per repeat | | Option | Effect | | ----------------- | ------------------------------------ | | Include Colors | Copy thread/pick colors with repeats | | Include Thickness | Copy yarn thickness with repeats | {% embed url="" %} {% embed url="" %} # Color Repeats ### What It Does Color Repeats applies a color pattern — a sequence of colors with specified repeat counts — to your warp or weft. Instead of coloring threads one at a time, you build a color sequence (like a stripe recipe) and apply it across your draft in one step. This is the tool for creating striped warps, color-ordered wefts, or any repeating color arrangement. The color pattern is independent of your threading structure — you can change colors without affecting shaft assignments. *** ### Opening Color Repeats * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Repeats group > Color Repeats button *** ### The Dialog The dialog has two main sections: the color pattern editor (top) and the destination controls (bottom). *** ### Color Pattern Editor #### Building a Color Pattern The pattern is a list of color entries, each specifying a color and how many consecutive threads should receive that color. Together, the entries define one complete cycle of your color sequence. Each entry shows: * A **color swatch** (click to change the color) * A **repeat count** (1–1,000) — how many consecutive threads get this color * The **color name** (from the palette, or RGB value) **Add** — Adds a new color entry. Opens the color picker so you can choose from the full palette, including variegated yarns. **Remove** — Removes the selected entry from the pattern. **Clear** — Removes all entries, starting fresh. **Load Warp** — Scans your current warp and builds a pattern from it by grouping consecutive threads of the same color. This is a quick way to capture an existing color arrangement as a repeatable pattern. **Load Weft** — Same as Load Warp but reads from the weft picks. **Mirror** — Creates a symmetrical pattern by appending a reversed copy (excluding the first entry to avoid doubling the start color). Pattern A-B-C becomes A-B-C-B-A. A summary line shows the total: "Pattern: N colors, M threads." #### Editing Colors and Counts * Click any **color swatch** to open the color picker and change that entry's color * Adjust the **repeat count** spinner to change how many threads receive that color * Click an entry to select it (highlighted in blue) *** ### Destination Controls #### Apply To **Warp** — Apply the color pattern to warp threads. **Weft** — Apply the color pattern to weft picks. #### Start Thread / Start Pick The thread or pick number where the color pattern begins (1-based). #### Mode Three modes control how the pattern fills the destination: **Repeats Mode** Applies the complete pattern a specified number of times. **Times** — How many complete cycles of the pattern to apply (1–100). The result preview shows which threads will be colored: "Will apply to threads 1–48." Use this when you know exactly how many repeats you want. **Ending Mode** Applies the pattern cyclically until reaching a target thread or pick number. **End Thread / End Pick** — The last thread or pick to color. The pattern repeats from the start position until it reaches or passes the end point. Partial repeats at the end are included — the pattern doesn't have to end on a complete cycle. After applying, the start position automatically advances to the next thread after the end, making it easy to apply a different color pattern to the next section without manual counting. Use this when you know the range you want to fill (e.g., "color threads 1 through 200"). **Ratio Mode** Distributes colors proportionally across a total number of threads. Instead of using exact repeat counts, each color's count is treated as a proportion. **Total Threads** — The total number of threads to fill. Each color receives threads proportional to its repeat count relative to the pattern total. For example, a pattern of "Red × 2, Blue × 3" (total 5) applied to 20 threads gives Red 8 threads and Blue 12 threads. Use this when you want proportional distribution regardless of the total length — the pattern scales to fit. *** ### How to Use It 1. Open **Color Repeats** from the Design tab 2. Build your color pattern: * Click **Add** to add colors from the palette * Set the repeat count for each color * Use **Mirror** if you want a symmetrical sequence 3. Choose **Warp** or **Weft** 4. Set the start position 5. Choose a mode (Repeats, Ending, or Ratio) 6. Set the mode-specific value (times, end position, or total threads) 7. Click **Apply** *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating a Striped Warp You want a warp with alternating stripes of navy (8 threads) and cream (4 threads): 1. Open **Color Repeats** 2. Click **Add**, pick Navy from the palette, set count to 8 3. Click **Add**, pick Cream, set count to 4 4. Pattern summary shows "2 colors, 12 threads" 5. Choose **Warp**, Start Thread 1 6. Select **Ending** mode, set End Thread to 240 7. Click **Apply** — 20 complete cycles of navy-cream stripes fill your warp ### Step-by-Step Example: Building a Symmetrical Color Order You want a symmetrical color arrangement: Red-Blue-Green-Blue-Red 1. Open **Color Repeats** 2. Add Red (count 4), Blue (count 2), Green (count 4) 3. Click **Mirror** — the pattern becomes Red-Blue-Green-Blue-Red 4. Choose your destination and mode 5. Apply ### Step-by-Step Example: Proportional Color Distribution You want a warp with roughly 60% blue and 40% white across 300 threads: 1. Open **Color Repeats** 2. Add Blue (count 3), White (count 2) — ratio is 3:2 = 60:40 3. Choose **Warp**, Start Thread 1 4. Select **Ratio** mode, set Total Threads to 300 5. Click **Apply** — Blue gets 180 threads, White gets 120 threads, distributed proportionally ### Step-by-Step Example: Coloring Sections Sequentially You want different color patterns for different sections of your weft: 1. Open **Color Repeats** 2. Build your first color pattern (e.g., the header section colors) 3. Choose **Weft**, set Start Pick to 1 4. Select **Ending** mode, set End Pick to 20 5. Click **Apply** — picks 1–20 are colored 6. Notice that Start Pick automatically advances to 21 7. Clear the pattern and build your second color sequence (body section) 8. Set End Pick to 180, click **Apply** 9. Start Pick advances to 181 — continue with the footer section *** ### Tips * **Load from existing** — Use **Load Warp** or **Load Weft** to capture your current color arrangement as a pattern. Great for documenting a color order or tweaking an existing arrangement. * **Mirror for symmetry** — One click creates a perfectly symmetrical color sequence. Essential for plaids and balanced stripe patterns. * **Ending mode auto-advances** — After each apply in Ending mode, the start position moves forward automatically. This makes it easy to color consecutive sections with different patterns. * **Ratio for proportions** — When you care about the proportion of each color rather than exact stripe widths, Ratio mode scales everything to fit. * **Palette colors supported** — Colors come from the full palette, including variegated yarns. Each entry stores its palette reference, so variegation displays correctly. * **Colors only** — Color Repeats changes thread/pick colors only. Threading, treadling, and shaft assignments are unaffected. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the color application. *** ### Quick Reference | Control | What It Does | | -------------- | ---------------------------------------- | | Add | Add a color entry to the pattern | | Remove | Remove the selected entry | | Clear | Remove all entries | | Load Warp/Weft | Build pattern from existing draft colors | | Mirror | Make the pattern symmetrical | | Mode | How It Applies | | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | | Repeats | Apply N complete cycles of the pattern | | Ending | Cycle the pattern until reaching a target thread/pick | | Ratio | Distribute colors proportionally across a total count | {% embed url="" %} {% embed url="" %} # Thickness Repeats ### What It Does Thickness Repeats applies a yarn thickness pattern to your warp or weft. Just as Color Repeats lets you create repeating color sequences, Thickness Repeats lets you create repeating thickness sequences — defining which threads use thicker or thinner yarn in a repeating cycle. Yarn thickness affects how the fabric renders in TempoWeave's cloth preview and View Fabric display, showing the visual impact of using different yarn weights in a structured pattern (such as thick-thin alternation in rep weave or textured effects with mixed gauges). If you want to see Thickness of threads in the drawdown, click Show Thickness on the View menu. *** ### Opening Thickness Repeats * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Repeats group > Thickness Repeats button *** ### The Dialog The dialog has two sections: the thickness pattern editor (top) and the destination controls (bottom). *** ### Thickness Pattern Editor #### Building a Thickness Pattern The pattern is a list of entries, each specifying a thickness value and how many consecutive threads receive that thickness. Each entry shows: * A **thickness size** spinner (1–16) — the relative yarn weight * A **repeat count** spinner (1–1,000) — how many consecutive threads get this thickness **Add Size** — Adds a new thickness entry with the default size of 4 and repeat count of 1. **Remove** — Removes the selected entry. **Clear All** — Removes all entries. **Load from Warp** — Reads your current warp and builds a pattern by grouping consecutive threads with the same thickness. Useful for capturing an existing thickness arrangement. **Load from Weft** — Same but reads from weft picks. **Mirror** — Creates a symmetrical pattern by appending a reversed copy (excluding the first entry). Pattern A-B-C becomes A-B-C-B-A. A summary line shows the total: "Pattern: N sizes, M threads." *** ### Destination Controls #### Apply To **Warp** — Apply the thickness pattern to warp threads. **Weft** — Apply the thickness pattern to weft picks. #### Start Thread / Start Pick The thread or pick number where the pattern begins (1-based). #### Mode Two modes control how the pattern fills the destination: **Repeats Mode** Applies the complete pattern a specified number of times. **Times** — How many complete cycles (1–100). Shows a preview of the affected range and resulting measurement. **Ending Mode** Applies the pattern cyclically until reaching a target thread or pick number. **End Thread / End Pick** — The last position to fill. The pattern repeats until it reaches the specified end point. After applying, the start position automatically advances to the next position for convenient sequential application. *** ### How to Use It 1. Open **Thickness Repeats** from the Design tab 2. Build your thickness pattern: * Click **Add Size** to add entries * Set the thickness value (1 = finest, 16 = thickest) and repeat count for each 3. Choose **Warp** or **Weft** 4. Set the start position 5. Choose a mode (Repeats or Ending) 6. Click **Apply** *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Thick-Thin Weft for Rep Weave You're weaving rep weave and want alternating thick and thin weft picks: 1. Open **Thickness Repeats** 2. Add Size: thickness 2, repeat 1 (thin tabby pick) 3. Add Size: thickness 8, repeat 1 (thick pattern pick) 4. Choose **Weft**, Start Pick 1 5. Select **Ending** mode, set End Pick to your total pick count 6. Click **Apply** — every other pick alternates between thin and thick ### Step-by-Step Example: Textured Warp with Mixed Gauges You want a warp that alternates groups of fine and heavy threads: 1. Open **Thickness Repeats** 2. Add Size: thickness 3, repeat 6 (group of fine threads) 3. Add Size: thickness 10, repeat 2 (pair of heavy threads) 4. Choose **Warp**, Start Thread 1 5. Select **Repeats** mode, Times 15 6. Click **Apply** — the pattern tiles across your warp *** ### Tips * **Thickness is visual** — Thickness values affect how threads render in the drawdown and fabric viewer. They represent relative yarn weight, not absolute measurements. * **Scale is 1–16** — 1 is the finest yarn, 16 is the thickest. The default is 4. * **Load from existing** — Use Load from Warp/Weft to capture an existing thickness arrangement as a repeatable pattern. * **Mirror for symmetry** — Creates balanced thickness patterns that read the same in both directions. * **Ending mode auto-advances** — After applying in Ending mode, the start position moves forward for easy sequential application of different patterns. * **Combine with Color Repeats** — Use Color Repeats and Thickness Repeats together to create coordinated color and weight patterns. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the thickness application. *** ### Quick Reference | Control | What It Does | | ------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | | Add Size | Add a thickness entry (default size 4) | | Remove | Remove the selected entry | | Clear All | Remove all entries | | Load from Warp/Weft | Build pattern from existing thickness values | | Mirror | Make the pattern symmetrical | | Mode | How It Applies | | ------- | -------------------------------------- | | Repeats | Apply N complete cycles | | Ending | Cycle until reaching a target position | | Thickness Scale | | | --------------- | ---------------- | | 1 | Finest yarn | | 4 | Default / medium | | 16 | Thickest yarn | # Color Pattern Draw ### What It Does Color Pattern Draw is a drawing mode that cycles through a sequence of colors as you draw, instead of applying a single color to every thread. Each time you color a thread or pick, the next color in your sequence is used automatically, looping back to the start when the sequence is exhausted. This is perfect for painting color-and-weave patterns directly onto your threading or treadling — you define the color cycle once and then draw naturally, and the colors advance automatically.
*** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Repeats group > Color Pattern Draw (toggle button) This is a **toggle** — click it once to enable the mode, click it again to disable it. When active, the button stays pressed to indicate the mode is on. *** ### How It Works #### Setting Up the Color Sequence When you enable Color Pattern Draw, a small panel appears where you build your color sequence: * **Click palette colors** to add them to the sequence. Each click adds that color to the end of the pattern. * **Right-click** any swatch in the sequence to remove it. * **Clear** removes all colors from the sequence. You need at least one color in the sequence to start drawing. #### Drawing with the Pattern Once your sequence is set, draw on the warp or weft headers as you normally would. Instead of applying the currently selected color, each drawn thread or pick receives the next color in your sequence: * Thread 1 gets Color A * Thread 2 gets Color B * Thread 3 gets Color C * Thread 4 gets Color A again (sequence loops) * And so on... The index resets at the start of each new drawing stroke, so every time you begin drawing (mouse down), the sequence starts from the beginning. #### Disabling Click the **Color Pattern Draw** button again to turn off the mode. Drawing returns to normal single-color behavior. *** ### How to Use It 1. Click **Color Pattern Draw** in the Design tab (Repeats group) to enable the mode 2. The color sequence panel appears 3. Click colors from the palette to build your sequence (e.g., Dark, Light, Dark, Light) 4. Draw on the warp or weft header — colors cycle automatically 5. Click the button again to turn off the mode when done *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Painting a Color-and-Weave Warp You want to color a warp with alternating dark and light threads for a houndstooth effect: 1. Enable **Color Pattern Draw** 2. Click Navy in the palette — it's added as the first color 3. Click Cream — it's added as the second color 4. Now draw across the warp header — threads alternate Navy, Cream, Navy, Cream automatically 5. Disable the mode when done ### Step-by-Step Example: Three-Color Weft Sequence You want a weft color order of Red, Red, Blue for a specific pattern effect: 1. Enable **Color Pattern Draw** 2. Click Red twice in the palette (adds Red, Red to the sequence) 3. Click Blue once (adds Blue) 4. Draw down the weft header — picks cycle Red, Red, Blue, Red, Red, Blue... *** ### Tips * **Build the sequence first** — Set up your complete color cycle before you start drawing. * **Right-click to remove** — If you accidentally add the wrong color, right-click its swatch to remove it. * **Resets each stroke** — The sequence restarts from the first color each time you begin a new drawing stroke (mouse down). Plan your strokes accordingly. * **Works with fill operations** — The cycling applies to both click-and-drag painting and fill operations. * **Combine with threading** — Color Pattern Draw is purely about colors. Your shaft assignments and treadling are unaffected — you can color threads independently of their structure. * **Toggle off when done** — Remember to disable the mode when you're finished, or your next drawing operation will continue using the color cycle. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | Enable/disable | Click Color Pattern Draw button (toggle) | | Add color to sequence | Click a palette color | | Remove color from sequence | Right-click the color swatch | | Clear sequence | Click Clear button | | Draw with pattern | Draw on warp/weft header as normal | | Sequence behavior | Cycles through colors, loops at end | | Stroke reset | Sequence restarts at beginning of each new stroke | # Plot on Network Warp or Weft ### What It Does Plot on Network transforms your threading (or treadling) so that it conforms to a specific network pattern — a repeating initial structure that determines which shaft positions are "legal" at each point. The result is a threading that follows the contour of your original design but is constrained to the network's structure, producing the characteristic curves and flowing lines of network drafting. Network drafting is a technique where a simple initial pattern (the "network") acts as a template, and your design is "plotted" onto it. This creates complex, organic-looking patterns from relatively simple inputs. TempoWeave provides Plot on Network for both warp (threading) and weft (treadling). {% embed url="" %} *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Warp Advanced > Plot on Network Warp / Plot on Network Weft *** ### The Dialog #### Network Initial Pattern The core of the dialog is a grid (up to 16×16) where you define or select the network's initial pattern. Each column has exactly one marked cell, indicating which shaft position is the "base" for that point in the network. **Presets** — A dropdown with common network patterns: * 1/1 Plain (left and right variants) * 1/2, 1/3, 1/4 patterns * 6-end Point * 8-end Point * 10-end Point Select a preset to load it into the grid, or draw your own custom pattern by clicking cells directly. **Pattern Width / Height** — Control the dimensions of the network grid. #### Reduction Options After plotting onto the network, you can optionally reduce the result to fit a smaller number of shafts: **Reduction Type**: * **None** — Use the plotted result as-is * **Telescoping** — Wraps shaft numbers using modulo arithmetic, folding higher shafts back into the available range * **Digitizing** — Scales shaft numbers linearly to fit the target range **Reduce to Shafts** — The target number of shafts when using Telescoping or Digitizing. #### Apply **Apply Plot on Network** — Check this to apply the transformation when you click OK. *** ### How It Works For each threaded warp column (or treadled weft row), the operation: 1. Looks up the column's position in the network pattern (cycling through the pattern width) 2. Finds the "legal" shaft position at that point based on the network initial pattern 3. Maps the original shaft assignment to the nearest legal position 4. Optionally reduces the result to a smaller shaft count The original contour of your threading is preserved, but every shaft assignment is snapped to the network grid — creating the flowing, curved patterns characteristic of network drafting. *** ### How to Use It 1. Thread your draft with the design you want to plot (a simple curve, a profile, or any threading) 2. Open **Plot on Network Warp** (or Weft) from the Design tab 3. Select a network initial pattern from the presets, or draw your own 4. Choose a reduction type if you need to fit the result onto fewer shafts 5. Check **Apply Plot on Network** 6. Click **OK** 7. Your threading is transformed to follow the network pattern *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Network Drafting a Curved Threading You have a 16-shaft draft with a simple curved threading and want to plot it on an 8-end point network: 1. Start with your curved threading (e.g., a sine-wave profile across 16 shafts) 2. Open **Plot on Network Warp** 3. Select **8-end Point** from the presets 4. Set Reduction to **None** (you have enough shafts) 5. Apply 6. Your threading now follows the network — the curves are preserved but constrained to the network structure, creating the characteristic flowing pattern ### Step-by-Step Example: Reducing a Network Draft to Fewer Shafts You've created a network threading on 16 shafts but your loom only has 8: 1. Open **Plot on Network Warp** 2. Select your network pattern 3. Set Reduction Type to **Telescoping** 4. Set Reduce to Shafts to **8** 5. Apply 6. The threading is folded to fit on 8 shafts while preserving the pattern's character *** ### Tips * **Start simple** — Begin with one of the preset network patterns before creating custom networks. The presets are proven starting points. * **Experiment with reduction** — Telescoping and Digitizing produce different effects from the same network. Try both to see which you prefer. * **Custom networks** — Click cells in the grid to create your own initial pattern. Each column must have exactly one marked cell. * **Works on existing threading** — Plot on Network transforms your current threading. The more interesting your starting design, the more interesting the result. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the transformation. * **Warp and Weft** — Separate buttons let you plot the threading and treadling independently on different (or the same) networks. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | What It Does | | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | | Network Initial Pattern | The base network structure (up to 16×16) | | Presets | Pre-built network patterns (plain, point, etc.) | | Reduction: None | Use plotted result as-is | | Reduction: Telescoping | Wrap shafts using modulo arithmetic | | Reduction: Digitizing | Scale shafts linearly to fit target | | Reduce to Shafts | Target shaft count for reduction | | Apply to Warp | Transform threading | | Apply to Weft | Transform treadling | # Warp Amalgamation ### What It Does Warp Amalgamation converts a selected rectangular area of the drawdown (the cloth view) into threading. You select a region of the fabric, and TempoWeave reads the interlacement pattern to determine shaft assignments for each column — essentially deriving threading from the cloth structure. This is useful when you've modified the drawdown directly (or found a section of the cloth with a pattern you want to capture) and want to convert that visual pattern back into a threading that can be reproduced. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Combine group > Warp Amalgamation button *** ### The Dialog Warp Amalgamation uses a guided three-step process: #### Step 1 — Select Drag to select a rectangular area in the drawdown (cloth view). The dialog shows the selection status — for example, "Selected: 10 cols × 4 rows." The selection height (number of rows) cannot exceed the number of available shafts — each row position maps to a shaft, so you need at least as many shafts as rows in your selection. #### Step 2 — Set Destination Click on a thread position in the warp header to set where the amalgamated threading begins. The dialog shows the destination: "Destination: Thread N." #### Step 3 — Apply Click **Apply** to execute the amalgamation. The selected drawdown region is analyzed and converted into threading at the destination. *** ### How It Works For each column in your selected drawdown region: 1. The column is scanned from top to bottom 2. The first filled cell (warp on top) determines the shaft assignment 3. The cell's row position within the selection maps to a shaft number (topmost row = shaft 1, next = shaft 2, etc.) 4. A warp thread is created at the destination position with that shaft assignment 5. The thread's color is copied from the source column If a column has no filled cells, the thread is left unthreaded. *** ### How to Use It 1. Open your draft with a drawdown visible 2. Go to **Design tab > Warp Amalgamation** 3. **Step 1**: Click and drag on the drawdown to select a rectangular region 4. Verify the selection status in the dialog 5. **Step 2**: Click on a position in the warp header to set the destination 6. **Step 3**: Click **Apply** 7. The threading at the destination now reflects the drawdown pattern *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Capturing a Drawdown Pattern as Threading You've been editing the drawdown directly and created a 4-row pattern across 20 columns that you want to use as threading: 1. Open **Warp Amalgamation** 2. Select the 20×4 region in the drawdown 3. The dialog confirms "Selected: 20 cols × 4 rows" 4. Click thread position 1 in the warp header as the destination 5. Click **Apply** 6. Threads 1–20 now have shaft assignments derived from the drawdown pattern — each thread is on the shaft corresponding to the topmost filled cell in its column *** ### Tips * **Selection height = shaft range** — The number of rows in your selection determines how many shafts are involved. Keep the selection height within your available shaft count. * **Topmost mark wins** — Each column's shaft assignment comes from the first (topmost) filled cell. Lower filled cells in the same column are ignored. * **Colors carry over** — Thread colors from the source columns are preserved in the destination. * **Use with Fabric Analysis** — Warp Amalgamation is a natural companion to Fabric Analysis Mode. Use Fabric Analysis to draw a cloth pattern, then use Amalgamation to capture specific sections as threading. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the amalgamation. * **Reset for retry** — The dialog has a Reset button to clear the selection and destination if you want to start over. *** ### Quick Reference | Step | Action | What Happens | | -------------- | ------------------ | ------------------------------ | | 1. Select | Drag on drawdown | Defines the source region | | 2. Destination | Click warp header | Sets where threading starts | | 3. Apply | Click Apply button | Converts drawdown to threading | | Constraint | Detail | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------- | | Selection height | Must not exceed available shafts | | Shaft mapping | Top row = shaft 1, next = shaft 2, etc. | | Multiple marks | Only topmost filled cell per column is used | | Colors | Copied from source columns | # Echo ### What It Does Echo creates parallel threading lines by duplicating each warp thread with shifted shaft assignments. The result is multiple "echoes" of your original threading running at different shaft positions — like parallel lines drawn at an offset. This technique produces designs with depth and layered complexity, where the same motif appears at multiple shaft levels. Echo is commonly used in echo and iris weaving, where the interplay between the original threading line and its echoes creates intricate, flowing patterns. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Plot on Network group > Echo button *** ### The Dialog #### Number of Echoes How many echo copies to create (1–5). The total number of threading lines in the result is the number of echoes plus the original. For example, 2 echoes means 3 parallel lines: the original plus two offset copies. #### Shaft Shift How many shafts to offset each echo (1–16). The first echo shifts by this amount, the second echo shifts by twice this amount, and so on. If the shifted shaft exceeds the available shafts, it wraps around to the beginning. For example, with a shift of 3 on an 8-shaft loom: * Original: shaft assignments as-is * Echo 1: each shaft + 3 * Echo 2: each shaft + 6 (wrapping if needed) #### Colors Each line (the original pattern plus each echo) gets its own color assignment: * **Pattern Color** — The color for the original threading line * **Echo 1 Color** through **Echo 5 Color** — The color for each echo line Click any color button to open the color picker. *** ### How It Works For each threaded warp column in your original design, the echo operation outputs multiple threads: 1. The original thread (with the pattern color) 2. Echo 1 — same shaft assignment shifted by the shaft shift amount (with echo 1 color) 3. Echo 2 — shifted by twice the shaft shift (with echo 2 color) 4. And so on for each additional echo The result has (echoes + 1) times as many warp threads as the original. For example, if your original has 100 threads and you create 2 echoes, the result has 300 threads. Shaft assignments wrap around when they exceed the available shaft count — shaft numbers cycle back to the beginning rather than going out of range. *** ### How to Use It 1. Create or open a draft with the threading you want to echo 2. Go to **Design tab > Echo** 3. Set the **Number of Echoes** (1–5) 4. Set the **Shaft Shift** (how many shafts each echo is offset) 5. Choose colors for the original and each echo line 6. Click **Apply** 7. The threading expands with the echo copies interleaved *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating a Two-Echo Iris Pattern You have a curved threading on 8 shafts and want to create an iris-style echo draft: 1. Start with your curved threading (e.g., a smooth wave across 8 shafts, 50 threads) 2. Open **Echo** 3. Set Echoes to **2** and Shaft Shift to **2** 4. Choose contrasting colors — Dark Blue for the pattern, Medium Blue for echo 1, Light Blue for echo 2 5. Click **Apply** 6. Your 50-thread draft becomes 150 threads with three parallel curved lines, each offset by 2 shafts 7. Set up a complementary treadling and see the characteristic iris pattern emerge in the drawdown ### Step-by-Step Example: Simple Echo with Color Contrast You want to highlight the echo effect with strong color contrast: 1. Thread a simple point draw (1-2-3-4-3-2) across your warp 2. Open **Echo**, set Echoes to **1** and Shaft Shift to **4** 3. Choose Black for the pattern and White for the echo 4. Apply — each original thread is followed by its echo, shifted 4 shafts up 5. The two-color echoed threading creates a bold layered effect *** ### Tips * **Start with flowing curves** — Echo works best on threadings with smooth, curved profiles. Straight draws echo into parallel straight lines, which are less visually interesting. * **More echoes = more threads** — Each echo multiplies your warp width. Plan for the expansion — 3 echoes on a 200-thread warp creates 800 threads. * **Shift affects separation** — A small shaft shift (1–2) creates closely spaced parallel lines. A larger shift (4+) creates more separation between lines. * **Wrapping is intentional** — When echoed shafts wrap around the shaft count, the lines cross over in the pattern, creating interesting intersections. * **Colors help visualize** — Assign distinct colors to each echo line so you can clearly see the parallel structure in the threading display. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the entire echo operation. * **Combine with tie-up** — The magic of echo drafting often comes from the tie-up. Experiment with different tie-ups on your echoed threading. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Range | Effect | | ---------------- | --------- | ----------------------- | | Number of Echoes | 1–5 | How many offset copies | | Shaft Shift | 1–16 | Shaft offset per echo | | Pattern Color | Any color | Color of original line | | Echo Colors | Any color | Color of each echo line | | Input | Output | | --------------------- | ----------- | | 100 threads, 1 echo | 200 threads | | 100 threads, 2 echoes | 300 threads | | 100 threads, 5 echoes | 600 threads | # Interleave Warp ### What It Does Interleave Warp combines the threading from two open documents by alternating threads — one from your current draft, one from a source document, one from current, one from source, and so on. The result is a single threading that weaves together both patterns. This is a powerful technique for creating complex multi-layer designs, combining different structures, or merging complementary threadings into a single draft. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Combine group > Interleave Warp button *** ### The Dialog #### Source Document A dropdown listing all other open documents in TempoWeave. Select the document whose threading you want to interleave with your current draft. You must have at least one other document open to use this feature. #### Start at Thread The warp position in your current draft where interleaving begins (1-based). Threads before this position are left unchanged. #### Shaft Shift An offset applied to the source threading's shaft assignments (0 to number of shafts available). This lets you place the source threading on different shafts than the current draft. For example, if your current draft uses shafts 1–4 and you set a shaft shift of 4, the source threading's shafts are shifted to 5–8, keeping the two threadings on separate shaft groups. #### Options **Copy thread colors** — When checked, source threads bring their colors. When unchecked, interleaved threads get the current draft's default color. **Copy thread thickness** — When checked, source threads bring their thickness values. **Repeat source through end** — When checked, if the source threading is shorter than the current draft, it repeats from the beginning to fill the remaining space. When unchecked, source threads stop when the source data runs out. **Wrap shafts** — When checked, shaft numbers that exceed the available shafts wrap around to the beginning. When unchecked, the shaft count may expand to accommodate the shifted source threading. *** ### How It Works Starting at the specified thread position, the operation alternates: ``` Current: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Source: A B C D E F Result: 1 A 2 B 3 C 4 D 5 E 6 F ``` Each source thread's shaft assignment is increased by the shaft shift amount. If wrapping is enabled, shafts that exceed the maximum wrap around; otherwise, the shaft count grows to accommodate them. The warp expands to hold all interleaved threads — the result has roughly twice as many threads as the longer of the two inputs. *** ### How to Use It 1. Open both documents — your current draft and the source draft 2. Go to **Design tab > Interleave Warp** 3. Select the **Source Document** from the dropdown 4. Set the **Start at Thread** position 5. Set the **Shaft Shift** (typically half your total shaft count, to keep the two threadings on separate shafts) 6. Check the options you want (colors, thickness, repeat, wrap) 7. Click **Apply** *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Double Weave Threading You want to create a double weave threading from two separate drafts: 1. Open your top-layer draft (4 shafts, threaded on shafts 1–4) 2. Open your bottom-layer draft (4 shafts, threaded on shafts 1–4) 3. Go to **Interleave Warp** on the current (top-layer) document 4. Select the bottom-layer document as the source 5. Set Shaft Shift to **4** (source threads move to shafts 5–8) 6. Check **Copy thread colors** and **Repeat source through end** 7. Apply — the threading now alternates top and bottom layer threads on shafts 1–8 ### Step-by-Step Example: Combining Two Color Warps You have two single-layer warps with different color arrangements and want to merge them: 1. Open both warps 2. Interleave with Shaft Shift **0** (both use the same shafts) 3. Check **Copy thread colors** 4. Apply — threads alternate between the two color arrangements *** ### Tips * **Shaft shift for layers** — Set the shaft shift equal to the number of shafts in your current draft to place the source on entirely separate shafts. This is the standard approach for double weave. * **Repeat for uneven lengths** — If one draft is shorter, enable "Repeat source through end" to cycle the shorter threading. * **Expand vs. wrap** — Wrapping keeps the shaft count fixed but folds the source back onto existing shafts. Not wrapping may increase your shaft count but keeps the two threadings fully separate. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the interleave. * **Save first** — Since interleaving significantly changes your threading, save your draft before applying. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | What It Does | | --------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | | Source Document | Other open document to interleave from | | Start at Thread | Where interleaving begins | | Shaft Shift | Offset applied to source shafts | | Copy thread colors | Bring source colors | | Copy thread thickness | Bring source thickness | | Repeat source | Cycle source if shorter | | Wrap shafts | Wrap vs. expand shaft count | | Result | Alternating threads: current, source, current, source... | For a video using Interleave Warp, see the course: [Creating Double Patterned Overshot](/tempoweave-course-library/creating-double-patterned-overshot/e-learning-mini-lesson-designing-double-patterned-overshot) # Combine Weft ### What It Does Combine Weft merges the treadling from two open documents, either by **interleaving** (inserting source picks between existing picks, increasing the total pick count) or by **overlaying** (adding source treadle assignments on top of existing picks, keeping the same pick count). This is the weft companion to Interleave Warp — while Interleave Warp combines threadings, Combine Weft combines treadling sequences. *** ### Location * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Combine group > Combine Weft button *** ### The Dialog #### Source Document A dropdown of all other open documents. Select the document whose treadling you want to combine with your current draft. #### Combine Type **Interleave** — Inserts source picks between your existing picks, increasing the total number of picks. The result alternates: one pick from the current draft, one from the source, and so on. **Overlay** — Places source treadle assignments onto existing picks without adding new ones. The pick count stays the same, but picks gain additional treadle activations. #### Start at Pick The pick number where combining begins (1-based). Picks before this position are left unchanged. #### Shift Right A treadle offset applied to the source's treadle assignments (0 to number of treadles available). This shifts the source treadling to different treadle positions, keeping it separate from your current treadling. #### Ratio Controls how frequently source picks are inserted or overlaid: * **1:1** — Every pick gets a source pick (one source per one current) * **2:1** — Every second pick gets a source pick * **3:1** — Every third pick, and so on Higher ratios spread the source picks more thinly through the fabric. #### Options **Copy colors** — Bring the source's weft colors. **Copy thickness** — Bring the source's thickness values. **Repeat source** — Cycle the source treadling if it's shorter than the current draft. **Wrap treadles** — Wrap treadle numbers that exceed the maximum instead of expanding the treadle count. *** ### How It Works #### Interleave Mode Source picks are inserted between existing picks: ``` Current: 1 2 3 4 Source: A B C D (ratio 1:1) Result: 1 A 2 B 3 C 4 D (8 picks total) ``` With a 2:1 ratio: ``` Current: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Source: A B C (ratio 2:1) Result: 1 2 A 3 4 B 5 6 C (9 picks total) ``` #### Overlay Mode Source treadle assignments are added to existing picks: ``` Current: Treadle 1, Treadle 2, Treadle 3 Source: Treadle A, Treadle B, Treadle C Result: Treadle 1+A, Treadle 2+B, Treadle 3+C (same 3 picks) ``` When overlaying with a shift, the draft automatically converts to multi-treadle mode if needed, allowing multiple treadles to be active on the same pick. *** ### How to Use It 1. Open both documents — your current draft and the source draft 2. Go to **Design tab > Combine Weft** 3. Select the **Source Document** 4. Choose **Interleave** or **Overlay** 5. Set the **Start at Pick** 6. Set **Shift Right** if you want the source on different treadles 7. Set the **Ratio** (1:1 for every pick, 2:1 for every other, etc.) 8. Check the options you want 9. Click **Apply** *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Adding Tabby Picks Between Pattern Picks You have a pattern treadling and want to insert tabby (plain weave) picks between each pattern pick: 1. Create a second document with just a tabby treadling (alternating treadle 1 and 2) 2. In your pattern draft, open **Combine Weft** 3. Select the tabby document as the source 4. Choose **Interleave**, ratio 1:1 5. Set Shift Right to offset the tabby treadles if needed 6. Check **Repeat source** 7. Apply — every pattern pick now has a tabby pick after it ### Step-by-Step Example: Overlaying a Ground Weave You have a pattern treadling and want to overlay a ground structure: 1. Open your pattern draft and the ground draft 2. Open **Combine Weft** 3. Select the ground document as source 4. Choose **Overlay** 5. Set Shift Right to place the ground on separate treadles 6. Apply — each pick now activates both pattern and ground treadles *** ### Tips * **Interleave adds picks; Overlay doesn't** — Choose interleave when you want extra picks (like tabby between pattern). Choose overlay when you want multiple structures on the same pick. * **Shift separates treadles** — Use Shift Right to keep source and current treadling on different treadle groups, just like shaft shift in Interleave Warp. * **Ratio controls density** — A 1:1 ratio doubles your picks (interleave) or affects every pick (overlay). Higher ratios space out the source. * **Multi-treadle automatic** — Overlay with a shift automatically enables multi-treadle mode so multiple treadles can be active per pick. * **Works with liftplan** — Combine Weft handles both single-treadle mode and liftplan mode. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the combine operation. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | What It Does | | --------------- | ------------------------------------- | | Source Document | Other open document to combine from | | Interleave | Insert source picks (increases total) | | Overlay | Add source treadles to existing picks | | Start at Pick | Where combining begins | | Shift Right | Offset source treadle assignments | | Ratio | How frequently source picks appear | | Copy colors | Bring source weft colors | | Copy thickness | Bring source thickness | | Repeat source | Cycle source if shorter | | Wrap treadles | Wrap vs. expand treadle count | For a video showing where Combine Weft is used (both Overlay and Interweave), see the course: [Creating Double Patterned Overshot](/tempoweave-course-library/creating-double-patterned-overshot/e-learning-mini-lesson-designing-double-patterned-overshot) # Common Weaves Video included at end of page ## Common Weaves *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Common Weaves gives you instant access to 18 professional weave structures, organized into six categories. Instead of building a threading, tie-up, and treadling from scratch, you select a weave, adjust its parameters, and apply it to your draft. TempoWeave generates the complete structure — threading, tie-up, and treadling — ready for you to customize with your own colors, sett, and dimensions. Whether you need a quick plain weave to start a project, a specific twill for sampling, or a complex block weave as a foundation, Common Weaves saves you the setup time. *** ### Opening Common Weaves {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Weave Explorer group > Common Weaves button The dialog opens as a separate window. {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Design** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Common Weaves…** Opens as a full-screen overlay. {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Dialog #### Category Filter A dropdown at the top filters the weave list by category. Choose "All" to see every weave, or select a specific category to narrow the list. #### Weave List The left panel lists all weaves in the selected category. Click a weave to select it and see its parameters and description. #### Parameters The right panel shows adjustable settings for the selected weave: **Shafts** — The number of shafts the weave uses. Some weaves have a fixed shaft count (like Plain Weave at 2); others let you scale up (like Satin from 5 to higher counts). **Treadles** — The number of treadles. For many weaves this auto-syncs with the shaft count. Others (like Monk's Belt with its 6 treadles) have independent treadle counts. **Weave-specific parameters** — Each weave may have additional settings like Float Ratio, Block Size, Group Size, or Cell Size. These are described in the weave listings below. **Warp Threads** — How many warp threads to generate (4–3,500). Defaults to **300** when you open the dialog so the preview is generous; type any value before Apply. **Weft Picks** — How many weft picks to generate (4–40,000). Defaults to **300** the same way. The threading and treadling tile (repeat) to fill the specified thread and pick counts. #### Description A text area below the parameters describing the selected weave — its character, traditional uses, and what makes it distinctive. *** ### Weave Library #### Basic (4 weaves) **Plain Weave** The simplest and most common weave structure. Each warp thread alternates over one, under one weft thread. Creates a balanced, stable fabric. * **Shafts**: 2 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 2 (fixed) * Also known as tabby **Basket Weave** Groups of threads pass over and under together, creating a softer, more flexible fabric than plain weave with a distinctive checkered texture. * **Shafts**: 2–4 * **Group Size**: 2×2, 3×3, or 4×4 — how many threads travel together **Rib Weave** Creates pronounced ridges running either vertically or horizontally across the fabric. * **Shafts**: 2 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 2 (fixed) * **Rib Direction**: Warp Rib (horizontal ridges) or Weft Rib (vertical ridges) * **Rib Size**: 2–6 — the width of each rib in threads **Canvas Weave** An extended plain weave that produces a heavier, more textured fabric. Groups of threads interlace in a plain-weave pattern. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Rib Factor**: 2–4 — threads per interlacement unit *** #### Twill Family (5 weaves) **Straight Twill** The fundamental twill — diagonal lines running across the fabric. The foundation for countless textile designs. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **Float Ratio**: 2/2, 3/1, 1/3, 2/1, or 1/2 — how many threads float over vs. under **Point Twill** The diagonal reverses direction, creating V-shapes or diamond patterns. Both threading and treadling use a reversing (point) sequence. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **Float Ratio**: 2/2, 3/1, 1/3, 2/1, or 1/2 **Herringbone** Point threading combined with straight treadling produces the characteristic zigzag pattern seen in classic coats and suits. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **Float Ratio**: 2/2, 3/1, 1/3, 2/1, or 1/2 **Goose Eye** A diamond variation of point twill. The distinctive "eye" shapes appear at the center of each diamond, created by the tie-up pattern. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **Float Ratio**: 2/2, 1/3, or 3/1 **Rosepath** A traditional Swedish weave structure that creates diamond motifs resembling rose petals. Uses point threading with tromp-as-writ treadling (treadling matches threading). * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **No additional parameters** *** #### Satin (1 weave) **Satin / Sateen** Long floats create a smooth, lustrous surface. Satin is warp-faced (warp threads dominate the surface); sateen is weft-faced. * **Shafts**: 5 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 5 (fixed) * **Move Number**: 2–11 — the step between interlacement points. Must be coprime with the shaft count to ensure even distribution. TempoWeave validates this automatically. * **Warp Faced**: Check for satin (warp on top), uncheck for sateen (weft on top) *** #### Textured (6 weaves) **Crepe Weave** An irregular interlacement that avoids any visible diagonal or pattern. The surface has a pebbly, textured character — no straight lines anywhere. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **No additional parameters** **Bedford Cord** Raised lengthwise cords separated by fine divider threads. A classic structure for trousers, upholstery, and outerwear. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Cord Width**: 4–12 (even numbers) — threads per cord **Rep Weave** A warp-faced structure where the weft is completely hidden. Creates thick, firm fabric with bold vertical stripes defined by color. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Block Size**: 4–16 — warp threads per color block. Excellent for rugs, belts, and bags. **Waffle Weave** Creates a three-dimensional grid of cells that trap air, making the fabric highly absorbent. The classic structure for kitchen towels and dishcloths. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **No additional parameters** **Honeycomb** Creates three-dimensional hexagonal cells. Like waffle weave but with a different cell geometry. Excellent for towels and thermal fabrics. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Cell Size**: 4–12 — threads per cell **Crackle Weave** A block weave where each block shares border threads with its neighbors, creating a distinctive textured surface with a "crackle" effect. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Block Sequence**: A-B-C-D, A-B-A-C, A-B-C-B, or A-B — the order of blocks in the pattern * **Block Repeat**: 3–9 — threads per block unit *** #### Block Weaves (5 weaves) **Deflected Double Weave** Two interleaved plain weaves on alternating dark/light blocks. After wet finishing, groups of threads slide above and below each other into adjacent float areas, producing characteristic waves and circles in the cloth (see Madelyn van der Hoogt, *Handwoven* Jan/Feb 2007). Uses the canonical van der Hoogt template — each treadle pair weaves plain weave in one color set while a single block of the opposite color floats. Picks dropdown selection from the Color & Weave Explorer too. * **Shafts**: 4–16 (locked to 2 × the block count) * **Number of Blocks**: 2, 4, 6, or 8 — each block uses 2 shafts; blocks alternate dark and light * **Threads per Block**: 2–32 (rounded up to even — plain weave needs it) * **Picks per Block**: 2–32 (same) * **Dark Block Color** / **Light Block Color**: palette pickers — pick which palette entries the dark and light blocks render in If your Warp Threads / Weft Picks input is smaller than one full block cycle, the generator rounds up to fit one complete cycle so every block actually appears. Above that, the cycle just repeats to fill the requested counts. **M's and O's** Alternating blocks of warp-dominant and weft-dominant areas create a textured surface. A versatile 4-shaft structure popular for towels and placemats. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 4 (fixed) * **Block Size**: 3–15 — threads per block (odd numbers recommended for best results) **Monk's Belt** An overshot-like pattern with a plain weave ground. Blocks of pattern floats appear on a stable tabby base. Originally used for Scandinavian bedcovers. * **Shafts**: 4 (fixed) * **Treadles**: 6 (fixed) — 2 tabby treadles + 4 pattern treadles * **Block Width**: 3–15 — threads per pattern block (odd numbers recommended) **Summer and Winter** A versatile block weave where each block can independently be warp-dominant or weft-dominant. Produces reversible fabric — the pattern on the back is the inverse of the front. * **Shafts**: 4–16 * **No additional parameters** * Uses 2 tie-down shafts plus N pattern shafts (blocks = shafts minus 2) **Overshot** The quintessential American handweaving tradition. Pattern weft floats over a plain weave ground, creating bold geometric designs. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Block Sequence**: A-B-C-D, A-B-A-C, A-B-C-B, or A-B * **Block Repeat**: 3–11 — pattern threads per block *** #### Lace (3 weaves) **Huck Lace** Alternating sections of plain weave and float create a lacy texture that opens up when the fabric is washed and relaxed. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Block Size**: 3–11 (odd numbers recommended) **Bronson Lace** A spot-pattern lace where shaft 1 serves as a ground thread in every block. Simpler to thread than Huck lace, with float areas that open into delicate windows when washed. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Block Size**: 3–11 (odd numbers recommended) **Swedish Lace** Alternating blocks of plain weave and openwork. The plain areas contract while the lace areas open when the fabric is wet-finished, creating a beautiful dimensional effect. * **Shafts**: 4–8 * **Block Size**: 3–11 (odd numbers recommended) *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Design tab > Common Weaves** 2. Browse by category or select "All" 3. Click a weave to see its description and parameters 4. Adjust the parameters for your project: * Set the shaft and treadle counts (if adjustable) * Configure weave-specific settings (float ratio, block size, etc.) * Set warp thread and weft pick counts for your project dimensions 5. Click **Apply** 6. The complete structure — threading, tie-up, and treadling — is generated and applied to your draft 7. Add your colors, adjust sett and beat, and you're ready to weave *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Setting Up a Waffle Weave Towel You want to weave kitchen towels in waffle weave: 1. Open a new draft 2. Go to **Design tab > Common Weaves** 3. Select **Textured** category, then **Waffle Weave** 4. Set Warp Threads to 200 and Weft Picks to 300 (adjust for your towel dimensions) 5. Click **Apply** 6. TempoWeave generates the complete 4-shaft waffle structure 7. Add your warp and weft colors 8. Set sett and beat for your yarn weight ### Step-by-Step Example: Sampling Twill Variations You want to weave samples of different twill ratios: 1. Open **Common Weaves** and select **Straight Twill** 2. Set Float Ratio to "2/2" and apply — this is a balanced twill 3. Note the pattern, then undo (Ctrl+Z) 4. Change Float Ratio to "3/1" and apply — this is a warp-dominant twill 5. Compare the two patterns 6. Try "1/3" for a weft-dominant version 7. Each variation shows how the float ratio changes the fabric's drape and appearance *** ### Tips * **Start here for new projects** — Common Weaves is the fastest way to set up a draft with a proven structure. Apply the weave, then customize. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z reverts the entire weave application. * **Tiling fills your draft** — The threading and treadling automatically repeat to fill your specified warp and weft dimensions. * **Odd block sizes** — For block weaves (M's and O's, Monk's Belt, lace weaves), odd block sizes generally produce more balanced, attractive patterns. * **Float ratio matters** — In twills, 2/2 creates a balanced fabric; 3/1 is warp-dominant (smoother face); 1/3 is weft-dominant. The ratio significantly affects drape and texture. * **Scale up with shafts** — Weaves with variable shaft counts (like Summer and Winter or the lace weaves) gain more pattern blocks as you add shafts. More shafts means more independent design areas. * **Combine with Color Weave Explorer** — Apply a Common Weave for the structure, then use the Color Weave Explorer to set up a color-and-weave pattern on top of it. *** ### Quick Reference | Category | Weaves | | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Basic | Plain Weave, Basket Weave, Rib Weave, Canvas Weave | | Twill Family | Straight Twill, Point Twill, Herringbone, Goose Eye, Rosepath | | Satin | Satin / Sateen | | Textured | Crepe, Bedford Cord, Rep Weave, Waffle, Honeycomb, Crackle | | Block Weaves | Deflected Double Weave, M's and O's, Monk's Belt, Summer and Winter, Overshot | | Lace | Huck Lace, Bronson Lace, Swedish Lace | | What's Generated | Details | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | Threading | Complete shaft assignments, tiled to warp thread count | | Tie-up | Full shaft-to-treadle connection matrix | | Treadling | Complete treadle sequence, tiled to weft pick count | | Mode | Tie-up mode (not liftplan) | # Color Weave Explorer Video at Bottom of Page ### What It Does The Color Weave Explorer lets you design color-and-weave patterns — fabrics where the interplay between colored threads and weave structure creates visual effects beyond what either element achieves alone. Classic examples include houndstooth, glen plaid, log cabin, and shadow weave, where simple color sequences on simple weave structures produce surprisingly complex visual patterns. The explorer provides a library of 21 preset patterns across traditional categories, a color editor for customizing your palette, sequence editors for building warp and weft color orders, a weave structure selector, and a live preview that updates instantly as you make changes. When you're satisfied with the result, you can apply just the colors or both the colors and weave structure to your draft. *** ### Opening the Color Weave Explorer * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Weave Explorer group > Color Weave Explorer button The dialog opens as a separate window. Your settings are remembered between uses — when you reopen the dialog, it restores your last color palette, sequences, and weave selection. *** ### The Dialog #### Preset Selection (Top) **Category** Filter presets by category, or choose "All" to see everything. **Preset** Select a named pattern. The list is alphabetized for quick scanning, with **None** pinned at the top so you can clear any preset back to a blank slate. When you pick a preset, the dialog populates the color palette, warp sequence, weft sequence, and weave structure with that pattern's defaults. You can then customize any of these. **Description** A brief note about the selected pattern — its history, character, or traditional use. *** #### Preset Library The explorer includes 21 ready-to-use patterns organized into five categories: **Classic** | Pattern | Description | | ----------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Houndstooth | The iconic jagged-tooth check. 4-thread dark/light blocks on 2/2 twill. | | Shepherd's Check | A delicate small-scale 2×2 check on 2/2 twill. Traditional pastoral pattern. | | Dog's Tooth | A bolder relative of houndstooth. 6-thread blocks create pronounced jagged teeth. | | Glen Plaid | A sophisticated estate check with overchecks in a third color. Classic suiting fabric. | | District Check | A simpler version of Glen Plaid with accent stripes. | | Gun Club Check | A three-color check with alternating blocks. Named after the American Gun Club pattern. | | Tartan | Symmetrical plaid on 2/2 twill. The foundation of Scottish clan patterns. | | Blackwatch Tartan | The dark military tartan — navy, forest green, and black bands. | | Royal Stewart | The most recognized tartan in the world — red ground with green, blue, and gold stripes. | **Plain Weave** | Pattern | Description | | ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Log Cabin | Phase-shifted alternating threads creating blocks of light and dark. A weaver's staple. | | Pepita | A small 2×2 check on plain weave. Subtle and refined. | | Pinwheel | Four-thread alternating blocks creating a bold geometric effect. | | Gingham | The classic checked pattern with equal-width stripes of color and white. | | Tattersall Check | Thin stripes in two colors on a light ground, forming an open grid. | | Madras Plaid | A vibrant four-color asymmetric plaid with an informal, handwoven character. | | Windowpane | Large-scale check with thin grid lines on a solid ground. Elegant and minimal. | **Stripe & Texture** | Pattern | Description | | ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Pin Stripe | Thin contrast stripes in the warp only. Classic tailoring detail. | | Shadow Weave | Alternating dark and light threads on 2/2 twill. Subtle texture that shifts with light. | | Herringbone | Wide color bands on a point twill creating bold V-shaped chevrons. | | Bird's Eye | Single alternating threads on a point twill. Creates fine all-over diamond texture. | | Nail Head | A tiny 2×1 check on 2/2 twill producing a dot-like texture. | | Barleycorn | A 3×1 alternating pattern on point twill. Creates a distinctive pebbly surface. | | Broken Check | A 4×4 check on broken twill for an irregular, organic texture. | | Basket Weave Check | 4×4 blocks on 2/2 basket weave. Bold and structured. | | Iridescent / Shot | Close-value colors for optical color mixing — the warp and weft blend visually. | **Classic Multi-Scale** | Pattern | Description | | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Buffalo Check | The iconic large 8×8 check. Think flannel shirts and lumberjack patterns. | | Prince of Wales | An elaborate multi-scale plaid with four colors. Luxury suiting at its finest. | *** #### Color Palette Each preset starts with a set of color slots — typically two to four colors labeled A, B, C, D. Each slot is shown as a button with a color swatch. **Changing a Color** Click any color slot button to open the color picker. The full TempoWeave color picker appears, including access to your master palette. Choose a new color and the live preview updates immediately. The beauty of color slots is that changing one color updates every thread that uses that slot — you can experiment with different color combinations without rebuilding the sequences. **Adding and Removing Slots** You can extend any preset's slot list up to **8 slots** total — essential for multi-block weaves like the Deflected Double Weave generator, where each block can carry its own color. * **+ Color** below the slot list — Append the next free letter (A → B → C → … → H). The new slot starts with the last color you picked so it stands out until you customize it. * **−** button on each slot row — Remove that slot. Hidden when only two slots remain (the absolute minimum). Removing a slot also drops any warp/weft sequence entries that referenced it so nothing dangles to a black-thread fallback at apply time. Picking a different preset resets the slot list to that preset's default, so weavers don't accidentally inherit slots from a prior session. > **Tip:** **Random colors** assigns palette colors to *every* active slot, including ones you added with + Color. *** #### Warp Sequence The warp sequence defines the color order across the warp. Each entry specifies: * **Color Slot** — Which color (A, B, C, D) this group of threads uses * **Count** — How many consecutive threads get this color (1–100) The sequence repeats (tiles) across the full width of your warp. For example, if your warp has 200 threads and your sequence totals 8 threads, it repeats 25 times. **Add** — Adds a new entry to the sequence. **Remove** — Removes the selected entry. **Mirror** — Mirrors the sequence so it reads forward then backward, creating a symmetrical pattern. This is essential for tartans and other mirror-symmetry plaids. *** #### Weft Sequence The weft sequence works identically to the warp sequence but controls the pick-by-pick color order. **Equal Warp** — Copies the warp sequence to the weft, making them identical. This is the starting point for most color-and-weave patterns where warp and weft share the same color order (like houndstooth or gingham). You can then adjust the weft independently if needed. *** #### Weave Structure Color-and-weave effects depend heavily on the weave structure underneath. The explorer lets you pair your color sequence with any weave structure: **Category** — Filter the weave list by category, or choose "All." **Weave** — Select a weave structure. **Current Project** is pinned at the top of the list and uses whatever threading, tie-up, and treadling you already have in your draft. The remaining options are the built-in weave structure library (the same structures available in Common Weaves), sorted alphabetically for quick lookup. Changing the weave structure updates the preview instantly, so you can quickly see how the same color sequence looks on plain weave vs. twill vs. basket weave. *** #### Live Preview The preview canvas (on the right side of the dialog) renders a realistic simulation of your fabric. It shows: * The weave structure (which threads cross on top) * The color sequence (warp colors left-to-right, weft colors top-to-bottom) * The combined visual effect — the actual pattern your fabric will produce The preview updates in real time as you: * Change any color * Modify sequence entries or counts * Switch weave structures * Adjust the preview size **Preview Size** — A spinner (16–200) controls how many threads the preview shows. A larger number shows more repeats of the pattern; a smaller number shows fewer repeats at larger cell size. *** #### Sett & Beat **Update Sett & Beat** — Check this box if you want the applied result to also set the sett (ends per inch) and beat (picks per inch) for your draft. When checked, the sett and beat spinners become active. Each weave structure has default sett and beat values that are auto-populated when you select a weave. You can override these to match your yarn and loom. *** ### Applying to Your Draft The dialog offers two apply options: #### Apply Colors Applies only the color sequences to your draft — the warp colors and weft colors are set according to your sequences, tiled to fit the full warp width and weft length. Your existing threading, tie-up, and treadling are left unchanged. Use this when you already have the weave structure you want and just need to set up a color-and-weave color order. #### Apply Colors And Structure Applies both the color sequences and the selected weave structure. This sets: * Threading (tiled across the warp) * Tie-up (replaced with the weave's tie-up) * Treadling (tiled down the weft) * Shaft and treadle counts * Warp and weft colors * Sett and beat (if the checkbox is enabled) Use this for a complete color-and-weave setup from scratch. #### Reset Clears all saved state and returns the dialog to its initial condition — useful when you want to start fresh from a preset without any previous customizations carrying over. *** ### How to Use It 1. Open your draft (or create a new one) 2. Go to **Design tab > Color Weave Explorer** 3. Browse the presets — select a category and pattern that interests you 4. Watch the live preview to see the effect 5. Customize the colors by clicking the color slot buttons 6. Adjust the sequences if needed (add entries, change counts, mirror) 7. Try different weave structures to see how they interact with your colors 8. When satisfied, click **Apply Colors And Structure** (or **Apply Colors** if you want to keep your existing structure) *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating a Custom Houndstooth You want to weave a houndstooth scarf in your own color palette: 1. Open a new draft sized for your scarf (e.g., 200 warp threads, 600 picks) 2. Open the **Color Weave Explorer** 3. Select **Classic** category, then **Houndstooth** 4. The preview shows a traditional black-and-white houndstooth 5. Click **Color A** and change it to a deep teal from your palette 6. Click **Color B** and change it to cream 7. The preview instantly shows your teal-and-cream houndstooth 8. The weave is set to 2/2 twill — leave it as is (that's what makes houndstooth work) 9. Check **Update Sett & Beat** and set them to match your yarn 10. Click **Apply Colors And Structure** 11. Your draft now has the complete houndstooth setup in your custom colors ### Step-by-Step Example: Exploring Log Cabin Variations You want to experiment with log cabin on different weave structures: 1. Open the **Color Weave Explorer** 2. Select **Plain Weave** category, then **Log Cabin** 3. The preview shows the classic log cabin blocks on plain weave 4. Now change the **Weave** to "2/2 Twill" — notice how the blocks become more subtle with diagonal texture 5. Try "Point Twill" — the blocks develop a diamond quality 6. Try "Basket Weave" — the blocks become bolder and more structured 7. Each change updates instantly — you can quickly find the combination you like best 8. When you find the right combination, click **Apply Colors And Structure** ### Step-by-Step Example: Building a Custom Tartan You want to design your own family tartan: 1. Open the **Color Weave Explorer** 2. Select **Classic** category, then **Tartan** as a starting point 3. The preset gives you a basic symmetrical tartan 4. Change the colors to your family's palette — perhaps forest green, navy, and gold 5. Adjust the warp sequence: modify the count for each color band to get the proportions you want 6. Click **Mirror** on the warp sequence to ensure symmetry 7. Click **Equal Warp** on the weft section to match warp and weft 8. The preview shows your custom tartan 9. Fine-tune band widths until the proportions look right 10. Click **Apply Colors And Structure** *** ### Tips * **Start with a preset** — Even if you want something completely custom, start with the closest preset and modify it. The presets provide proven color orders and weave pairings as a starting point. * **Color slots are powerful** — Because sequences reference slots (A, B, C) rather than specific colors, you can completely change the look of a pattern just by swapping colors. Try unexpected combinations. * **Mirror for symmetry** — Most traditional plaids and tartans are symmetrical. Use the Mirror button to ensure your sequence reads the same forward and backward. * **Equal Warp saves time** — For patterns where warp and weft use the same color order (most color-and-weave patterns do), click Equal Warp instead of manually duplicating the sequence. * **Try "Current Project"** — If you've already designed a custom weave structure, select "Current Project" as the weave to see how your existing structure pairs with color-and-weave sequences. * **Preview size matters** — For patterns with large repeats (like tartans with wide bands), increase the preview size to see at least one full repeat. For small patterns (like pin dots), a smaller preview size shows the detail better. * **Settings persist** — When you close and reopen the dialog, your last settings are restored. Use **Reset** when you want a clean start. * **Undo works** — After applying, Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire application if you want to try a different approach. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | What It Does | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | | Select Preset | Load a named color-and-weave pattern | | Click Color Slot | Change a color in the palette | | Add Sequence Entry | Add a color group to warp or weft | | Remove Entry | Remove a color group | | Mirror | Make the sequence symmetrical | | Equal Warp | Copy warp sequence to weft | | Change Weave | Pair colors with a different structure | | Apply Colors | Set only warp/weft colors | | Apply Colors And Structure | Set colors + threading + tie-up + treadling | | Reset | Clear all customizations | | Preset Category | Patterns | | ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Classic | Houndstooth, Shepherd's Check, Dog's Tooth, Glen Plaid, District Check, Gun Club, Tartan, Blackwatch, Royal Stewart | | Plain Weave | Log Cabin, Pepita, Pinwheel, Gingham, Tattersall, Madras, Windowpane | | Stripe & Texture | Pin Stripe, Shadow Weave, Herringbone, Bird's Eye, Nail Head, Barleycorn, Broken Check, Basket Weave Check, Iridescent | | Classic Multi-Scale | Buffalo Check, Prince of Wales | {% embed url="" %} # Krokbragd Designer ### What It Does Krokbragd is a traditional Scandinavian three-shaft weft-faced weave — the weft completely covers the warp, and color is carried in the wefts. The defining visual is the way each row tiles across the width: with the classic 1-2-3-2 threading, every row of three weft picks paints as **c1 c2 c3 c2** across the cloth, doubling shaft 2 and giving the cloth its characteristic columnar look. Designing krokbragd by editing a weave draft directly is awkward because the visible surface is the weft, not the structure — what you paint as a "pick" in the draft isn't what the eye sees in the finished cloth. The Krokbragd Designer lets you paint the **finished surface** directly, then click one button to generate a full draft (threading, treadling, tie-up, and colors) in a new tab or in your current draft. The designer is yarn-aware: every pick stores a palette index, not a raw color, so yarn metadata (name, sett, variegation) carries through to the generated draft and to your loom. The design itself is saved inside the TWA file, so reopening a krokbragd-generated draft lets you keep editing the original surface rather than the underlying structure. *** ### Opening the Designer * **Ribbon**: Design tab → Weave Explorer group → **Krokbragd Designer** button (KeyTip `KB`). The designer opens in its own window centered over the main app. Your design state is remembered with the TWA — close and reopen a krokbragd-generated draft and the designer restores the same rows, palette, threading, and shed.
*** ### The Dialog The window is laid out as: * **Top settings strip** — Threading variant + preview, Shed direction, Warp units, Default repeats, Zoom −/+, and Grid toggle. Spread across the top so the working area below has room. * **Cloth surface (left)** — The live render of the weft-faced surface. Right-anchored like the main drawdown. Click any cell to paint it; click the dark area below the cloth to add a new row. * **In this design** — A compact strip of the palette entries currently used in the design. Click any swatch to make it the active paint color. * **Rows (left of the right panel)** — One row per 3-pick weft sequence. Each row shows three swatches (the c1 / c2 / c3 picks), a repeat NumericUpDown (how many times that 3-pick sequence weaves), and a delete button. * **Palette (right of the right panel)** — The full project palette. Click a swatch to select it for painting. Use **Custom color…** to add a new color via the color picker; it's added to the project palette so the metadata travels with the design. * **Bottom button row** — **Undo** / **Redo** on the left, **Generate Draft** / **Close** on the right. *** ### Settings Strip (Top) #### Threading Four traditional krokbragd threading variants, each with a small preview image showing the units read **right to left**. The tie-up is generated for you; you don't pick it. | Option | Threading unit | Look | | ------ | ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 1 | 1·2·3·2 | The traditional Norwegian krokbragd. Shaft 2 doubled gives the columnar surface (`c1 c2 c3 c2` repeating). | | 2 | 1·2·3 | Simpler 3-unit threading — three equal columns per row instead of four. | | 3 | 1·2·3·2·1·2 | A 6-unit threading with shaft 2 emphasized twice. | | 4 | 1·2·3·1·2·3·2·1·3·2 | A 10-unit "advanced" threading that breaks the regular column rhythm. | #### Shed **Rising Shed** (default) is what most jack and table looms produce — pressing a treadle lifts the tied shafts. **Sinking Shed** is for countermarch or counterbalance looms where the tied shafts go down. Picking the wrong shed will weave the **other face** of the cloth. The choice flows through the generated draft, View Cloth, and the Cloth Simulator so previews look the same on every loom type. #### Warp units How many times the threading unit tiles across the width. Set this once for the design; the rendered surface adjusts in real time. #### Default repeats How many 3-pick sequences each newly added row weaves by default. Whatever value you set persists into the design, and changing any existing row's repeat also updates this field — so adding a new row inherits the value you most recently used. The field replaces the older "Default picks" label. #### Zoom and Grid The `−` / `+` buttons scale the cloth surface. **Cmd/Ctrl + / Cmd/Ctrl −** does the same from the keyboard; **Cmd/Ctrl + 0** is not wired here, but you can use the buttons. The **Grid** checkbox toggles thin lines between cells when zoomed in enough to see them. *** ### Painting Two ways to add color: * **Click a palette swatch first, then click a cell** in the cloth surface. The clicked cell's column tells the designer which of the three picks in that row to recolor (because of the threading: shaft-1 columns paint pick 1, shaft-2 columns paint pick 2, shaft-3 columns paint pick 3). The cell's row tells which design row to recolor. The entire row's tiled appearance updates the moment you click. * **Click the dark area below the existing cloth** to add a new row using the active palette color and the current Default Repeats value. Multiple clicks add multiple rows. After adding, the cloth pane auto-scrolls down so the new row is fully in view. The currently selected color is boxed (3 px blue border) in both the full Palette and the "In this design" strip, so you can paint with confidence even when the strip is the only palette you're looking at. #### Custom color Click **Custom color…** at the bottom of the Palette panel to open the Pick Color dialog. Choose from the project palette, the Active Palette section, or pick a custom color by hex; the chosen color is added to the project palette (with metadata if available) and immediately selected for painting. #### Undo / Redo Every paint stroke, color pick, row repeat change, row add/delete, threading change, and shed toggle pushes onto an undo stack capped at 100 entries. * **Undo**: button at bottom-left, or **Cmd/Ctrl + Z**. * **Redo**: button at bottom-left, or **Cmd/Ctrl + Y** / **Cmd/Ctrl + Shift + Z**. *** ### Rows Editor Each row in the Rows panel represents one 3-pick weft sequence. * The three colored swatches are pick 1, pick 2, and pick 3 left-to-right. Click any swatch to open the Pick Color dialog and re-color just that pick across the entire row. * The **repeat** field is the number of times the 3-pick sequence weaves before the next row's sequence starts. A repeat of 1 = 3 picks; a repeat of 4 = 12 picks. Changing this field updates the cloth height instantly and also seeds the **Default repeats** for future row adds. * The **×** button deletes the row. The last remaining row can't be deleted — there's always at least one row in a design. * **+ Add Row** below the list appends a new row using the active color and the Default Repeats value. The new row is also reachable by clicking in the dark area below the cloth. *** ### Generating a Draft When the surface looks right, click **Generate Draft**. The designer: 1. Builds a 3-shaft draft using the selected threading variant tiled across `Warp Units` units. 2. Generates the tie-up for plain krokbragd (each of the three treadles lifts the two shafts whose number isn't equal to the treadle's number — i.e. treadle 1 lifts shafts 2 and 3, treadle 2 lifts shafts 1 and 3, treadle 3 lifts shafts 1 and 2). If you picked Sinking Shed, the tie-up is inverted. 3. Writes the treadling, with each design row expanding to `3 × Repeat` picks in 1-2-3 / 1-2-3 / … order. 4. Assigns the per-pick weft colors from the design's palette indices. The generated draft replaces the current draft if it was an empty starter, or opens in a new tab. The TWA carries the design alongside the draft, and the bottom of the drawdown shows a small purple **"Generated from Krokbragd"** indicator with an **Edit Design** button — click it to reopen the designer and keep editing the surface. *** ### Round-Trip Persistence A krokbragd-generated draft saves: * The standard draft (WIF) — threading, treadling, tie-up, colors. Anything that reads WIF can use this fine. * A `krokbragd.json` inside the TWA — the original design (rows, threading, shed, warp units, default repeats, palette indices). This is what the designer reloads. * An `IsKrokbragd` flag in the TWA's metadata so the **Edit Design** button knows to surface. If you edit the underlying draft directly (e.g. change a treadling cell) the TWA still carries the original krokbragd design — reopening the designer shows the design as you painted it. To bake a draft into "just a regular draft" with no krokbragd ties, save it without the TWA companion (turn off **Settings → Application → Write companion .wif file** isn't the right toggle here; instead, **File → Save As** and pick a different name will create a fresh TWA from current state). *** ### Tips * **Open with one starter row.** A new design starts with a single 3-pick row in yellow / blue / yellow on a green warp, so you can see how the threading paints `c1 c2 c3 c2` at a glance — then either edit it or click below to add more rows. * **Paint long stripes by changing Default Repeats first.** Set Default Repeats to 6 (or whatever you want), then add several rows in sequence. Each new row inherits the value, so you don't have to retype it. * **The "In this design" strip is your fast palette.** Once a few colors are in the design, you'll find yourself painting almost entirely from there — it stays small and the selected swatch is always visible. * **Use the small threading preview to read the unit.** The preview in the settings strip shows the unit reading right-to-left (weaving convention). If a threading variant doesn't look right in the cloth, the preview is the fastest way to verify which shaft a given column lands on. * **Cmd/Ctrl + scroll-wheel** does continuous zoom inside the cloth surface (via the main app's scroll handler), in addition to the +/− buttons. *** ### Generated Draft Conventions * **Three shafts, three treadles.** Krokbragd is by definition 3-shaft. The generated draft uses three treadles even on looms with more. * **Threading reads right-to-left**, matching the main app's right-origin convention and the threading preview shown next to the combo. * **Weft-faced cloth view** uses a krokbragd-specific surface formula (Approach C) that reproduces the doubled shaft-2 columns exactly, so View Cloth and the Cloth Simulator look identical to what you painted in the designer. * **Warp color** is the green from the seed (or whatever you set via the WarpColorIndex) — mostly buried under the weft once the cloth is woven, but used for the selvedge and visible at zero weft coverage in the simulator. *** {% embed url="" %} ### See Also * Common Weaves Guide — for non-krokbragd structures from a generator. * Color Weave Explorer Guide — color-and-weave patterns on standard structures. * Color Palette Guide — how palette entries and yarn metadata are stored. # Pattern and Ground (Drawloom Drafts) *Available on Desktop. Requires the Pro tier.* ### What It Does Pattern and Ground is TempoWeave Studio's drafting mode for **drawloom and compound structures** — damask, lampas, beiderwand, and related weaves where a figure is woven *on top of* a ground cloth. These structures can't be expressed in a single threading and tie-up, because the loom itself has two kinds of control: * A **pattern (figure) harness** — up to 128 pattern shafts, driven directly by a **pattern liftplan**. On a drawloom these are the pattern shafts or drawcords that raise the figure. * Up to two **ground shaft groups, A and B** — each with its own threading and treadling (up to 32 shafts and 32 treadles per group). These weave the ground structure: the twill or satin binding, the tabby of a lampas binding warp, and so on. The two systems meet in **four tie-ups** — AA, AB, BA, and BB — one for every combination of shaft group and treadle group (the first letter is the shaft group, the second the treadle group). Because a treadle can command shafts from either group, the tie-ups are the bridge that decides, end by end and pick by pick, whether the ground weaves or the figure shows. A Pattern and Ground draft opens as a normal document tab with the full TempoWeave experience: palette sidebar, zoom, selection and copy/paste, undo, printing, View Fabric, and cloud features.
*** ### Opening and Creating * **New draft**: Design tab → **Pattern and Ground** group → **Pattern and Ground**. The Setup dialog asks for pattern shafts, ground shafts/treadles for groups A and B, and starting size. * **Convert an existing draft**: with a standard draft active, Design tab → **Convert to Pattern and Ground**. Your threading becomes the pattern threading and your lifts become the pattern liftplan in a new tab; the original draft is untouched. You then add the ground layers on top. * **Open a file**: Pattern and Ground drafts open from anywhere a normal draft does — File Open, Recents, MyCloud. A `.twa` saved from this mode reopens fully; see File formats for what other programs see. * **Import into the pattern layer**: inside a Pattern and Ground tab, the view's **Open** button can load any standard WIF or TWA *into the pattern layer only* — threading, lifts, and colors — leaving your grounds, palette, and density alone. This is the quickest way to bring a figure in from a standard draft. If the import is larger than the current draft, the ground threadings and treadlings repeat across the growth so the ground doesn't vanish under the new area. *** ### The Editing Surface Reading top-to-bottom on the warp side: end-number ruler, warp color strip, **pattern threading** (the figure), **ground threading A**, and **ground threading B** (hidden when group B is off). Shaft 1 is the *bottom* row of each band, and the warp is right-anchored — end 1 sits at the right edge, weaving convention. To the right of the drawdown, in weaving order outward: **treadling B** (innermost), **treadling A**, the **pattern liftplan**, the weft color strip, and the pick-number ruler. The tie-ups sit above their treadle columns, beside the threading bands. Everything edits with the familiar gestures: | Where | Click | Drag | | --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- | | Threading bands | Set the end's shaft (click the same cell again to clear) | Paint along the band | | Treadlings | Set the pick's treadle (one treadle per group per pick) | Paint down the picks | | Liftplan | Toggle a pattern shaft for that pick | Paint on or off | | Tie-ups | Cycle **solid ↔ blank**; Cmd/Ctrl/Shift-click cycles **dot ↔ blank** | — (tie-ups edit per click) | | Color strips | Paint the active palette color | Paint along the strip | The ribbon drawing tools (**Straight**, **Point**, **Line**) work in all thread grids with a drag preview, the **Select** tool (or Alt-drag) makes a marquee for copy/cut/paste/delete and the right-click transform menu (Invert, Reverse, Flip, Rotate, Shift), and the **Fill** menu seeds common starting points — straight/point threadings per band, twill and tabby treadlings, and one-click "all dots" for the cross tie-ups. Every gesture is one undo step. The toolbar also offers **Setup** (change harness sizes and density), **Expand Pattern** (découpure — every pattern square becomes *n* ends × *m* picks), **Insert Binding Ends** (adds an unpatterned end after every interval, the lampas/beiderwand binding-warp step), **Paste Pattern** (Image Center figures paste into the liftplan), and **Hide Pattern** (collapses the tall figure threading band when you're working on the grounds). A few more editing conveniences: * **Select Special** narrows a marquee to just the cells you name — handy for lifting one shaft's marks out of a busy band. * **Keyboard color entry** works along both color strips exactly as in standard drafts: tap a strip to place the cursor, then type the Active Palette numbers (see the Color Palette guide). * **Hovering a thread** shows its yarn name and thickness in a hint, so you can audit a dressing without opening the palette. * **Add/Remove Thread** and **To End** work on the pattern bands just as in standard drafts. #### Design Repeats The **Design Repeats** dialog (Design tab) works per band. **Quick Repeat** multiplies the whole warp or weft. **Advanced Repeat** copies a source range to a start position for a repeat count — regular, advancing, or decreasing — with **To End** filling to the edge of the draft, and options to carry **colors** and **thickness** along. Color and thickness each also have their own repeat mode for painting a short sequence across the full warp or weft without touching the structure. *** ### The Tie-Ups: Three Cell States This is the heart of Pattern and Ground, and the one place where it works differently from a standard tie-up. **Each tie-up cell has three states, and the empty state is not neutral.** Think of each cell as the physical cord between one treadle and one shaft on a countermarch loom: | Cell | Meaning | What the shaft does when the treadle is pressed | | --------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Solid** | Tied to rise | The shaft **rises** — an authoritative command | | **Blank** | Tied to sink | The shaft **sinks** — *also* an authoritative command | | **Dot** | Not tied | The shaft group **abstains** — no opinion, the decision passes down to the pattern | The dot is what makes the figure possible. Where every active tie-up abstains, control falls through to the **pattern liftplan** — the figure harness decides whether that end rises. Where any tie-up gives a command, the ground wins and the figure is hidden. A draft whose tie-ups are only solid and blank weaves *pure ground everywhere*; the pattern appears **only where dots delegate**. #### How each cell of cloth is decided For every end on every pick, TempoWeave resolves in this order: 1. Each ground group that has **an active treadle on this pick** and **a threaded shaft for this end** looks up its tie-up cell: solid = rise, blank = sink, dot = abstain. (An end threaded in group A consults AA against treadling A and AB against treadling B; an end in group B consults BA and BB.) 2. If every consulted cell abstained, the **pattern liftplan** decides: the end rises if its pattern shaft is lifted on this pick. An end on no pattern shaft stays down. 3. If the consulted cells *disagree* — one says rise, another says sink — that's a **conflict** (next section). #### The classic setup step Because blank means "sink," the cross tie-ups **AB and BA start out as walls of sink commands**. In any draft where picks press treadles from both groups (lampas being the classic case), your first setup step is to fill AB and BA entirely with dots — the Fill menu has one-click commands for exactly this. Forgetting it is the most common reason a figure "isn't showing": the blank cross tie-up is authoritatively holding every end down on the other group's picks. *** ### Conflict Cells A **conflict** is a cell of cloth where the ground harnesses give one end contradictory orders on the same pick — one tie-up commands it to rise while another commands it to sink. On a real loom this is a physical impossibility (a shaft can't go both ways), and in a draft it always means there's a mistake in the setup. TempoWeave renders conflict cells **solid red** in the drawdown and counts them in the status bar (**⚠ N conflict cells**). They stay flat red even with Show Interlacement on — a conflict is never softened into a plausible-looking thread. Some other drafting programs silently pick one of the two commands and discard the other, which weaves *something*, just not necessarily what you'll get at the loom; TempoWeave shows you the contradiction instead so you can fix the draft before dressing. #### What causes conflicts A conflict needs an end that answers to **two tie-ups at once** which disagree: * **An end threaded in both group A and group B** (legal and useful — it's how the Chinese-loom style combines a rising group and a sinking group in one cloth) where, on some pick, the A-side tie-up says rise and the B-side says sink, or vice versa. * **A pick that activates treadles in both groups** where an end's two consulted tie-ups disagree — most often because a cross tie-up (AB or BA) was left blank instead of dotted, so its "sink everything" fights the other group's rise commands. #### Fixing them Look at the red cell's end and pick, and ask which tie-ups that end consults on that pick. Almost always the fix is one of: 1. **Dot the cross tie-ups** (AB/BA) so each group only speaks through its own treadles. 2. **Dot the disagreeing cell** so that group abstains and the other group's command (or the pattern) stands. 3. **Unthread the end from one group** if it was double-threaded unintentionally. When the counter reads zero, every cell of the drawdown is something a loom can actually weave. *** ### Colors, Yarns, and Views The standard **palette sidebar** is fully available: Active Palette, swap and exchange (Core tier and up), Edit Yarn with full metadata and variegation, sorts, and add/remove. Painting the color strips uses the selected swatch; **Sync Thickness** behaves exactly as in standard drafts — swaps, exchanges, yarn edits, and strip painting carry the yarn's thickness to the affected threads when it's on, and leave hand-set thickness alone when it's off. * **Show Thickness** (View tab) scales every end column and pick row by its yarn thickness across the whole surface — threading bands, drawdown, treadlings, and liftplan stay aligned. * **Show Interlacement** (View tab) renders the drawdown with the woven look: the underlying thread visible in the gaps and rounded highlights on the top thread. It turns itself off at very small zoom (the detail is unreadable below 5-pixel cells) and at extreme zoom-out, where the flat rendering takes over for speed. * **View Fabric** (V, or View tab) opens the fabric preview using the computed compound cloth, project density, and per-thread thickness. * **Back View** flips the drawdown to show the reverse of the cloth — essential for damask, where the figure and ground exchange faces. * **Cloth Simulation** and **3D View** work from the compound cloth just as they do for standard drafts. #### Loom Conventions All four draft-orientation settings apply to Pattern and Ground, exactly as in standard drafts (Settings → Default Settings): **shaft 1 at top or bottom**, **treadle 1 at left or right**, **treadling direction** top-to-bottom or bottom-to-top, and **Origin Side**. Choosing **Origin Side: Left** mirrors the entire surface for Swedish-convention drafts — end 1 anchors at the left edge and the treadlings, liftplan, and tie-ups all move to the left side of the drawdown. #### Grid Overlay The **Grid Overlay** (configured in Project Info) draws heavier gridlines at the interval you choose — every 4 and 10, say — across the threading bands, liftplan, treadlings, and drawdown, matching the standard-draft overlay. On a 128-cord figure it's the difference between counting squares and reading them. #### Float Check **Float Check** (Tools tab, or Ctrl/Cmd+F) scans the computed cloth for warp and weft floats over your threshold, lists them, and clicking a result scrolls the draft to the offending spot. On a figured draft this is the honest answer to "will that motif edge leave a quarter-inch float?" #### Section Marks The **Section Marker** button works as in standard drafts, across the pattern warp and weft only: with marking mode on, drag along the weft to mark a pick range (Hem, Body, Border...) or along the warp for an end range, name it when you release, and the range renders as a tinted, labeled band. Right-click in marker mode (or reopen the dialog) to manage marks — rename, retype the range, or delete. Weft section marks are what the Weave Assistant uses for jumping between parts of the piece. *** ### Project Info and Planning The ribbon **Project Info** button opens the familiar multi-tab dialog with the tabs that apply to Pattern and Ground: **Setup** (sett/beat and units; the harness layout is shown read-only — change it in the view's Setup dialog), **Project Notes**, **Planning**, **Yarn Usage**, **Loom Dressing**, and **Weaver's Writeup**. #### Loom Dressing (heddle and cord counts) The Loom Dressing tab is the drawloom counterpart of the standard heddle count: it reads the actual threadings and tells you what to put on the loom — * **Ground A and Ground B heddles per shaft**, from each group's threading, with group totals. * **Pattern cords/maillons**: how many draw cords the figure actually uses, how many ends each cord carries, and which ends they are — plus the count of ends that carry no pattern at all. Print it from Print Center (below) for a dressing sheet to carry to the loom. Two Planning notes that matter for figured drafts: * **Warp yardage is zero until you enter a Planned warp length** — the Yarn Usage tab marks the affected numbers with `*` until you do. * **Weft yardage is computed from the draft's actual picks.** A figured draft is often *one repeat* of the design, so the woven length can be just a few inches. Enter the **Woven Length override** for the length you actually intend to weave and press Calculate Yarn to see honest weft requirements. *** ### Printing Print Center on a Pattern and Ground tab offers: * **Draft Layout** — the full surface (threadings, tie-ups, drawdown, treadlings, liftplan) with number rulers, fit to one page. * **Drawplan** — the pattern liftplan printed pick-by-pick with pick numbers: your at-the-loom sheet for which drawcords or pattern shafts to pull on each pick. * **Tie-Up Sheet** — the four tie-ups at loom-side size for tying the countermarch. * **Warp Winding Order** — the warp color sequence with run counts, same as the standard-draft report (winding options apply). * **Weft Color Order** — the weft color sequence with run counts. * **Loom Dressing** — the heddle and draw-cord report from Project Info as a printable sheet. * **Weaver's Writeup** — the writeup document, when one exists. *** ### Weave Assistant **Weave Assistant** (Tools tab) opens the Pattern and Ground weaving window: a large pick counter with a progress bar, the **draw cords to pull** for the current pick shown both as compressed runs ("3–7, 12, 19–24") and as tap-size chips, and the **ground treadle(s)** to press — A and B tiles, with B hidden when the draft has no group B. A preview line shows the next pick so you can plan the change while beating. * **Advance** with the Next button, Space, Enter, or the arrow keys; back up with Left/Backspace. * The **Section** dropdown lists the draft's weft section marks — pick "Body" and the assistant jumps to its first pick. * Your **current pick is remembered** in the draft file, so closing the assistant (or TempoWeave) and coming back resumes where you stopped. Save after weaving to keep the position. *** ### Cloud and Sharing Pattern and Ground drafts are first-class citizens in MyCloud and the Pattern Library: **Save to Cloud**, Browse thumbnails, open-from-cloud, and **Share** all work, and the draft round-trips at full fidelity. As with local files, older versions and mobile open the pattern layer as a standard liftplan draft. *** ### File Formats and Interchange * **TWA (native)** — full fidelity. The draft, palette, yarn metadata, thickness, density, notes, planning, and writeup all round-trip. Older TempoWeave versions and mobile open the *pattern layer* of the file as a standard liftplan draft, so nothing errors — they just don't show the grounds. * **WIF (interchange)** — saving to `.wif` writes a standard pattern-layer WIF plus a private `TempoWeave DRAWLOOM` section carrying the complete draft. TempoWeave reopens it fully; other WIF programs see a clean liftplan draft of the figure. * **Duplicate Tab** works as in standard drafts and copies the complete draft (the writeup travels with the file, not the duplicate). *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | ---------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | | Toggle a tie-up block | Click (solid ↔ blank) | | Toggle a tie-up dot | Cmd/Ctrl/Shift-click (dot ↔ blank) | | Fill cross tie-ups with dots | Fill menu → Tie-up AB / BA: All Dots | | Marquee select | Select tool, or Alt-drag | | Transforms / shifts | Right-click a selection | | Expand pattern (découpure) | Toolbar → Expand | | Insert binding ends | Toolbar → Insert Binding | | Collapse the figure band | Toolbar → Hide Pattern | | Fabric preview | V | | Float check | Cmd/Ctrl+F | | Mark a section | Section Marker on, drag along warp or weft | | Weave at the loom | Tools → Weave Assistant | | Undo / Redo | Cmd/Ctrl+Z / Shift+Cmd/Ctrl+Z | # Tools Menu # Add Tabby Found on the Tools Menu ## Add Tabby *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What Is Tabby? Tabby — also called plain weave — is the simplest weave structure: over one, under one. Many pattern weaves like overshot, Summer & Winter, and Monk's Belt require tabby picks between their pattern picks to hold the fabric together. Without tabby, the long pattern floats would make the cloth loose and unstable. Add Tabby automatically inserts alternating tabby picks between your existing pattern picks, saving you from having to add them one by one. *** ### Opening Add Tabby {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Add Tabby button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Add Tabby…** under Tabby {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Add Tabby Dialog #### Treadle Source The first choice is where the tabby treadles come from: **Use Existing Treadles** Choose this when your tie-up already has two treadles configured for tabby (plain weave). You specify which two treadle numbers to use: * **Tabby 1 Treadle** — The treadle that raises odd shafts (1, 3, 5...) * **Tabby 2 Treadle** — The treadle that raises even shafts (2, 4, 6...) By default, these are set to the last two treadles in your draft, since that's where tabby treadles are commonly placed.
**Add New Treadles** Choose this when your tie-up doesn't have tabby treadles yet. TempoWeave will create two new treadles and automatically configure their tie-up connections for plain weave (odd shafts on one, even shafts on the other). You choose where to place them: * **Add at Right** — Adds the two new treadles to the right of your existing treadles (default) * **Add at Left** — Adds them to the left, shifting your existing treadles over * **Add at Far Left and Right** — Places one tabby treadle at each end #### Liftplan Drafts Liftplan drafts have no treadles, so the Treadle Source options are replaced by a **Tabby Lifts** readout showing the two alternating lift sets that will be inserted — for example, "Pick A lifts shafts 1, 2, pick B lifts shafts 3–6." TempoWeave works out the lift sets from your threading: the shafts used by odd-numbered ends form one lift, the shafts used by even-numbered ends form the other. For structures like Summer & Winter this automatically gives the correct tabby (tie-down shafts against pattern shafts). If the threading can't produce true plain weave, the lifts fall back to odd shafts vs. even shafts. Everything else — insert position, pick range, color, and thickness — works exactly the same as for treadle drafts ![](/files/qvYJN36Er9rTVsaaBXII) #### Apply To Controls which picks receive tabby: **All Picks** (default) Inserts tabby between every pick in the entire draft. This is the most common choice. **Pick Range** Inserts tabby only within a specific range of picks, leaving the rest of the draft unchanged. When selected, two fields appear: * **From pick** — The first pick in the range (1 = the very first pick) * **To pick** — The last pick in the range (defaults to your total pick count) This is especially useful for: * **Adding hems** — Insert tabby at just the beginning and end of your draft to create plain weave hems. Run Add Tabby twice: once for picks 1–10 (top hem), then again for the bottom range (bottom hem). * **Partial tabby sections** — Some designs call for tabby in certain areas but not others, like a sampler with different structures in different sections. * **Transitional areas** — Add stability where the cloth changes from one structure to another. #### Insert Position Controls whether the first tabby pick goes before or after the first pattern pick: * **Before First Pick** — The very first pick in the result will be a tabby pick * **After First Pick** — The first pick stays as your original pattern pick, with tabby inserted after it (default) #### Tabby Color Sets the color for the inserted tabby picks: * **Currently Selected** — Uses whatever color is currently selected in your palette (default). This is the most common choice — typically a neutral background color. * **Adjacent Weft Color** — Each tabby pick takes the color of the pattern pick next to it. This creates a less visible tabby that blends with the pattern picks. #### Tabby Pick Thickness A slider (1–16) that sets the yarn thickness for the inserted tabby picks. Defaults to the thickness of your first pick. This is useful when your tabby weft is a different weight than your pattern weft — for example, a fine tabby ground with a heavier pattern weft in overshot. #### Existing Pick Thickness A slider (1–16) that sets the yarn thickness for your original pattern picks. This lets you adjust the pattern weft thickness at the same time. Defaults to the current thickness. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Adding Tabby to Overshot 1. Design your overshot pattern with threading, tie-up, and treadling 2. Open **Add Tabby** from the Design tab 3. Choose **Use Existing Treadles** if your tie-up already has tabby treadles, or **Add New Treadles** if not 4. Leave **All Picks** selected 5. Choose **After First Pick** for the insert position 6. Select your tabby weft color in the palette, then choose **Currently Selected** 7. Adjust the **Tabby Pick Thickness** if your tabby weft is a different weight 8. Click **Apply** Your treadling is now doubled — every original pattern pick has a tabby pick next to it, alternating between the two tabby treadles. ### Step-by-Step Example: Adding Plain Weave Hems 1. Design your pattern as usual 2. Open **Add Tabby** from the Design tab 3. Set your options (treadle source, color, thickness) 4. Select **Pick Range** and set **From pick: 1** and **To pick: 12** (for a 12-pick hem) 5. Click **Apply** — tabby is added at the top of the draft only 6. Open **Add Tabby** again 7. Select **Pick Range** and set the range to cover the last 12 original picks at the bottom 8. Click **Apply** — tabby is added at the bottom You now have plain weave hems at both ends with your pattern untouched in the middle. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — If the result isn't what you expected, Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire Add Tabby operation in one step. * **Liftplan mode** — Works directly on liftplan drafts too: tabby picks are inserted into the liftplan using the lift sets shown in the dialog. No conversion to tie-up needed. * **Check your tabby** — After adding tabby, use **Float Check** (Project tab) to verify there are no unexpected long floats. Properly configured tabby should produce floats of 1. * **Remove Tabby** — Made a mistake or want to try different settings? Use **Remove Tabby** (Design tab) to strip out the tabby picks and return to your original pattern picks. * **Pattern + tabby is traditional** — In overshot, the pattern weft is typically thicker and the tabby weft thinner. Use the thickness sliders to reflect this difference and get a more accurate preview. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Options | | ----------------------- | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Treadle Source | Use Existing | Use Existing / Add New (Right, Left, Far Left & Right); liftplan drafts show Tabby Lifts instead | | Apply To | All Picks | All Picks / Pick Range (From–To) | | Insert Position | After First Pick | Before First Pick / After First Pick | | Tabby Color | Currently Selected | Currently Selected / Adjacent Weft Color | | Tabby Pick Thickness | Current thickness | 1–16 | | Existing Pick Thickness | Current thickness | 1–16 | # Remove Tabby Found on the Tools Menu *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Remove Tabby strips out the alternating tabby picks from your treadling, leaving only the pattern picks behind. This is the reverse of Add Tabby — use it to undo a previous tabby insertion, clean up an imported draft, or remove tabby from a specific section of your design. *** ### Opening Remove Tabby {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Remove Tabby button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Remove Tabby…** under Tabby {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Remove Tabby Dialog #### Remove From Controls which part of the draft to remove tabby from: **All Picks** (default) Removes tabby picks from the entire draft. This starts at pick 2 (assuming pick 1 is a pattern pick and pick 2 is the first tabby) and works through to the last pick. **Pick Range** Removes tabby only within a specific range of picks, leaving the rest of the draft unchanged. When selected, two fields appear: * **From pick** — The first pick to start removing from (defaults to 2) * **To pick** — The last pick in the range (defaults to your total pick count) This is useful when: * **Removing hems** — Strip tabby from just the top or bottom of your draft while keeping it elsewhere * **Changing structure in one section** — Remove tabby from a specific area so you can re-do it with different settings * **Cleaning up part of an imported draft** — Some imported files have tabby in sections where you don't want it
#### Interval Controls which picks are treated as tabby and removed: * **Every 2nd pick** (default) — Removes every other pick starting from the start position. This is the standard tabby interval — one tabby pick between each pattern pick. * **Every 3rd pick** — Removes every third pick. Use this for structures where tabby occurs less frequently, such as some Summer & Winter treadling sequences. #### Preview As you adjust the settings, a preview line at the bottom of the dialog shows exactly what will happen: > "Will remove 150 picks, leaving 150 picks remaining." This updates live as you change the range and interval, so you can confirm the result before applying. *** ### How to Use It #### Step 1: Set Your Range Choose **All Picks** to remove tabby from the entire draft, or **Pick Range** to target a specific section. #### Step 2: Choose the Interval Select **Every 2nd pick** for standard tabby removal, or **Every 3rd pick** if your tabby was inserted at a wider spacing. #### Step 3: Check the Preview Read the preview line to confirm the number of picks that will be removed and how many will remain. #### Step 4: Apply Click **Apply**. The tabby picks are removed and the remaining pattern picks are compacted together, closing the gaps. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Removing All Tabby You have an overshot draft with tabby picks between every pattern pick and you want to remove them all: 1. Open **Remove Tabby** from the Design tab 2. Leave **All Picks** selected 3. Leave the interval at **Every 2nd pick** 4. Check the preview — it should show roughly half your picks being removed 5. Click **Apply** Your treadling now contains only the pattern picks. ### Step-by-Step Example: Removing Tabby from a Hem You added plain weave hems using Add Tabby's pick range feature, and now you want to remove the top hem: 1. Open **Remove Tabby** from the Design tab 2. Select **Pick Range** 3. Set **From pick: 2** and **To pick: 24** (covering just the top hem area) 4. Leave the interval at **Every 2nd pick** 5. Check the preview to confirm the right number of picks will be removed 6. Click **Apply** The tabby picks in the top hem are removed. The rest of the draft — including any tabby in the pattern area or bottom hem — is untouched. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire Remove Tabby operation in one step. * **Start at pick 2** — When removing tabby from the whole draft, the default start of pick 2 assumes pick 1 is your first pattern pick. If your draft starts with a tabby pick instead, change the start to pick 1. * **Preview first** — Always check the preview count before applying. If the number of picks being removed seems wrong, adjust your start position or interval. * **Works with liftplan** — Like Add Tabby, Remove Tabby works in both treadle and liftplan modes. * **Re-add differently** — A common workflow is to remove existing tabby and re-add it with different settings (different treadles, colors, or thickness). Remove first, then use Add Tabby with your new preferences. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Options | | ----------- | -------------- | -------------------------------- | | Remove From | All Picks | All Picks / Pick Range (From–To) | | Interval | Every 2nd pick | Every 2nd pick / Every 3rd pick | *** # To Liftplan / To Tieup *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What Are These? Weaving drafts can be written in two different formats: * **Tie-up format** — The traditional way. You define a tie-up (which shafts are connected to which treadles), and then your treadling tells you which treadle to press for each pick. The loom figures out which shafts to raise by looking up the tie-up. * **Liftplan format** — The direct way. Instead of treadles and a tie-up, each pick simply lists which shafts to raise. There's no tie-up involved — you're controlling the shafts directly, pick by pick. This is how dobby and computer-controlled looms work. Both formats produce the same cloth. They're just two different ways of writing the same instructions. **To Liftplan** and **To Tie-up** convert your draft between these two formats. *** ### Where to Find Them {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Conversions group {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Design** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone) — **Convert to Liftplan** / **Convert to Tieup** under Mode {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### To Liftplan Converts your tie-up draft into liftplan format. #### What Happens TempoWeave reads each pick in your treadling, looks up the tie-up to see which shafts that treadle raises, and writes those shafts directly into the liftplan. When it's done, your draft is in liftplan mode — the treadling area now shows shaft activations instead of treadle numbers. **Important:** In liftplan mode, the tie-up area is not visible. This is normal — liftplans don't use a tie-up, so there's nothing to show there. If you need to see or edit a tie-up, convert back to tie-up format first. #### When to Use It * You're preparing a draft for a dobby or computer-controlled loom that expects liftplan input * You want to edit shaft activations directly, pick by pick, rather than working through treadles * You're importing a tie-up draft but prefer to work in liftplan mode * You need more flexibility than your treadle count allows — liftplan mode has no treadle limit since each pick is independent #### How to Use It 1. Open the draft you want to convert 2. Go to **Tools tab > To Liftplan** 3. That's it — your draft is now in liftplan format The cloth itself doesn't change. You're looking at the same fabric, just written differently. *** ### To Tie-up Converts your liftplan draft into tie-up format. #### What Happens TempoWeave examines every pick in your liftplan and identifies the unique shaft combinations. Each unique combination becomes a column in the tie-up, and each pick is assigned to the treadle that matches its shaft pattern. The result is a compact tie-up with a treadling sequence that reproduces the same cloth. #### A Note About the Tie-up The tie-up you get may not look exactly like what you had before — or what you might expect. This is perfectly normal. Here's why: there are many different tie-up and treadling combinations that produce the same cloth. When TempoWeave converts from liftplan to tie-up, it creates *a* valid tie-up, but it may not be *the* tie-up you originally started with. The shaft assignments in the tie-up columns and the order of the treadles may differ from what you're used to seeing. The cloth structure is preserved exactly — the same shafts rise on the same picks, producing the same interlacement. Only the way the instructions are organized (which treadle maps to which shafts) may look different. If you need a specific tie-up arrangement, you can always edit the tie-up and treadling manually after converting. #### When to Use It * You're preparing a draft for a floor loom with treadles * You want to see the tie-up to understand the structure of the weave * You imported a liftplan draft but prefer to work in tie-up mode * You want to share a draft with another weaver who works with treadles #### How to Use It 1. Open the draft you want to convert 2. Go to **Tools tab > To Tie-up** 3. TempoWeave converts the draft and shows how many treadles were needed If your liftplan has more unique shaft combinations than the available treadle count can handle, TempoWeave will let you know. This can happen with complex liftplan drafts that use many different shaft patterns — more than a floor loom could practically accommodate with physical treadles. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the conversion in one step. * **Round-tripping** — You can convert back and forth freely. Going from tie-up to liftplan and back always preserves the cloth, though the tie-up arrangement may change as described above. * **No data loss** — Converting doesn't delete your draft data. It restructures how the weaving instructions are stored. * **Already converted?** — If you try to convert a draft that's already in the target format, TempoWeave will let you know. No harm done. * **Check after converting** — It's good practice to glance at the drawdown after converting to confirm everything looks right, especially after To Tie-up when the tie-up layout may be reorganized. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | What It Does | Tie-up Visible? | | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | | To Liftplan | Expands tie-up + treadling into direct shaft activations per pick | No — liftplans don't use a tie-up | | To Tie-up | Groups shaft patterns into a tie-up with matching treadling | Yes — tie-up and treadling are restored | # Tromp as Writ Found on the Tools Menu *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does "Tromp as Writ" copies your threading pattern into your treadling — the weft follows the same sequence as the warp. This is a traditional technique where the treadling mirrors the threading, often producing symmetrical, balanced designs. It's commonly used in twill, overshot, and other pattern weaves to quickly generate a treadling that complements the threading. The name comes from the idea of "tromping" (treading) the treadles in the same order "as writ" (as written) in the threading. *** ### Opening Tromp as Writ {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Tromp as Writ button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Design** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Tromp as Writ** under Weft {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Tromp as Writ Dialog When you open Tromp as Writ, you're given three options for what to copy:
#### Structure Only Copies the shaft numbers from your threading into the treadling as treadle numbers. For example, if your threading goes 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, your treadling will follow the same sequence: treadle 1, treadle 2, treadle 3, treadle 4, treadle 3, treadle 2. This does not change any colors — your existing weft colors stay as they are. #### Structure and Color Copies both the threading pattern *and* the warp colors to the weft. This gives you a draft where the weft sequence and colors exactly mirror the warp. It's useful when you want the finished cloth to look the same in both directions — common in tartan plaids and other symmetric designs. #### Color Only Copies your warp colors to the weft without changing the treadling at all. Use this when you've already set up your treadling the way you want it, but you'd like the weft colors to match the warp — for example, when designing a plaid where the color sequence should be the same in both directions but the structure differs. *** ### How to Use It 1. Set up your threading the way you want it 2. Go to **Design tab > Tromp as Writ** 3. Choose your option — Structure Only, Structure and Color, or Color Only 4. Click **Apply** Your treadling (and optionally colors) is updated immediately. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Creating a Twill Plaid You've threaded a straight twill on 4 shafts (1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4...) and you want the treadling to match: 1. Open **Tromp as Writ** from the Design tab 2. Select **Structure and Color** (to get matching colors too) 3. Click **Apply** Your treadling now mirrors the threading — treadle 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4 — and the weft colors match the warp. With a standard twill tie-up, this produces a classic twill plaid. ### Step-by-Step Example: Matching Colors for Tartan You've designed a tartan threading with a specific color sett, and your treadling is already set up with the structure you want. You just need the weft colors to match the warp: 1. Open **Tromp as Writ** from the Design tab 2. Select **Color Only** 3. Click **Apply** Your weft colors now match the warp sett. The treadling structure is untouched. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire operation in one step. * **Works with liftplan** — If your draft is in liftplan mode, Tromp as Writ writes the threading pattern directly into the liftplan (which shafts to raise on each pick) rather than as treadle numbers. * **Treadle count matters** — In tie-up mode, the shaft numbers are used as treadle numbers. If your threading uses shaft 6, you'll need at least 6 treadles in your draft. Make sure your treadle count is high enough before applying. * **Great starting point** — Many weavers use Tromp as Writ as a starting point, then edit individual picks in the treadling to create variations on the mirrored pattern. * **Overshot and Summer & Winter** — These structures often use Tromp as Writ for the pattern treadling, then add tabby picks between the pattern picks using Add Tabby. *** ### Quick Reference | Option | Threading → Treadling | Colors Copied? | | ------------------- | --------------------- | ----------------- | | Structure Only | Yes | No | | Structure and Color | Yes | Yes (warp → weft) | | Color Only | No | Yes (warp → weft) | # Arrange Treadles Found on the Tools Menu *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Arrange Treadles lets you reorder the treadles in your draft by dragging them into a new position. When you move a treadle, its tie-up connections move with it, and all treadling references are updated automatically. The cloth structure stays exactly the same — you're just reorganizing which physical treadle controls which shafts. This is purely an ergonomic tool. Weavers often want to rearrange treadles so the most-used ones are in the most comfortable positions (typically the center treadles on a floor loom), or to put treadles in a logical left-to-right order that makes the treadling sequence easier to follow with your feet. {% embed url="" %} *** ### Opening Arrange Treadles {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Arrange Treadles button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Arrange Treadles…** under Tie-Up {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Arrange Treadles Dialog The dialog shows each treadle as a tile you can drag. Each tile displays: * **The treadle number** — So you can identify which treadle it is * **A mini tie-up view** — A small grid showing which shafts that treadle raises (colored cells = raised shafts). This helps you see at a glance what each treadle does, so you can arrange them logically. To reorder, simply click and drag a tile to its new position. The other tiles shift to make room as you drag. You can rearrange as many treadles as you like before clicking Apply. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Arrange Treadles** 2. Look at the treadle tiles — each one shows its tie-up connections 3. Drag treadles to the positions you want 4. Click **Apply** Your tie-up columns are reordered and all treadling references are updated. The drawdown looks exactly the same — only the treadle assignments have changed. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Centering Your Tabby Treadles You have an overshot draft where the tabby treadles ended up at positions 7 and 8 (the far right), but you'd prefer them in the center where they're easier to reach: 1. Open **Arrange Treadles** from the Tools tab 2. Find the two tabby treadles (you can identify them by their mini tie-up — tabby treadles raise alternating shafts: 1,3,5... and 2,4,6...) 3. Drag them to positions 3 and 4 (or wherever is most comfortable) 4. Click **Apply** The pattern treadles shift to accommodate the new positions. Your treadling sequence now uses the new treadle numbers, but the cloth is unchanged. ### Step-by-Step Example: Logical Ordering for a Twill You imported a draft where the treadles are in a seemingly random order. You'd like them arranged so the treadling sequence reads more logically: 1. Open **Arrange Treadles** from the Tools tab 2. Use the mini tie-up views to identify what each treadle does 3. Drag them into a sequence that makes sense for your pattern — for example, arranging a twill so the treadles progress from left to right 4. Click **Apply** *** ### When to Use It * **After importing a draft** — Imported WIF files may have treadles in an order that doesn't match your loom setup or preference * **Ergonomic comfort** — Move frequently-used treadles to the center positions where they're easiest to press * **Teaching and readability** — Arrange treadles in a logical order so the treadling sequence is easier to read and follow * **After To Tie-up conversion** — When converting from liftplan to tie-up, the generated treadle order may not be ideal. Rearrange them to suit your preference. *** ### Limitations * **Tie-up mode only** — Arrange Treadles is not available in liftplan mode, since liftplans don't use treadles. If you need this feature, convert to tie-up first (Tools tab > To Tie-up). * **Requires at least 2 treadles** — You need two or more treadles for rearranging to make sense. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the rearrangement in one step. * **No change is fine** — If you open the dialog, look around, and decide the order is already good, just click Cancel. If you click Apply without moving anything, TempoWeave recognizes that nothing changed and leaves the draft alone. * **Check the mini tie-ups** — The small shaft grids on each tile are very helpful for identifying which treadle does what, especially in complex drafts with many treadles. * **The cloth never changes** — This is a reorganization tool, not an editing tool. No matter how you rearrange the treadles, the resulting fabric is identical. *** ### Quick Reference | Detail | Info | | ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | | Location | Tools tab > Arrange Treadles | | Works in | Tie-up mode only (not liftplan) | | What moves | Tie-up columns + all treadling references | | What stays the same | The cloth structure — identical before and after | | Minimum treadles | 2 | # Arrange Shafts *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Arrange Shafts lets you reorder the shafts in your draft by dragging them into a new position. When you move a shaft, its tie-up connections move with it, and all threading references are updated automatically. The cloth structure stays exactly the same — you're just reorganizing which physical shaft controls which threads. This is useful for organizing your shaft assignments so the threading reads more logically, or for matching a specific loom setup. Weavers often want shafts arranged so the threading follows a clear visual pattern — for example, grouping related shafts together or putting the most-used shafts in the most accessible positions. ### Opening Arrange Shafts {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Optimize group > Arrange Shafts button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Arrange Shafts…** under Tie-Up {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Arrange Shafts Dialog The dialog shows each shaft as a horizontal tile you can drag up and down. The tiles are arranged vertically with shaft N at the top and shaft 1 at the bottom (matching the standard weaving convention where shaft 1 is closest to the weaver). Each tile displays: * **The shaft number** — So you can identify which shaft it is * **A mini tie-up row** — A horizontal strip showing which treadles are connected to that shaft (colored cells = connected treadles). This helps you see at a glance what each shaft does, so you can arrange them logically. To reorder, simply click and drag a tile to its new position. The other tiles shift to make room as you drag. You can rearrange as many shafts as you like before clicking Apply. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Optimize group > Arrange Shafts** 2. Look at the shaft tiles — each one shows its tie-up connections 3. Drag shafts up or down to the positions you want 4. Click **Apply** Your tie-up rows are reordered and all threading references are updated. The drawdown looks exactly the same — only the shaft assignments have changed. {% embed url="" %} *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Cleaning Up an Imported Draft You imported a WIF file where the shaft assignments are scattered — shaft 3 should logically be shaft 1, shaft 7 should be shaft 2, and so on. The threading pattern is hard to read: 1. Open **Arrange Shafts** from the Tools tab 2. Use the mini tie-up rows to identify what each shaft does 3. Drag the shafts into an order that makes the threading pattern clearer — for example, arranging a twill so the threading progresses neatly from shaft 1 upward 4. Click **Apply** The threading now reads in a logical sequence. The cloth is unchanged. ### Step-by-Step Example: Grouping Shafts for a Compound Structure You have a 12-shaft draft where shafts for the ground weave and the pattern weave are interleaved. You'd prefer the ground shafts grouped together (1–4) and the pattern shafts together (5–12): 1. Open **Arrange Shafts** from the Tools tab 2. Identify the ground and pattern shafts by their tie-up connections 3. Drag the ground shafts to the bottom positions (shafts 1–4) and the pattern shafts above 4. Click **Apply** The threading and tie-up now clearly separate ground from pattern, making it easier to understand and modify the draft. *** ### When to Use It * **After importing a draft** — Imported WIF files may have shafts in an order that doesn't match your preferred convention or loom setup * **Cleaning up threading** — Rearrange shafts so the threading pattern reads more clearly — a straight draw, point twill, or other sequence * **Matching your loom** — If your loom has a specific shaft order or you're used to a particular arrangement, rearrange the draft to match * **After design changes** — Edits to the threading can sometimes leave shafts in an illogical order. Rearranging restores clarity. *** ### Limitations * **Requires at least 2 shafts** — You need two or more shafts for rearranging to make sense. * **Works in both tie-up and liftplan modes** — In tie-up mode, the tie-up rows are rearranged. In liftplan mode, the liftplan columns are rearranged along with the threading. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the rearrangement in one step. * **No change is fine** — If you open the dialog, look around, and decide the order is already good, just click Cancel. If you click Apply without moving anything, TempoWeave recognizes that nothing changed and leaves the draft alone. * **Check the mini tie-up rows** — The horizontal connection strips on each tile are very helpful for identifying which shaft does what, especially in complex drafts with many shafts. * **The cloth never changes** — This is a reorganization tool, not an editing tool. No matter how you rearrange the shafts, the resulting fabric is identical. * **Shaft 1 is at the bottom** — The tile layout matches the weaving convention where shaft 1 is at the bottom of the display. Dragging a tile downward moves it to a lower shaft number. *** ### Quick Reference | Detail | Info | | ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Location | Tools tab > Optimize group > Arrange Shafts | | Works in | Both tie-up and liftplan modes | | What moves | Tie-up rows + all threading references (+ liftplan columns if applicable) | | What stays the same | The cloth structure — identical before and after | | Minimum shafts | 2 | # Warp Spread

Warp Spread Dialog

| Original Shaft | Spreads To | | -------------- | --------------- | | Shaft 1 | Shafts 1, 5, 9 | | Shaft 2 | Shafts 2, 6, 10 | | Shaft 3 | Shafts 3, 7, 11 | | Shaft 4 | Shafts 4, 8, 12 | | Mode | What It Does | Target Shafts | | --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | | Automatic Even Spread | Spreads all shafts evenly by a multiplier | Must be a multiple of current count | | Manual Spread | Spreads one shaft across up to 8 chosen targets | Any shaft numbers you specify | ### What It Does Warp Spread takes the threads on one shaft and distributes them across multiple shafts. The tie-up is automatically updated so the cloth structure is preserved — the same threads still interlace the same way, but they're now controlled by different shafts. This gives you finer control over individual threads. Where before a single shaft raised (or lowered) all those threads together, now they're split across multiple shafts and can be controlled independently in future treadling changes. *** ### Opening Warp Spread * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Optimize group > Warp Spread button *** ### The Warp Spread Dialog The dialog offers two modes, selected by radio button. Only one mode is active at a time — the inactive mode is grayed out. #### Automatic Even Spread (default) Spreads all shafts evenly by a multiplier. You choose how many total shafts you want, and TempoWeave distributes every shaft's threads across the expanded range. * **From**: Your current shaft count (shown for reference) * **To**: The target shaft count (must be a multiple of your current count) **How it distributes**: Each original shaft's threads alternate across its group of new shafts. For example, spreading 4 shafts to 12 (a 3× multiplier): | Original Shaft | Spreads To | | -------------- | --------------- | | Shaft 1 | Shafts 1, 5, 9 | | Shaft 2 | Shafts 2, 6, 10 | | Shaft 3 | Shafts 3, 7, 11 | | Shaft 4 | Shafts 4, 8, 12 | The first thread on shaft 1 stays on shaft 1, the second goes to shaft 5, the third to shaft 9, then back to shaft 1, and so on. #### Manual Spread Select the **Manual Spread** radio button to switch to this mode. Spreads a single shaft's threads across up to 8 target shafts of your choosing. * **From Shaft**: Which shaft to spread (pick any shaft in your draft) * **To Shafts**: Up to 8 target shafts — enter shaft numbers in any of the 8 fields (values greater than 0 are included). The threads will cycle through the specified shafts in order. **Example**: Spreading shaft 1 to shafts 1 and 5 means the first thread stays on shaft 1, the second moves to shaft 5, the third goes back to shaft 1, and so on — alternating between the two. *** ### How to Use It #### Automatic Even Spread 1. Open **Warp Spread** from the Tools tab > Optimize group 2. Make sure the **Automatic Even Spread** radio button is selected (this is the default) 3. Set the **To** field to your desired shaft count (a multiple of your current count) 4. Click **Apply** All shafts are spread evenly and the tie-up is updated. #### Manual Spread 1. Open **Warp Spread** from the Tools tab > Optimize group 2. Select the **Manual Spread** radio button 3. Select the **From Shaft** 4. Enter the target shaft numbers in the **To Shafts** fields 5. Click **Apply** The selected shaft's threads are distributed across your chosen targets. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Doubling Shafts for More Control You have a 4-shaft twill and want to spread it to 8 shafts so you can create more complex variations: 1. Open **Warp Spread** from the Tools tab 2. With Automatic selected, set **To: 8 shafts** (From: 4 shafts is shown for reference) 3. Click **Apply** Now shaft 1's threads are split between shafts 1 and 5, shaft 2's between 2 and 6, and so on. The tie-up has been expanded so the cloth still looks the same, but you can now edit the tie-up to create patterns that weren't possible with just 4 shafts. ### Step-by-Step Example: Spreading One Shaft Manually You have a draft where shaft 3 controls too many threads and you want to split it for finer control: 1. Open **Warp Spread** from the Tools tab 2. Select the **Manual Spread** radio button 3. Set **From Shaft** to 3 4. Enter 3 in the first To Shaft field and 7 in the second (alternating the threads between these two shafts) 5. Click **Apply** Half of shaft 3's threads stay on shaft 3, and the other half move to shaft 7. The tie-up is updated so shaft 7 has the same connections as shaft 3 — the cloth looks identical, but you now have independent control over the two groups of threads. *** ### When to Use It * **Preparing for complex structures** — Spread a simple threading to more shafts so you can modify the tie-up for more intricate patterns * **Converting between structures** — Some weave structures require more shafts than others. Spreading gives you the extra shafts while preserving the basic threading order * **Lace and openwork** — Lace weaves often need threads from the same basic group to be on different shafts so they can be independently controlled for leno or doup effects * **Sampling** — Spread your warp across more shafts to experiment with different tie-ups on the same threading *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the spread in one step. * **The cloth doesn't change** — After spreading, the tie-up is set up so the cloth looks exactly the same as before. The benefit is that you now have more shafts to work with and can modify the tie-up for new patterns. * **Works with liftplan** — Warp Spread works in both tie-up and liftplan modes. The liftplan is automatically updated along with the threading. * **Check your loom** — Make sure your loom has enough shafts for the expanded draft. Spreading 8 shafts to 24 requires a 24-shaft loom (or a dobby/computer-controlled loom). * **Multiplier matters** — For automatic even spread, the target must be a multiple of your current shaft count. You can't spread 4 shafts to 7 — it would need to be 8, 12, 16, etc. *** ### Quick Reference | Mode | What It Does | Target Shafts | | --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | | Automatic Even Spread | Spreads all shafts evenly by a multiplier | Must be a multiple of current count | | Manual Spread | Spreads one shaft across up to 8 chosen targets | Any shaft numbers you specify | # Treadle Reducer Found on the Tools Menu *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Treadle Reducer decreases the number of treadles your draft requires by finding places where pressing two treadles at the same time (a "double-press") can replace a single dedicated treadle. The cloth structure stays exactly the same — you're just using fewer treadles to achieve it. This is especially useful when a draft calls for more treadles than your loom physically has. For example, a pattern that requires 12 treadles might be reduced to 8 by using double-press combinations for some picks.

Treadle Reducer after clicking Run Reduction

*** ### Opening Treadle Reducer {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Treadle Reducer button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Reduce Treadles…** under Optimize {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Treadle Reducer Dialog #### Settings (Left Panel) **Current Treadles** Shows how many treadles your draft currently uses. This is your starting point. **Target Treadles** The maximum number of treadles you want to end up with. Set this to match your loom — if you have 8 treadles, set the target to 8. TempoWeave will try to find a solution that fits within this limit. **Time Limit** How long to let the search run (0.5 to 60 minutes, default 2 minutes). Simple reductions finish quickly, but complex patterns with many treadles may need more time. If the search times out, you can try again with a longer limit or a higher treadle target. **Prefer Single Treadles** When checked (default), the search favors solutions that use single treadle presses where possible, only resorting to double-presses when needed. This produces a more comfortable treadling sequence — fewer picks require pressing two treadles at once. **Use Frequency Weighting** When checked (default), the search gives priority to shaft combinations that appear most often in your treadling. This tends to assign single treadles to the most common picks and double-presses to the rare ones. #### Preview (Right Panel) Shows your original tie-up on the left and the reduced tie-up on the right, side by side. Each cell shows which shafts are connected to which treadle. This updates after the search completes so you can compare before applying. #### Show Mapping After a successful reduction, this button opens a detail view showing exactly how each original shaft combination maps to the new treadles — which picks use a single treadle and which use a double-press. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Treadle Reducer** 2. Set your **Target Treadles** to the number your loom has 3. Adjust the time limit if needed (2 minutes is usually enough) 4. Click **Run Reduction** 5. Wait for the search to complete — a progress indicator shows it's working 6. Review the result message and the preview 7. Click **Apply** if you're happy with the result *** ### Understanding the Results After the search runs, you'll see one of these outcomes: **Success** — The reduction worked. The message shows how many treadles you went from and to (e.g., "12 → 8 treadles"). The preview shows the new tie-up. Click Apply to use it. **No Reduction Possible** — Your draft already uses the minimum number of treadles for its shaft combinations. Every treadle is unique and no double-press combinations can replace any of them. **Timed Out** — The search ran out of time before finding a complete solution. You can: * Increase the time limit and try again * Raise the target treadle count (a less aggressive reduction is easier to find) * Accept a partial result if one was found **Impossible** — The pattern cannot be achieved with your target number of treadles, even with double-presses. You'll need to increase the target. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Fitting a Draft to Your Loom You have a Summer & Winter draft that uses 14 treadles, but your loom only has 10: 1. Open **Treadle Reducer** from the Tools tab 2. You see "Current Treadles: 14" 3. Set **Target Treadles** to 10 4. Leave the other settings at their defaults 5. Click **Run Reduction** 6. The result shows "Success: 14 → 9 treadles" — even fewer than your target 7. Check the preview to see the new tie-up 8. Click **Apply** Your draft now uses 9 treadles. Some picks will require pressing two treadles at once, but the cloth is identical. See Video at end of this document. *** ### What Changes in Your Draft When you apply a reduction: * **Tie-up** — The columns are reorganized. You'll have fewer treadle columns, and each column represents a "building block" that can be used alone or combined with another. * **Treadling** — Switches to multi-treadle mode. Most picks still use a single treadle, but some picks will show two treadles activated (a double-press). The treadling display reflects this. * **The cloth** — Unchanged. Every pick raises exactly the same shafts as before. *** ### Limitations * **Tie-up mode only** — Treadle Reducer is not available in liftplan mode. Convert to tie-up first (Tools tab > To Tie-up). * **Requires at least 2 treadles** — A draft with a single treadle can't be reduced further. * **Double-press maximum** — The reducer uses combinations of at most two treadles per pick. It won't ask you to press three or more simultaneously. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire reduction in one step. * **Start with the default settings** — The defaults (prefer singles, use frequency weighting) produce the most comfortable treadling for most patterns. Only change them if the default search doesn't find a solution. * **Try a generous target first** — If you're not sure how far the pattern can be reduced, start with a target slightly below your current count. You can always run it again with a lower target. * **Check the mapping** — Use the Show Mapping button to see exactly which picks will need double-presses. If there are too many, try a slightly higher target. * **Pairs well with Treadle Expander** — If you later want to undo a reduction and go back to single-treadle picks, use Treadle Expander to convert double-presses back into dedicated treadles. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Range | | ----------------------- | -------------------------- | -------------- | | Target Treadles | Min of current count or 12 | 1–128 | | Time Limit | 2 minutes | 0.5–60 minutes | | Prefer Single Treadles | On | On / Off | | Use Frequency Weighting | On | On / Off | *** {% embed url="" %} # Shaft Reducer ### What It Does Shaft Reducer decreases the number of shafts your draft requires by merging shafts that behave identically. If two or more shafts are raised on exactly the same picks, the threads on those shafts can share a single shaft — each in its own heddle — reducing the total shaft count. The cloth structure stays exactly the same. This is useful when a draft uses more shafts than your loom has, or when you want to find the most efficient shaft assignment for a pattern. For example, a 10-shaft draft where several shafts have identical raise patterns might reduce to 6 or fewer. *** ### Opening Shaft Reducer * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Shaft Reducer button (in the Optimize group) *** ### The Shaft Reducer Dialog #### Settings (Left Panel) **Current Shafts** Shows how many shafts your draft currently uses. This is your starting point. **Unique Raise Patterns** Shows how many distinct raise patterns exist across all your shafts. This is the absolute minimum number of shafts needed to produce the same cloth — you can't reduce below this number without changing the fabric. If this is already equal to your current shaft count, no exact reduction is possible. **Target Shafts** The number of shafts you want to reduce to. Set this to match your loom. The default is set to the number of unique raise patterns (the maximum exact reduction). **Allow Multi-Treadle** When checked, enables approximate reduction below the unique pattern count. This groups similar (but not identical) raise patterns onto the same shaft, which changes the cloth slightly. The result reports the number of cells affected and the error percentage so you can judge whether the approximation is acceptable. When unchecked (default), only exact merges are performed — the cloth is preserved perfectly. #### Preview (Right Panel) Shows your original tie-up on the left and the reduced tie-up on the right, side by side. This updates after the reduction completes so you can compare before applying. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Shaft Reducer** 2. Review the **Unique Raise Patterns** count — this tells you the minimum achievable with exact reduction 3. Set your **Target Shafts** to the number your loom has 4. If the target is below the unique pattern count, check **Allow Multi-Treadle** for approximate reduction 5. Click **Run Reduction** 6. Review the result message and preview 7. Click **Apply** if you're happy with the result *** ### Understanding the Results After running a reduction, you'll see one of these outcomes: **Success (exact)** — Shafts with identical raise patterns were merged. The message shows the reduction (e.g., "10 → 6 shafts"). The cloth is unchanged. Click Apply to use it. **Success (approximate)** — With "Allow Multi-Treadle" checked, similar patterns were grouped together. The message includes the number of changed cells and error percentage (e.g., "approximate: 12 cells changed, 0.8% error"). Review the preview carefully before applying. **Cannot reduce further** — Your draft already uses the minimum number of shafts for its unique raise patterns. Every shaft has a different behavior across the picks. **Cannot reduce without multi-treadle** — The target is below the unique pattern count. Enable "Allow Multi-Treadle" to attempt approximate reduction. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Fitting a Draft to Your Loom You have a draft that uses 12 shafts, but your loom only has 8: 1. Open **Shaft Reducer** from the Tools tab 2. You see "Current Shafts: 12" and "Unique Raise Patterns: 7" 3. Set **Target Shafts** to 8 4. Click **Run Reduction** 5. The result shows "Reduced 12 → 7 shafts, 10 treadles" — even fewer than your target 6. Check the preview to see the new tie-up 7. Click **Apply** Your draft now uses 7 shafts. The threading is reassigned so that threads which had identical raise patterns now share the same shaft, each on its own heddle. The cloth is identical. *** ### What Changes in Your Draft When you apply a reduction: * **Threading** — Threads are reassigned to fewer shafts. Multiple threads that were on different shafts but had identical raise/lower behavior now share the same shaft number. * **Tie-up** — Rebuilt for the reduced shaft count. May have more or fewer treadle columns depending on how the patterns combine. * **Treadling** — Rebuilt to match the new tie-up. Converted to single-treadle mode. * **Liftplan** — If the original was a liftplan, it's converted to standard tie-up mode. * **The cloth** — Unchanged (exact reduction) or slightly modified (approximate reduction with multi-treadle). *** ### Exact vs. Approximate Reduction **Exact reduction** merges only shafts with perfectly identical raise patterns. The cloth is preserved cell-for-cell. This is the default and the safest option. **Approximate reduction** (Allow Multi-Treadle) groups similar patterns together when exact reduction can't reach your target. It uses a greedy clustering algorithm that minimizes the total number of cloth cells that change. The error percentage tells you how much the cloth differs from the original: * 0% — No changes (same as exact) * Under 1% — Very close approximation, differences may not be visible in the woven fabric * Over 5% — Noticeable changes to the pattern structure *** ### Limitations * **Minimum 2 shafts** — A draft must have at least 2 shafts. * **Exact reduction floor** — Without approximate mode, you can't reduce below the number of unique raise patterns. * **Approximate is lossy** — When using "Allow Multi-Treadle" to go below the unique pattern count, the cloth will differ from the original. Always review the error percentage before applying. * **Maximum 128 shafts/treadles** — TempoWeave's array limits apply. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z on Mac) reverts the entire reduction in one step. * **Check unique patterns first** — The "Unique Raise Patterns" count tells you immediately whether reduction is possible and how far it can go without any cloth changes. * **Pairs well with Simplify Draft** — Simplify Draft's Straight Threading mode also reduces shafts, but it additionally reorganizes the threading into a repeating straight sequence. Shaft Reducer preserves the threading order more closely. * **Pairs well with Treadle Reducer** — After reducing shafts, the tie-up may have more treadles. Use Treadle Reducer to reduce treadle count with double-presses if needed. * **Compare with Warp Spread** — Shaft Reducer is conceptually the opposite of Warp Spread, which distributes threads across more shafts. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Range | | ------------------- | -------------------- | -------- | | Target Shafts | Unique pattern count | 2–128 | | Allow Multi-Treadle | Off | On / Off | {% embed url="" %} # Treadle Expander Found on the Tools Menu *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What It Does Treadle Expander is the opposite of Treadle Reducer. It eliminates double-press treadle combinations by giving each unique shaft pattern its own dedicated treadle. After expanding, every pick in your treadling uses exactly one treadle — no more pressing two at once. This is useful when you've been working with a reduced treadle set (using double-presses) and now want to move to a loom with more treadles, or when you simply prefer the simplicity of one treadle per pick. *** ### Opening Treadle Expander {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Treadle Expander button {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone), then **Expand Treadles…** under Optimize {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### The Treadle Expander Dialog #### Analysis (Left Panel) When the dialog opens, it automatically analyzes your draft and shows: **Current Treadles** How many treadles your draft currently uses. **Multi-Treadle Picks** How many picks in your treadling currently require pressing more than one treadle simultaneously. If this is zero, there's nothing to expand — every pick already uses a single treadle. **Unique Lift Patterns** The total number of distinct shaft combinations across all your picks. This is how many treadles you'll need after expanding — one for each unique pattern. **Max Treadles** The maximum number of treadles allowed (up to 128). If your unique lift patterns exceed this, you won't be able to expand. In practice, this is rarely a concern. #### Preview (Right Panel) Shows your original tie-up and the expanded tie-up side by side. The expanded tie-up will have one column per unique shaft combination. This updates after you click Expand. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Treadle Expander** 2. Review the analysis — check how many multi-treadle picks exist and how many unique lift patterns there are 3. Click **Expand Treadles** 4. Review the result and the preview 5. Click **Apply** if you're happy with it *** ### Understanding the Results After clicking Expand, you'll see one of these outcomes: **Expanded (more treadles)** — The most common result. Your treadle count increases to accommodate all the unique shaft patterns, and every pick now uses a single treadle. For example, "8 → 12 treadles." **Expanded (same count)** — Your treadle count stayed the same, but multi-treadle picks were eliminated. This happens when the double-press combinations happened to match existing treadle patterns. **Optimized (fewer treadles)** — Occasionally, expanding actually reduces your treadle count. This can happen when your original draft had redundant treadles — different treadles that raised the same shaft combinations. **Exceeds maximum** — The pattern requires more treadles than the maximum allows. This is rare, but it means the draft has too many unique shaft combinations to fit in single-treadle mode. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Preparing for a Larger Loom You've been weaving a pattern on an 8-treadle loom using double-presses. Now you're moving to a 16-treadle loom and want to simplify the treadling: 1. Open **Treadle Expander** from the Tools tab 2. You see "Current Treadles: 8" and "Multi-Treadle Picks: 45" and "Unique Lift Patterns: 12" 3. Click **Expand Treadles** 4. The result shows "Expanded: 8 → 12 treadles (all multi-treadle picks eliminated)" 5. Your 16-treadle loom can handle 12, so click **Apply** Every pick now uses a single treadle. The treadling is easier to follow and you never have to press two at once. *** ### What Changes in Your Draft When you apply an expansion: * **Tie-up** — Each unique shaft combination gets its own treadle column. The tie-up may have more columns than before, but each one maps to exactly one lift pattern. * **Treadling** — Switches from multi-treadle mode to single-treadle mode. Every pick shows exactly one treadle. * **The cloth** — Unchanged. The same shafts rise on the same picks, producing identical fabric. *** ### Limitations * **Tie-up mode only** — Treadle Expander is not available in liftplan mode. Convert to tie-up first (Tools tab > To Tie-up). * **Requires multi-treadle picks** — If your draft already uses single treadles for every pick, there's nothing to expand. The dialog will let you know. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the expansion in one step. * **Check the count first** — The "Unique Lift Patterns" number tells you exactly how many treadles you'll need. Make sure your loom can accommodate that many before expanding. * **Pairs with Treadle Reducer** — Reducer and Expander are complementary tools. Reduce when you need fewer treadles (accepting double-presses), expand when you have enough treadles and prefer single presses. You can go back and forth freely. * **After importing** — Some imported WIF files use multi-treadle notation. If you prefer single-treadle picks, Treadle Expander is a quick way to convert them. *** ### Quick Reference | Detail | Info | | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | | Location | Tools tab > Treadle Expander | | Works in | Tie-up mode only (not liftplan) | | Input | Draft with multi-treadle picks (double-presses) | | Output | One treadle per unique shaft combination, single presses only | | Treadle count | May increase, stay the same, or occasionally decrease | | Cloth | Unchanged — identical before and after | # Simplify Draft ### What It Does Simplify Draft restructures your draft so it can be expressed with a straight or point threading/treadling sequence. The cloth structure stays exactly the same — only the threading, treadling, and tie-up change to achieve the same fabric with a cleaner loom setup. This is especially powerful for converting complex drafts into forms that are easier to thread or treadle. A draft with an irregular treadling can often be rewritten as a simple straight sequence (1, 2, 3, ..., N, 1, 2, 3, ...) or a point sequence (1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, ...) by expanding the tie-up to absorb the complexity. *** ### Opening Simplify Draft * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Simplify Draft button (in the Optimize group) *** ### The Simplify Draft Dialog #### Current Draft Info Shows your draft's current shaft count, treadle count, and whether it's in liftplan mode. If your draft is a liftplan, a note explains that the result will be converted to tie-up mode. #### Simplification Modes Choose one of four modes: **Straight Threading** Finds the shortest repeating unit in the threading and creates one shaft per position in that repeat. The threading becomes a straight ascending sequence (1, 2, 3, ..., K, 1, 2, 3, ..., K). The number of shafts may increase or decrease depending on the repeat length — a 4-shaft draft with a 28-thread repeat would produce 28 shafts, while a 10-shaft draft where only 6 threads form the repeat would reduce to 6 shafts. **Point Threading** Finds the smallest number of shafts where the threading can be expressed as a point (bouncing) sequence — ascending then descending (1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, ...). The algorithm tries all possible peak counts and starting offsets to find the most compact point representation. If no point pattern fits the draft, this mode reports that point threading is not possible. **Straight Treadling** Finds the shortest repeating unit in the treadling and creates one treadle per position in that repeat. The treadling becomes a straight ascending sequence (1, 2, 3, ..., K, 1, 2, 3, ..., K). For example, a 4-treadle draft with a 10-pick repeat produces 10 treadles with a straight treadling — the complexity moves from the treadling sequence into a larger tie-up. **Point Treadling** Finds the smallest number of treadles where the treadling can be expressed as a point (bouncing) sequence. For example, a draft with a 6-pick point cycle through 4 treadles would produce treadling 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, ... The algorithm tries all peak counts and starting offsets. #### Result Panel Appears after you select a mode. Shows whether the simplification succeeded and how the counts changed (e.g., "Treadles: 4 → 10"). Color-coded green for success, orange for issues. #### Preview (Right Panel) Shows your original tie-up on the left and the simplified tie-up on the right, side by side. Each filled cell represents a shaft-to-treadle connection. This lets you compare the structure before applying. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Simplify Draft** 2. Select a simplification mode (the analysis runs automatically) 3. Review the result message and tie-up preview 4. Click **Apply** if you're happy with the result *** ### Understanding the Results After selecting a mode, you'll see one of these outcomes: **Success** — The simplification worked. The message shows the change (e.g., "Treadles: 4 → 10" or "Shafts: 8 → 28"). The preview shows the new tie-up alongside the original. Click Apply to use it. **Too Many Shafts/Treadles** — The simplified draft would need more than 128 shafts or treadles (TempoWeave's maximum). This can happen with drafts that have very long non-repeating sequences. **Point Not Possible** — No point sequence fits the draft at any peak count or starting offset. The straight version may still work — try Straight Threading or Straight Treadling instead. **Too Few** — Fewer than 3 active threads or picks were found, which isn't enough for analysis. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Converting to Straight Treadling You have a 4-shaft, 4-treadle draft where the treadling follows a complex 10-pick repeating pattern: 1. Open **Simplify Draft** from the Tools tab 2. The dialog shows "Shafts: 4, Treadles: 4" 3. Select **Straight Treadling** 4. The result shows "Treadles: 4 → 10" — the treadling becomes a clean 1-through-10 sequence 5. The preview shows a 4×10 tie-up replacing the original 4×4 6. Click **Apply** Your draft now has 10 treadles with a straight treadling (1, 2, 3, ..., 10, 1, 2, 3, ...). The complexity that was in the treadling sequence is now captured in the larger tie-up. The cloth is identical. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Finding a Point Treadling Using the same draft: 1. Open **Simplify Draft** from the Tools tab 2. Select **Point Treadling** 3. The result shows "Treadles: 4 → 4" — a point sequence through 4 treadles works 4. The treadling becomes 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2, ... 5. The preview shows a new 4×4 tie-up (different from the original) 6. Click **Apply** The draft now has a clean point treadling. The cloth is identical, but the treadling is now a simple bouncing pattern. *** ### What Changes in Your Draft When you apply a simplification: **Threading modes** (Straight or Point Threading): * **Threading** — Rebuilt as a straight or point sequence using the repeat period. The number of shafts matches the repeat length (straight) or peak count (point). * **Tie-up** — Rebuilt to match the new shaft and treadle assignments. * **Treadling** — Rebuilt based on the unique pick raise patterns under the new shaft structure. * **The cloth** — Unchanged. Every intersection is the same as before. **Treadling modes** (Straight or Point Treadling): * **Treadling** — Rebuilt as a straight or point sequence using the repeat period. The number of treadles matches the repeat length (straight) or peak count (point). * **Tie-up** — Rebuilt to match the new treadle assignments. * **Threading** — Unchanged. * **The cloth** — Unchanged. **Liftplan and multi-treadle drafts** — Converted to standard single-treadle tie-up mode as part of simplification. *** ### How the Algorithms Work **Straight modes** find the shortest repeating period of the raise-mask sequence. For Straight Treadling, it examines the sequence of raise patterns across all picks and finds the smallest period K where the pattern repeats. Each position in one repeat gets its own treadle, and the treadling becomes 1, 2, ..., K repeating. Some tie-up columns may be duplicates — this is expected and correct. **Point modes** try all possible peak counts N (starting from 3) and all starting offsets within the point cycle. A point cycle of N has length 2×(N−1) and bounces: 1, 2, ..., N, N−1, ..., 2. The algorithm checks whether all picks assigned to the same treadle position have identical raise masks. It returns the smallest N that works at any offset. *** ### Limitations * **Maximum 128 shafts/treadles** — If the simplified result would exceed this, the simplification is not applied. * **Straight modes may increase counts** — Straight Threading/Treadling finds the repeat period, which may be larger than the original shaft/treadle count. This is by design — the benefit is a clean repeating sequence. * **Point modes may not find a solution** — Not all drafts can be expressed as a point pattern. The algorithm is exhaustive within its search space, so if it says "not possible," no point representation exists. * **Liftplan conversion** — Liftplan drafts are converted to standard tie-up mode as part of simplification. This is expected and necessary. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z on Mac) reverts the entire simplification in one step. * **Try Point before Straight** — Point modes often produce fewer treadles/shafts than Straight, since a point cycle covers more positions with fewer unique values. If Point doesn't work, Straight always will. * **Good for liftplan conversion** — If you have a liftplan draft and want a clean tie-up version, Straight Treadling is an excellent way to convert it. * **Compare modes** — Try both threading and treadling simplification to see which produces a draft that better fits your loom. One direction may produce better results than the other. * **Pairs well with other tools** — After simplifying, you can use Shaft Reducer to merge identical shafts, Treadle Reducer to reduce treadle count with double-presses, or Treadle Expander to split combined treadles apart. * **Straight Treadling + Treadle Reducer** — A powerful combination: first convert to straight treadling (clean sequence, more treadles), then use Treadle Reducer to fit within your loom's treadle count. *** ### Quick Reference | Mode | What It Changes | Algorithm | | ------------------ | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | | Straight Threading | Shafts + tie-up + treadling | Finds threading repeat period | | Point Threading | Shafts + tie-up + treadling | Finds smallest point peak with offset search | | Straight Treadling | Treadles + tie-up | Finds treadling repeat period | | Point Treadling | Treadles + tie-up | Finds smallest point peak with offset search | # Turn Draft / Rotate Draft *Available on Desktop and Mobile.* ### What Are These? A weaving draft has two axes: the **threading** (which shaft each warp thread goes through) and the **treadling** (which treadle to press for each pick). Turn Draft and Rotate Draft both swap these axes — threading becomes treadling and treadling becomes threading — but they do it in slightly different ways. Think of it like turning a piece of paper. Both operations rotate your draft 90°, but in opposite directions, giving you different orientations of the same design. *** ### Where to Find Them {% tabs %} {% tab title="Desktop" %} * **Ribbon**: Design tab > Transform group {% endtab %} {% tab title="Mobile" %} * Tap **Tools** on the rail (tablet) or the bottom dock (phone) — **Turn Draft (swap warp/weft)** and **Rotate Draft** are under Transform {% endtab %} {% endtabs %} *** ### Turn Draft Swaps the threading and treadling directly. The shaft sequence from your threading becomes the treadle sequence in your treadling, and vice versa. The tie-up is transposed (rows become columns, columns become rows) and inverted. #### When to Use It * **Exploring design variations** — Turning a draft can reveal interesting new patterns that aren't obvious in the original orientation * **Adapting imported drafts** — If a draft was designed with threading as the dominant design element but you want to work with a treadling-driven approach, Turn Draft switches the perspective * **Studying structure** — Seeing a draft from a different angle helps you understand how the threading and treadling interact *** ### Rotate Draft Does the same axis swap as Turn Draft, but reverses the treadling order during the transformation. This gives you a different orientation — like rotating the draft the other direction. #### When to Use It * Same situations as Turn Draft, but when you want the mirror-image orientation * **Comparing orientations** — Try both Turn and Rotate to see which version of the rotated design you prefer *** ### The Difference Both operations swap threading and treadling and transpose the tie-up. The difference is in the direction: * **Turn Draft** swaps the axes directly — what was at the beginning of the treadling ends up at the beginning of the threading * **Rotate Draft** swaps the axes with the treadling reversed — what was at the end of the treadling ends up at the beginning of the threading The easiest way to see the difference is to try both on the same draft and compare the results. Since undo works instantly, you can Turn, look at it, undo, Rotate, and compare. *** ### How to Use Them 1. Go to **Design tab > Turn Draft** or **Rotate Draft** 2. That's it — the transformation is applied immediately There are no dialogs or options. The result is shown right away, and the status message tells you the new shaft and treadle counts. *** ### What Changes in Your Draft * **Threading ↔ Treadling** — These swap places * **Tie-up** — Transposed and inverted (rows become columns, values flip) * **Shaft and treadle counts** — These may swap. If you had 4 shafts and 6 treadles, you'll now have 6 shafts and 4 treadles * **Thread counts** — The number of warp threads becomes the number of weft picks, and vice versa * **Colors** — Warp colors move to the weft, and weft colors move to the warp *** ### Limitations * **Tie-up mode only** — Neither operation works in liftplan mode. Convert to tie-up first (Tools tab > To Tie-up). * **Single treadle only** — Neither operation works with multi-treadle (double-press) treadling. Use Treadle Expander first to convert double-presses to single treadles. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts either operation in one step. * **Try both** — Turn and Rotate often produce quite different-looking results from the same starting draft. Try both to see which you prefer. * **Repeat for more rotations** — Applying Turn Draft or Rotate Draft multiple times continues rotating the draft. Four turns brings you back to something close to the original (though the tie-up inversion means it won't be identical). * **Great for twills** — Turning or rotating a twill draft often produces another attractive twill variation. It's a quick way to explore the design space. * **Check your counts** — After turning, verify that the new shaft and treadle counts work for your loom. A draft with 8 treadles that becomes 8 shafts may require more shafts than your loom has. *** ### Quick Reference | Operation | Threading → | Treadling → | Tie-up | Treadling Reversed? | | ------------ | ----------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------- | | Turn Draft | Becomes treadling | Becomes threading | Transposed + inverted | No | | Rotate Draft | Becomes treadling | Becomes threading (reversed) | Transposed + inverted | Yes | # Double Cloth ### What It Does Double Cloth converts a single-layer weaving draft into a two-layer fabric. The result is two separate layers of cloth woven at the same time on the same loom, connected at one or both edges depending on the fold type you choose. TempoWeave automatically doubles your shafts and treadles, rearranges the threading so the two layers interleave, adjusts the treadling to weave both layers, and builds a new tie-up that keeps the layers separate while connecting them at the edges. *** ### Opening Double Cloth * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Double Cloth button *** ### The Double Cloth Dialog The dialog asks you to choose a fold type — how the two layers connect: #### Left Fold The two layers are joined at the left selvedge, creating a fabric that folds open like a book. The top and bottom layers interleave in a **TBBT** pattern (Top, Bottom, Bottom, Top). When you open the fabric, it's twice as wide as the draft on the loom. This is the most common choice for **double-width weaving** — weaving a fabric wider than your loom by folding it in half during weaving and opening it afterward. #### Right Fold Same as Left Fold, but the layers are joined at the right selvedge instead. The interleaving pattern is the same (TBBT), just mirrored. Choose this when you want the fold on the right side of the loom. #### Tubular The top and bottom layers are connected both edges, creating a tube. The layers interleave in a **TBTB** pattern (Top, Bottom, Top, Bottom). Use this for: * **Bags and pouches** — Weave a tube, then sew or weave the bottom closed * **Pillows** — A seamless pillow cover *** ### What Changes in Your Draft The dialog includes a note: **This operation will double your shafts and treadles. EPI and PPI will also be doubled.** Here's what happens in detail: * **Shafts** — Doubled. If you had 4 shafts, you now have 8. The original shafts control the top layer, and the new shafts (5–8) control the bottom layer. * **Treadles** — Doubled similarly. Original treadles work the top layer, new treadles work the bottom layer. * **Threading** — The top and bottom layer threads are interleaved. Where you had one thread per position, you now have two (one for each layer) alternating across the warp. * **Treadling** — The picks are interleaved to weave both layers. Each original pattern pick is accompanied by picks for the other layer. * **Tie-up** — Expanded to a four-quadrant structure: * Top-left: Your original tie-up (top layer weaving) * Bottom-right: Inverted copy (bottom layer weaves the opposite interlacement) * The other quadrants ensure the layers stay separate except at the fold edges * **Colors** — Preserved for both layers. The top layer keeps your original warp and weft colors. *** ### How to Use It 1. Design your single-layer draft as usual 2. Go to **Tools tab > Double Cloth** 3. Choose your fold type — Left Fold, Right Fold, or Tubular 4. Click **Apply** Your draft is transformed into a double cloth structure. *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Double-Width Blanket You want to weave a blanket wider than your loom. Design it at half the final width: 1. Create your pattern at half the desired width (e.g., 20" wide on a 24" loom) 2. Open **Double Cloth** from the Tools tab 3. Select **Left Fold** (the fabric will fold at the left selvedge) 4. Click **Apply** 5. Weave the doubled draft on your loom 6. When you take the fabric off the loom, open the fold — you now have a 40" wide blanket ### Step-by-Step Example: Woven Bag You want to weave a seamless tube that becomes a bag: 1. Design the fabric pattern for one face of the bag 2. Open **Double Cloth** from the Tools tab 3. Select **Tubular** (both edges open, creating a tube) 4. Click **Apply** 5. Weave the draft 6. Sew or weave the bottom closed to finish the bag *** ### Limitations * **Shaft and treadle count** — Since the operation doubles both, your original draft can use at most 64 shafts and 64 treadles (the maximum is 128 each). If your draft exceeds this, TempoWeave will let you know. * **Complexity** — Double cloth drafts are inherently more complex. A simple 4-shaft draft becomes an 8-shaft draft with a larger tie-up. Make sure you're comfortable reading the expanded draft. *** ### Tips * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) reverts the entire double cloth conversion in one step. * **Design simple, convert later** — It's much easier to design your pattern as a single layer and then convert to double cloth, rather than trying to build a double cloth draft from scratch. * **EPI doubles** — Remember that your ends per inch (EPI) and picks per inch (PPI) effectively double because you're weaving two layers. Plan your sett accordingly — if you want 20 EPI in the finished fabric, you'll need 40 EPI on the loom. * **Top layer shafts** — TempoWeave remembers which shafts belong to the top layer. This information is saved with the draft file so it persists across sessions. * **Try different folds** — If you're not sure which fold type to use, try Left Fold first (the most common for double-width). You can always undo and try another option. * **Works with liftplan** — The double cloth conversion works in both tie-up and liftplan modes. *** ### Quick Reference | Fold Type | Layers Connected At | Interleave Pattern | Common Use | | ---------- | ------------------- | ------------------ | ----------------------------------- | | Left Fold | Left selvedge | TBBT | Double-width fabric | | Right Fold | Right selvedge | TBBT | Double-width fabric (fold on right) | | Tubular | Each selvedge | TBTB | Bags, pillows, double-faced fabric | # Image Center ### What It Does Image Center converts photographs, drawings, logos, charts, and other images into weaving patterns. You load an image (or paste one from the clipboard), adjust how it's interpreted, and then send the result to your draft — as a liftplan, a tie-up, directly into the drawdown, or into the pattern layer of a Pattern and Ground draft. The basic conversion turns each area of the image into either a filled cell (warp up) or an empty cell (weft up), creating a black-and-white grid that represents your weaving structure. You control the size of the grid, how light or dark areas are interpreted, and you can crop, rotate, draw on, or remove backgrounds from the image before converting. Image Center also has two special modes: * **Chart detection** recognizes images that are already weaving charts — book scans, screenshots from other software, even phone photos of a printed chart — and reads them cell-for-cell instead of guessing. * **Jacquard mode** turns a photograph into jacquard-ready cloth four different ways — tone bands or color regions filled with weave structures, continuously shaded weaves, or double cloth — and exports a loom-ready TIFF or BMP file.
*** ### Opening Image Center * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Image Center button Image Center opens as a separate window so you can work with it alongside your draft. Closing the window hides it rather than discarding your work — reopening from the ribbon picks up where you left off. *** ### The Image Center Window The window is divided into three areas: #### Left Panel — Library This is where you organize and browse your images. It has three sections: **Albums** Collections you create to group related images. For example, you might have albums for "Logos," "Nature Photos," or "Geometric Shapes." **Folders** Directories on your computer that Image Center watches for images. Click **+ Add Folder** to add a new watched folder. Any images in that folder (PNG, JPG, BMP, GIF, WEBP, TIFF) appear automatically — including the TIFF loom files you export from Jacquard mode, so exports round-trip straight back into your library. TempoWeave includes a set of sample images to get you started — these appear in the Folders section when you first open Image Center. **Working Set** A collection for images you've opened individually (via the Open Image button) or saved from a drawing, without adding them to an album or folder. These persist between sessions. #### Center Panel — Workspace This is where you load, manipulate, and convert your image. It has a toolbar at the top, two side-by-side views in the middle, and controls at the bottom. #### Right Panel — Thumbnail Gallery Shows thumbnails of all images in the currently selected album or folder. Click any thumbnail to load it into the workspace. You can zoom the thumbnails larger or smaller with the + and - buttons at the bottom. When **Jacquard mode** is on, the jacquard controls appear at the top of this panel, above the gallery. *** ### The Workspace in Detail #### Toolbar | Tool | What It Does | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **New Blank** | Start a blank white canvas at the current grid size, ready to draw on | | **Open Image** | Load an image file from your computer | | **Save Image** | Save the current image (including anything you've drawn) as a PNG; it's added to your Working Set | | **Paste Image** | Load an image straight from the clipboard — a screenshot, a snip, or an image copied from a browser. Ctrl+V (Cmd+V) does the same | | **Rotate CW / CCW** | Rotate the image 90 degrees clockwise or counter-clockwise | | **Flip H / Flip V** | Mirror the image horizontally or vertically | | **Invert** | Photographic negative — swaps dark and light (handy for flipping warp-faced and weft-faced readings) | | **Crop** | Draw a rectangle on the image to use only that portion | | **Reset** | Remove the crop and use the full image again | | **Magic Wand** | Click on a background color to remove it from the conversion | | **Tolerance** | Controls how similar colors need to be for the Magic Wand (0 = exact match, higher = more inclusive) | | **Clear** | Remove the Magic Wand selection | | **T (Text)** | Compose text as a pattern — type a word or phrase and it becomes grid cells | | **Brush size** | Size of the drawing brush (1–5 cells) used when painting on the preview | | **Fill** | What the brush paints: **Solid** black/white, or any weave structure — structure strokes are evaluated at absolute cloth coordinates, so they stay seamless no matter how many times you paint over an area | #### The Two Views **Original Image (left)** — Shows your loaded image with any crop region or Magic Wand selection overlaid. The crop area is shown as a rectangle, and Magic Wand selections appear as a red overlay. **Preview Grid (right)** — Shows the converted weaving pattern in real time. Black cells represent filled squares (warp up), white cells represent empty squares (weft up). This preview updates instantly as you change the threshold, grid size, or crop. **Drawing on the preview** — Click or drag on the preview grid to paint cells with the current brush size. Your edits are painted back into the source image, so they survive changes to the threshold or grid size — and you can save the result with Save Image. If you have unsaved drawing when you load another image or quit, TempoWeave asks first. #### Bottom Controls **Grid Size** * **Rows** — How many picks (weft rows) the pattern will have (4–9999) * **Cols** — How many ends (warp threads) the pattern will have (4–5000) **Lock Aspect** When checked (the default), editing Rows automatically recalculates Cols to keep the image's proportions, and vice versa — no math required. When a chart has been detected, the lock uses the chart's cell counts as the true ratio. Uncheck it to set the two independently. **Detect Grid** Runs chart detection manually (see the next section). Detection also runs automatically when you load, paste, rotate, flip, or crop an image. **Jacquard** Toggles Jacquard mode (see its own section below). **Threshold** A slider (0–255) that controls where the line falls between "filled" and "empty." Lower values mean only very dark areas become filled cells. Higher values mean lighter areas are included too. When you first load an image, TempoWeave automatically calculates a good starting threshold by analyzing the image's brightness distribution. You can then adjust it to taste. (In Jacquard mode, the threshold slider is replaced by the jacquard controls.) **Dither** Check **Dither** to replace the hard threshold with Floyd-Steinberg dithering: midtones render as a fine stipple of cells instead of solid areas. This is the better choice for photographs headed to plain black/white conversion — shading survives as texture. The threshold slider is inactive while dithering is on. **Save Tuning** Saves your current threshold, rows, and columns settings for this specific image. Next time you select this image, your settings are restored automatically — saved tuning takes precedence over automatic chart detection, so your explicit choice always wins. **Copy Buttons** Three buttons for sending the pattern to your draft: * **Copy to Weft** — For pasting into the liftplan area (up to 128 columns) * **Copy to Tie-up** — For pasting into the tie-up matrix * **Copy to Drawdown** — For pasting directly into the cloth *** ### Chart Detection If the image you load is itself a grid chart — a scan from a book, a screenshot from another weaving program, or a photo of a printed chart — Image Center recognizes the gridlines and reads the chart **cell-for-cell**. No more guessing the right Rows and Cols or fighting the threshold slider. When a chart is detected you'll see a toast like "Chart grid detected: 29 rows x 14 columns," and Rows/Cols snap to the chart's true cell counts. The preview shows the chart exactly, because each grid cell is sampled from the center of its chart cell — the gridlines themselves never contaminate the result. What it handles: * Clean screenshots and scans, including ones where the chart's outer border is clipped * **Phone photos** of charts in books — a bit of camera tilt and perspective is fine, because each gridline is traced individually through the image * Charts inside a larger page: crop to the chart region first, and detection runs on the crop What to know: * Detection runs automatically on load, paste, rotate, flip, and crop. The **Detect Grid** button re-runs it manually. * If you previously saved tuning for an image, the saved settings win on load — press Detect Grid to apply detection instead. * Changing Rows or Cols away from the detected counts switches back to normal resampling (that's your escape hatch if you *want* to resize a chart). * Ordinary photos and drawings are left alone — detection only engages when the image genuinely reads as a chart. The workflow this enables: snip a chart from a PDF, press Ctrl+V (Cmd+V) in Image Center, and Copy to Weft — three steps, no files, no cleanup. *** ### Jacquard Mode Jacquard mode turns an image into weavable jacquard cloth. Click the **Jacquard** toggle in the bottom controls and the jacquard panel appears at the top of the right sidebar. The **Mode** picker at its top chooses one of four conversion methods: #### Tone Structures The image is split into **tone bands** by brightness (2–8, set with the Tones spinner), and each band is filled with a **weave structure**. Dark areas might become weft-faced satin, light areas warp-faced satin, and midtones twills — the classic way damask and jacquard designs create shading. The **tone legend** shows one row per tone: a gray swatch and a structure dropdown. The built-in structures: | Structure | Character | | --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 8-End Satin (weft) | Darkest — weft dominates the face | | 5-End Satin (weft) | Dark | | 1/3 Twill | Weft-leaning midtone | | Tabby | Balanced | | 2/2 Twill | Balanced midtone with diagonal | | 3/1 Twill | Warp-leaning midtone | | 5-End Satin (warp) | Light | | 8-End Satin (warp) | Lightest — warp dominates the face | | 8-End Satin 2/8 … 6/8 | The shaded satin ramp — intermediate riser counts between weft-faced (1/8) and warp-faced (7/8) | Sensible defaults are assigned automatically (darkest tone gets weft-faced satin, lightest warp-faced). For the smoothest damask shading, assign the **8-end satin ramp** by hand across your tones — staying in one satin family means no structure mismatch at tone boundaries. **Painting tones:** click a tone's swatch to make it the active brush, then paint on the preview to reassign areas by hand. Tone edits are painted back into the source image, so they stick. #### Color Structures Like Tone Structures, but the image is clustered by actual **color** instead of brightness — so a red flower and green leaves of similar darkness get *different* structures. The legend swatches show the found colors, sorted dark to light. Everything else works the same: assign structures per color, paint with a color's swatch to reassign areas. #### Shaded Weave Instead of discrete bands, the **local tone around every cell continuously adjusts the float length** within a single weave family — no banding, no region boundaries, just smooth photographic shading in cloth. Pick a **Weave** family (straight, point, diamond, broken, or advancing twill; 5, 8, or 12-end satin; 2×2 or 3×3 basket), a **Detail** level (Finest samples tone very locally with a small repeat; Bluntest averages broadly with a large repeat), and the twill **direction** (Z by default, check S to reverse). Because everything stays in one family, this mode is also the safest for float lengths. #### Double Cloth Dark areas bring one cloth layer to the face, light areas the other — a true two-layer jacquard exchange using exact 4×4 double-cloth units. There are no settings; use the **Invert** toolbar button to swap which side shows where. #### Show Weave, Selvedge, and Export **Show Weave** (Tone and Color Structures modes) toggles the preview between your design view and the **developed cloth** — every cell resolved through its structure. Shaded Weave and Double Cloth always preview as developed cloth. Structures are anchored to absolute cloth coordinates, so satin and twill lines run continuously across motif boundaries with no seams. **Selvedge** adds the given number of ends of opposite-phase plain weave to both edges of the *exported* file (your design stays clean on screen) — a ready-to-weave edge on the loom. **Export TIFF / Export BMP** write the developed cloth as a true 1-bit monochrome file, one pixel per end and pick, black = warp up. The TIFF uses the same polarity convention as established TC2 tools, and exported files appear right back in your gallery if the folder is watched. #### Jacquard workflow 1. Paste or load a photo — continuous-tone images (flowers, portraits, landscapes) work best 2. Use the Magic Wand to clear the background if needed (masked areas go to the lightest tone) 3. Set **Cols** to your loom's warp count; Lock Aspect fills in Rows 4. Pick a mode: **Shaded Weave** for photographic shading, **Tone/Color Structures** for graphic designs with distinct areas, **Double Cloth** for two-layer exchange 5. Adjust, paint, and check the developed cloth 6. Set a **Selvedge** width if you want woven-in edges 7. **Export TIFF** and take the file to your jacquard software **A caution about floats:** within each structure, float lengths are bounded. But in Tone and Color Structures modes, boundaries between regions can occasionally stack longer floats where two structures fail to bind. Check critical pieces for long floats before weaving — an automatic float checker is planned. Shaded Weave mode avoids this by staying in one family. *** ### How to Use It #### Basic Workflow 1. Open **Image Center** from the Tools tab 2. Load an image — click **Open Image**, select a thumbnail, or just press **Ctrl+V** (Cmd+V) with an image on the clipboard 3. If it's a chart, detection sets Rows and Cols for you; otherwise set the size you want (Lock Aspect keeps proportions) 4. Adjust the **Threshold** slider until the preview grid looks right 5. Click one of the **Copy** buttons 6. Switch to your draft, select the **Select tool**, position your cursor where you want the pattern 7. Press **Ctrl+V** (Cmd+V) to paste #### Choosing a Copy Destination **Copy to Drawdown** is the most direct option — it pastes the pattern straight into the cloth. Use this when you want to place a motif or image directly in your fabric. **Copy to Weft (Liftplan)** pastes the pattern into the liftplan area, where it becomes the shaft-lifting sequence for each pick. Your draft must be in liftplan mode. This is also the route into a **Pattern and Ground** draft: after Copy to Weft, use the **Paste Pattern** button on the P\&G toolbar (or Ctrl+V) to place the image in the pattern liftplan. **Copy to Tie-up** pastes into the shaft-to-treadle connection matrix. This is useful for small images (up to the size of your tie-up) that define a structural unit. *** ### Working with the Magic Wand The Magic Wand helps you remove backgrounds from images so only the subject converts to a weaving pattern. 1. Click the **Magic Wand** button in the toolbar 2. Click on the background color in your image 3. The selected area appears as a red overlay — these pixels will be treated as empty (white) in the grid 4. Adjust the **Tolerance** slider if too much or too little was selected * Lower tolerance = stricter color matching (selects less) * Higher tolerance = looser matching (selects more) 5. Click additional areas to add them to the selection 6. Use **Clear** to start over The Magic Wand works well for images with solid or near-solid backgrounds — product photos, logos on white backgrounds, simple line art with a colored background. *** ### Working with Crop Crop lets you focus on just part of an image. 1. Click the **Crop** button in the toolbar 2. Click and drag on the image to draw a rectangle around the area you want 3. The preview grid immediately updates to show only the cropped portion 4. Use **Reset** to go back to the full image Cropping is especially useful for photographs where you only want a small detail, for pages where the chart is surrounded by text, or when an image has borders you want to exclude. Chart detection re-runs on the cropped region automatically. *** ### Drawing from Scratch Image Center doubles as a simple pattern sketchpad: 1. Click **New Blank** to get a white canvas at the current grid size 2. Pick a brush size and draw directly on the preview grid 3. Use the **T** button to add text as pattern cells 4. **Save Image** stores your drawing as a PNG in the Working Set 5. Copy to your draft like any other pattern *** ### Step-by-Step Example: A Chart from a Book You found a motif chart in a weaving book and want it in your draft: 1. Photograph the chart with your phone (straight-on is best, but a little tilt is fine) 2. Get the photo to your computer and copy it, or open the file 3. In Image Center, press **Ctrl+V** (or Open Image) 4. Watch for the "Chart grid detected" toast — the preview should show the chart perfectly 5. If the photo includes more than the chart, **Crop** to the chart area; detection re-runs 6. Fix any stray cells by clicking them in the preview 7. **Copy to Weft**, then paste into your liftplan ### Step-by-Step Example: Converting a Logo 1. Open **Image Center** and load the logo file 2. Set **Rows** and **Cols** for your desired size — Lock Aspect keeps it proportional 3. Click the **Magic Wand** and click the logo's background color 4. Adjust the **Threshold** until the logo details look crisp 5. Click individual cells in the preview to clean up stray dots 6. Click **Save Tuning** to remember these settings 7. **Copy to Drawdown**, switch to your draft, and paste with Ctrl+V ### Step-by-Step Example: A Jacquard Portrait 1. Paste a photo into Image Center (Ctrl+V) 2. Set **Cols** to your loom's warp count, for example 1320; Lock Aspect sets Rows 3. Click **Jacquard** and choose **Shaded Weave** mode 4. Pick **8-End Satin** as the weave and **Medium** detail — the preview shows the portrait as smoothly shaded satin 5. Try other weaves and detail levels; the preview updates instantly 6. Set a **Selvedge** width if you want woven-in edges 7. **Export TIFF** and load the file in your jacquard loom software *** ### Organizing Your Image Library #### Adding Folders 1. In the left panel, click **+ Add Folder** 2. Navigate to the directory and select it 3. All supported images in that folder appear in the thumbnail gallery #### Using the Working Set Images you open with the Open Image button, and drawings you Save, are added to the Working Set automatically. This keeps them accessible without needing to remember where the file is on disk. #### Browsing Click any album, folder, or "Show Working Set" in the left panel to view its images as thumbnails in the right panel. Click a thumbnail to load it into the workspace. *** ### Tips * **Paste beats saving** — For anything already on your screen (PDFs, websites, other software), snip it to the clipboard and press Ctrl+V in Image Center. No files needed. * **Charts just work** — If the image has gridlines, let detection read it. Only reach for the threshold slider with photos and drawings. * **Start with simple, high-contrast images** for threshold conversion — bold logos, silhouettes, and line drawings convert cleanly. * **Smaller grids = simpler patterns** — A 16×16 grid is easy to weave but won't show much detail. A 100×100 grid captures more but creates a much larger pattern area. * **Draw to fine-tune** — Click or drag on the preview to fix cells; edits survive threshold and size changes. * **Save your tuning** — If you've dialed in an image, Save Tuning remembers it — and it takes precedence over auto-detection next time. * **Threshold direction** — Lower = only dark areas fill (sparser). Higher = lighter areas fill too (denser). * **Crop before adjusting threshold** — The automatic threshold works better when it analyzes just the area you care about. * **In Jacquard mode, trust the ladder** — The default dark-to-light structure assignments follow standard damask practice. Change one tone at a time and watch Show Weave. * **Photographs shine in Shaded Weave mode** — it's the mode that turns a portrait or flower into smoothly shaded cloth with no banding. * **Paint with structures** — Set the brush Fill to a satin or twill and paint texture by hand; strokes are always seamless. * **Dither for plain black/white photos** — When you're not in Jacquard mode, the Dither checkbox keeps photographic shading as stipple. * **Jacquard sources should be photos** — Continuous-tone images posterize well. Charts and line art belong in the normal threshold mode. * **Undo after pasting** — If the pasted pattern doesn't look right in your draft, Ctrl+Z removes it. Adjust in Image Center and try again. * **Magic Wand + Crop are exclusive** — Enabling one disables the other. * **Your files are safe** — Rotate, flip, crop, and wand never modify the original file on disk. Drawing edits only reach disk if you click Save Image. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Range | | -------------------- | --------------- | ------------------------------------------ | | Grid Rows | 16 | 4–9999 | | Grid Columns | 16 | 4–5000 | | Lock Aspect | On | — | | Threshold | Auto-calculated | 0–255 | | Dither | Off | — | | Brush Fill | Solid | Solid or any structure | | Jacquard Mode | Tone Structures | Tone / Color / Shaded Weave / Double Cloth | | Jacquard Tones | 4 | 2–8 | | Shaded Weave Detail | Medium | Finest–Bluntest | | Selvedge | 0 | 0–24 ends | | Magic Wand Tolerance | 32 | 0–255 | | Brush Size | 1 | 1–5 cells | | Copy / Export | Goes To | Limit | | ---------------------------- | ------------------------------------- | ------------ | | Copy to Drawdown | Main cloth area | 5000 × 40000 | | Copy to Weft | Liftplan area (or P\&G Paste Pattern) | 128 columns | | Copy to Tie-up | Tie-up matrix | 128 × 128 | | Export TIFF / BMP (Jacquard) | 1-bit loom file, 1 pixel per end/pick | 5000 × 9999 | # Analyze Repeats ### What It Does Analyze Repeats examines your threading and treadling to find repeating patterns — motifs that appear multiple times. It identifies the smallest repeating unit, shows how many times it repeats, and highlights all the instances directly on your draft. This is invaluable for understanding the structure of a draft, especially one you've imported or inherited. It answers questions like: "What's the basic repeat in this threading?" and "Does the treadling follow a regular cycle?" *** ### Opening Analyze Repeats * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Analyze Repeats button Analyze Repeats opens as a separate window so you can interact with your draft while viewing the results. *** ### The Analyze Repeats Window #### Analysis Range At the top, you choose what to analyze and which portion of the draft: **Analyze Warp (Threading)** Check this to analyze your threading for repeating patterns. You can specify a range of threads to analyze — by default, the full threading is selected. * **From / To** — Limit the analysis to a section of your threading. Useful when you know there's a border or hem section you want to exclude. **Analyze Weft (Treadling)** Check this to analyze your treadling. Same range options as warp. You can analyze both at the same time, or just one. #### Display Options Three checkboxes control how results are shown: **Phase Variants** When checked, shows rotated versions of the same pattern as separate entries. For example, a 4-pick twill sequence (1-2-3-4) could also appear starting at pick 2 (2-3-4-1) — these are phase-shifted variants of the same pattern. By default, these are collapsed into a single entry. **Chain Details** When checked, adds detailed location information to each motif, showing exactly where contiguous chains of the pattern occur. For example: `[10–95 ×3, 97–180 ×3]` means the pattern repeats 3 times from thread 10 to 95, then 3 more times from 97 to 180. **Contiguous Only** When checked, filters the results to show only patterns where every instance is back-to-back with no gaps. This finds patterns that tile perfectly — useful when you're looking for the fundamental repeat rather than scattered motifs. #### Custom Limits For advanced use, you can override the automatic detection settings: * **Height** — Control the minimum and maximum pattern size to search for * **Min Repeats** — Require patterns to appear at least 2, 3, or 4 times to be listed By default, TempoWeave uses intelligent heuristics that work well for most drafts. You typically only need custom limits for very large or unusual drafts. *** ### Results #### Summary After clicking **Analyze Repeats**, the summary section shows a quick overview: ``` WARP: Threads 1–500 (500 total) Perfect repeat: 52 threads × 9 Found 14 motif patterns WEFT: Picks 1–1000 (1000 total) Perfect repeat: 8 picks × 125 Found 28 motif patterns ``` A **perfect repeat** means the entire threading (or treadling) is one pattern repeated evenly from start to finish with no leftover threads. This is the most common case in traditional weaving. If no perfect repeat exists, TempoWeave looks for a "core" — the longest section that does repeat perfectly, with irregular edges trimmed. The summary reports how many threads were trimmed from each end. #### Motif Lists Below the summary, two lists show the detected patterns: **Warp Motifs** — Repeating patterns in the threading **Weft Motifs** — Repeating patterns in the treadling Each entry shows: ``` 52 threads: 19× covers 988 (period 52) ``` * **52 threads** — The pattern is 52 threads wide * **19×** — It appears 19 times * **covers 988** — These instances span 988 threads total (overlapping areas counted once) * **period 52** — The pattern repeats every 52 threads, meaning instances are evenly spaced **What is "period"?** The period tells you if the pattern appears at regular intervals: * **With a period** (e.g., "period 44") — The pattern occurs on a predictable schedule, like a treadling that repeats every 44 picks. This usually indicates a fundamental structural repeat. * **Without a period** — The pattern appears multiple times but at irregular positions. This is common in designs with borders, hems, or freeform elements where a motif is used "as needed." #### Clicking a Motif Click any motif in the list to **highlight all its instances on your draft**. The threading or treadling area shows colored highlighting over every place that pattern appears. This makes it easy to see the repeat structure at a glance. Click **Clear Highlight** to remove the highlighting. *** ### How to Use It #### Finding the Basic Repeat 1. Open **Analyze Repeats** from the Tools tab 2. Leave both Warp and Weft checked with the full range 3. Click **Analyze Repeats** 4. Look at the summary — if there's a perfect repeat, that's your fundamental repeat unit 5. Click the top motif in each list to see it highlighted on your draft #### Analyzing a Specific Section 1. Open **Analyze Repeats** 2. Set the **From / To** range to cover just the section you're interested in — for example, skip the first 20 threads if they're a border 3. Click **Analyze Repeats** 4. The analysis considers only the specified range *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Understanding an Imported Draft You've imported a WIF file and want to understand its threading structure: 1. Open **Analyze Repeats** from the Tools tab 2. Check **Analyze Warp (Threading)** and leave the full range 3. Click **Analyze Repeats** 4. The summary shows: "Perfect repeat: 24 threads × 12" 5. This tells you the threading has a 24-thread repeat that cycles 12 times across 288 threads 6. Click the "24 threads" motif to see it highlighted on the threading 7. Now you can identify the repeat unit and understand the draft's structure ### Step-by-Step Example: Checking Treadling Consistency You've been editing a treadling and want to verify it still has a clean repeat: 1. Open **Analyze Repeats** 2. Check only **Analyze Weft (Treadling)** 3. Click **Analyze Repeats** 4. If the summary shows a perfect repeat, your treadling is consistent 5. If it shows "No perfect repeat" or a core with trimmed edges, check where the irregularity is — click motifs to highlight and locate the break in the pattern *** ### Print Block Profile The **Print Block Profile** button generates a printable condensed view of your draft's repeating pattern blocks, with labels and repeat counts. This is useful for: * Creating a reference sheet to keep beside your loom * Documenting the structure of a draft for teaching or sharing * Visualizing color blocks alongside the repeat structure *** ### Tips * **Start simple** — For most drafts, just click Analyze Repeats with the defaults. The automatic heuristics work well. * **Perfect repeat is your friend** — If the analysis finds a perfect repeat, that's the single most important piece of information. It tells you the minimum repeat unit for both warping and treadling. * **Use the range for complex drafts** — If your draft has a border or hem with a different structure, exclude it from the analysis by setting the range to just the pattern area. * **Contiguous Only for clean repeats** — Enable the Contiguous Only filter to see only patterns that tile without gaps. This cuts through noise and shows the true structural repeats. * **Click to highlight** — The highlighting feature is one of the most useful parts. Clicking a motif instantly shows you where and how often it appears in your draft. * **Works with liftplan** — If your draft is in liftplan mode, the analysis converts the liftplan to a sequence for pattern matching. The results are the same either way. * **Copy results** — Use the **Copy** button to copy the analysis results as text, which you can paste into notes or share with other weavers. *** ### Quick Reference | Setting | Default | Options | | --------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------- | | Analyze Warp | Checked | Full range or custom From/To | | Analyze Weft | Checked | Full range or custom From/To | | Phase Variants | Off | Show/hide phase-shifted versions | | Chain Details | Off | Show/hide location chains | | Contiguous Only | Off | Filter to perfectly tiling patterns only | | Custom Limits | Off | Override auto heuristics for height range and min repeats | # Fabric Analysis Mode ### What It Does Fabric Analysis Mode lets you work backwards, to a degree — instead of building a draft from threading, treadling, and tie-up, you draw the cloth structure directly on the drawdown grid and TempoWeave figures out the threading, treadling, and tie-up for you. This is useful when you have a piece of fabric in hand (or a photo of one) and want to recreate it as a draft. You examine the cloth, mark which intersections are warp-over and which are weft-over, and TempoWeave analyzes the pattern to derive the shaft assignments, treadle sequence, and tie-up connections needed to reproduce it. *** ### Opening Fabric Analysis Mode * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Analysis group > Fabric Analysis button This is a **toggle** — click it once to enter Fabric Analysis Mode, click it again to exit and apply the analysis. *** ### How It Works #### Drawing on the Drawdown When Fabric Analysis Mode is active, you draw directly on the drawdown grid: * **Left-click** — Fill a cell (warp over weft — the cell turns black) * **Right-click** (or Ctrl+click) — Clear a cell (weft over warp — the cell turns white) As you draw, a dark green outline shows where your cursor is, and the last cell you clicked is marked with a lime outline. You're essentially recreating the interlacement pattern of the fabric, cell by cell. Each filled cell means "the warp thread is on top at this intersection." Each empty cell means "the weft thread is on top." #### Exiting and Applying When you've finished drawing the pattern, click the **Fabric Analysis** button again to exit the mode. TempoWeave immediately analyzes what you've drawn and derives: * **Threading** — Each unique column pattern in your drawing becomes a shaft. Columns with the same over/under pattern are assigned to the same shaft. * **Treadling** — Each unique row pattern becomes a treadle. Rows with the same over/under pattern are assigned to the same treadle. * **Tie-up** — The shaft-to-treadle connections are built from representative cells where each shaft/treadle combination intersects. The shaft and treadle counts are updated automatically based on how many unique patterns were found. *** ### How to Use It 1. Go to **Tools tab > Fabric Analysis** 2. The drawdown grid is now in drawing mode 3. Examine your source fabric (or photo) and fill in the cells to match the interlacement: * Left-click to mark warp on top * Right-click to mark weft on top 4. Draw enough of the pattern to capture at least one full repeat 5. Click **Fabric Analysis** again to exit the mode 6. TempoWeave derives the threading, treadling, and tie-up from your drawing 7. Review the result — the threading, treadling, and tie-up areas now show the analyzed structure *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Analyzing a Fabric Sample You have a piece of twill fabric and want to figure out the draft: 1. Look at the fabric closely (a magnifying glass or pick counter helps) 2. Open a new draft in TempoWeave with enough threads and picks to cover at least one repeat 3. Click **Fabric Analysis** in the Tools tab 4. Starting from one corner, examine each intersection of your fabric: * If the warp thread is on top, left-click that cell * If the weft thread is on top, leave it empty (or right-click to clear it) 5. Work through at least one full repeat of the pattern 6. Click **Fabric Analysis** again to exit 7. Check the threading — you should see a familiar twill sequence 8. Check the tie-up — it should show the twill connection pattern 9. You now have a working draft that reproduces the fabric ### Step-by-Step Example: Recreating a Pattern from a Photo You found a photo of a beautiful fabric online and want to weave it: 1. Open the photo on your screen for reference (or print it out) 2. Create a new draft sized to cover the visible repeat 3. Enter **Fabric Analysis Mode** 4. Fill in the cells to match the pattern in the photo as closely as you can 5. Exit the mode 6. Review the derived threading and treadling 7. If the shaft or treadle count is too high for your loom, you may need to simplify the pattern *** ### Tips * **Draw at least one full repeat** — The analysis works best when you've drawn a complete repeating unit. Partial patterns may produce more shafts or treadles than necessary. * **Fewer unique patterns = fewer shafts** — Every unique column pattern becomes a shaft. If you have 20 columns but only 4 unique patterns among them, you'll get a 4-shaft draft. * **Accuracy matters** — A single misplaced cell can create an extra shaft or treadle. If the result has more shafts than expected, check your drawing for inconsistencies. * **Undo works** — Ctrl+Z (Cmd+Z) can undo individual cell changes while you're drawing. After exiting the mode, undo reverts the entire analysis. * **Start small** — If you're unsure about the pattern, start with a small section (one repeat) rather than trying to draw the entire fabric at once. You can always extend it later. * **Use with Image Center** — For complex patterns, consider using Image Center to convert a photo to a grid first, then paste it into the drawdown and use Fabric Analysis Mode to derive the draft structure. * **Not available with multi-treadle** — Fabric Analysis Mode requires single-treadle mode. If your draft uses double-press treadling, convert to tie-up format first (Tools tab > To Tie-up). *** ### Quick Reference | Action | How | | ------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | Enter mode | Tools tab > Fabric Analysis (toggle on) | | Fill cell (warp on top) | Left-click | | Clear cell (weft on top) | Right-click or Ctrl+click | | Exit and analyze | Tools tab > Fabric Analysis (toggle off) | | Result | Threading, treadling, and tie-up derived from drawn pattern | # Weave Assistant *Available on Desktop and Mobile. This guide covers the desktop Weave Assistant; the tablet and phone version has its own guide — Weave Assistant (Mobile) — because the touch interface is laid out differently. Weaving progress, treadle mappings, and settings travel inside the `.twa` file, so you can move between desktop and mobile mid-project.* ### What It Does The Weave Assistant is your at-the-loom companion. It displays your draft pick by pick, showing which shafts to raise for each pick and a real-time cloth preview as you weave. With a **TempoTreadle** **3** on your loom, it advances hands-free — the box senses your actual treadling over Wi-Fi and confirms every shed. If you have a dobby loom (Louet or Leclerc), it can connect directly and send shaft commands automatically. And with neither, it still works as an on-screen guide — advance through your treadling with a foot pedal or keyboard and follow along visually. With Weave Assistant and TempoTreadle, you can weave with confidence through life's distractions. Think of it as a scrolling teleprompter for weaving: it keeps your place, shows what's coming next, alerts you to treadling errors, color changes, and lets you focus on the weaving instead of a paper draft. *** ### Opening the Weave Assistant * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Dobby group > Weave Assistant button The Weave Assistant opens as a separate window. Only one instance can be open at a time — if you click the button again, it brings the existing window to the front.
*** ### The Weave Assistant Window #### Toolbar (Top) **Navigation Controls** **Forward / Reverse** Toggles the weaving direction. In Forward mode, advancing goes to higher-numbered picks. In Reverse mode, it goes backward — and the pill turns **red** so you can't miss it. Use Reverse when you need to unweave or re-do a section. Flipping direction also repositions you sensibly: switching to Reverse steps back to the last pick you wove; switching to Forward steps ahead to the next one (wrapping at section boundaries). **Previous / Next Pick** Step backward or forward one pick at a time. You'll typically use the foot pedal or keyboard instead, but these buttons are available for mouse navigation. **Back Up** Goes back one pick, undoing the last advance. This is direction-aware: if you are weaving forward, it goes back one pick; if weaving in reverse, it goes forward one pick. Use this when you need to re-do the previous pick. **Pick Jump** Type a pick number and click **Go** (or press Enter) to jump directly to any pick. The display immediately centers on that pick. **Section Filter** A dropdown that lets you limit the weaving range to a specific section of your draft. If your draft has Section Assembly markers (such as "Header," "Pattern," "Footer"), they appear here. Select a section and the Weave Assistant only cycles through picks in that range, automatically wrapping at the section boundaries. When "All" is selected, you weave through the entire draft. **View Controls** **Zoom + / -** (top bar) Adjusts the size of the shaft grid and cloth preview cells. Zoom in for detail or out to see more picks at once. **▾ View** (menu) The display toggles, gathered in one place: * **Show treadle overlay** (on by default) — the floating treadle guidance card. * **Show large treadle overlay** — maximizes the card with much larger text and boxes; glanceable from the bench, and the low-vision option. * **Show Next and Prev treadle** (on) — the next-pick / last-pick preview lines inside the overlay. * **Show Interlacement** (on) — shadow and highlight lines simulate the over/under texture of real cloth; off shows flat colored cells. * **Color change alert** (on) — chime when the next pick uses a different weft. * **Show treadling panel** (on) — the side panel; turn it off to give the cloth preview the full width. **Settings** Shows or hides the settings panel on the right side of the window. #### Info Bar A full-width bar below the toolbar showing three pieces of information about the current pick: * **Pick number** — Large, bold display (e.g., "Pick 42") * **Active shafts** — Which shafts are raised for this pick (e.g., "Shafts: 1, 3, 5, 7") * **Weft color** — A color swatch showing the weft color for this pick This gives you all the essential information at a glance without looking at the grid. #### Shaft Grid (Left Panel) The shaft grid shows the treadling or liftplan data in a grid format: * **Header row** — Shaft numbers across the top (1, 2, 3, 4...) * **Pick rows** — Each row represents one pick. The current pick is highlighted with a red border and its number shown in red with a ">" marker. * **Filled cells** — Dark cells indicate which shafts are raised for that pick * **Weft color dots** — Small color indicators on the right margin showing the weft color for each pick. If a yarn is variegated, the dot shows a striped pattern. * **Section highlighting** — If you've selected a section, its range is shown with a colored background The display is centered on the current pick, with upcoming picks above and completed picks below. As you advance, the grid scrolls to keep the current pick in view. #### Cloth Preview (Right Panel) The cloth preview shows what the fabric looks like as you weave: * **Woven picks** (below the current pick) are shown at full brightness * **Unwoven picks** (at and above the current pick) fade to 35% opacity, giving you a sense of what's coming without visual clutter * **Interlacement** (when 3D View is enabled) shows shadow and highlight lines for a realistic thread-over-thread appearance Both panels share the same vertical alignment, so the current pick row lines up across the shaft grid and cloth preview. A **resizable splitter** between the two panels lets you adjust how much space each one gets. #### Status Bar (Bottom) Shows: * **Connection status** — "No dobby connected" or the connected port name * **Pick position** — "Pick 42 / 200" (or with section range: "Pick 42 / 200 \[Pattern: 21–180]") *** ### Advancing Through Your Draft #### Using the Keyboard (No Dobby) By default: * **Space** — Advance to the next pick * **Shift+Space** — Go to the previous pick These keys are configurable in the Settings panel. You can map them to any key or key combination. #### Using a Foot Pedal If you have a USB foot pedal (commonly available online), configure it to send the Space key. Then you can advance picks hands-free while keeping both hands on the loom. The key mapping in Settings lets you set up any key your foot pedal sends. #### Using a TempoTreadle With a TempoTreadle box connected (see *TempoTreadle Connection* under Settings): 1. Press the correct treadle and close the shed — an OK beep sounds and the assistant advances by itself 2. Press a wrong treadle — an error beep warns you before you throw the pick 3. The keyboard and foot pedal keep working alongside the automatic advance #### Using a Dobby Loom When connected to a supported dobby loom: 1. Connect the loom via the serial port in Settings 2. Click **Start Cycle** 3. The Weave Assistant sends shaft commands to the loom for each pick 4. When the loom reports a cycle complete (the shed has been opened and closed), it automatically advances to the next pick 5. The keyboard/foot pedal still works for manual control alongside the automatic advance *** ### Settings Panel (Right Side) Click **Settings** in the toolbar to show or hide this panel. #### Device Connection For weavers with a TempoTreadle sensor or a supported computer-controlled dobby loom. The status dot on the section header shows the link state at a glance. **Dobby Type** Select your device: * TempoTreadle (see *TempoTreadle Connection* below) * Louet Megado * Louet Octado * Louet Magic * Leclerc Weavebird **Serial Port** Select the port your loom is connected to. Click **Refresh** to scan for available ports. **Connect / Disconnect** Opens or closes the connection to the loom. **Test** Sends a self-test command to verify communication with the loom. **Start Cycle / End Cycle** Starts or stops the automatic weaving cycle. When cycling, the loom and software work together: the loom reports when a pick is complete, and the software sends the next shaft configuration. If you don't have a dobby loom or a TempoTreadle, you can ignore this entire section. The Weave Assistant works perfectly well as a visual guide with just the keyboard or foot pedal. #### TempoTreadle Connection TempoTreadle is our Wi-Fi sensor box that mounts under your loom's treadles and reports every press — so the Weave Assistant advances hands-free and confirms each shed as you weave. Choose **TempoTreadle** in the Dobby Type dropdown and the connection panel appears: **Loom Type** Tunes the detection behavior to your loom: **Multiple (Floor Loom)**, **Single (Countermarch)**, or **Table Loom** (levers must match the expected shafts exactly, then it advances — no closed shed needed). **Address** The box's network address. You almost never type this by hand — use Setup. **Setup…** The guided wizard: it finds a TempoTreadle on your network, or walks the box onto your home Wi-Fi the first time. See the TempoTreadle 3 connection quickstart for the full walkthrough, including what the box's screen shows at each step. **Connect** Opens the connection. Once paired, the address is remembered — next session it's one click. The status dot on the Device Connection header turns green when you're linked. **Tune** Verifies the box senses each treadle before your first session. The tune grid is labeled with your treadle numbers — using the **mapped** numbers if you've remapped, with a red X over positions mapped OFF — so what lights up matches what your feet do. Tap **Done** with a box connected and you drop straight into Weave mode, ready to treadle. **Treadle Mapping…** The per-project mapping table: 16 physical positions, each with Status (On/Off), Maps-to treadle, and a per-row Color Alert suppressor (turn it off on a tabby treadle so alternating weft colors don't chime every pick). Reset to 1:1 and Reverse presets included. The mapping saves in the draft, so it travels with the project. **Battery and power** Battery-powered boxes show their charge here and as a chip in the top bar (amber at 20 percent, red at 10). **Auto power-off** deep-sleeps the box after a chosen stretch of inactivity on battery — tap any button on the box to wake it. Firmware updates, when available, are offered right in this panel. **Weaving with it**: press the correct treadle and close the shed — an OK beep sounds and the assistant advances by itself. Press a wrong treadle and an error beep warns you before you throw the pick. The keyboard and foot pedal keep working alongside it, and your position, mapping, and progress save with the draft. #### Foot Pedal **Next Pick Key** Shows the current key mapping for advancing to the next pick. Click **Set**, then press the key you want to use. Default: Space. **Previous Pick Key** Shows the current key mapping for going back. Click **Set**, then press the key combination. Default: Shift+Space. These settings are saved between sessions. #### Sound **Volume** A slider (0–100%) controlling the chime volume. Default: 70%. **Color Change Chime** When enabled, a chime plays whenever the weft color changes from one pick to the next. This is especially helpful for patterns with frequent color changes — you can hear the change coming and reach for the next shuttle without looking at the screen. * **Play button (▶)** — Test the current chime sound * **Browse (...)** — Choose a custom WAV file for this chime * **Clear (X)** — Remove the custom sound and return to the built-in default **End Wrap Chime** When enabled, a distinctive double-ding plays when you reach the end of the treadling sequence (or the end of the current section) and it wraps back to the beginning. This alerts you that you've completed one full repeat. Same controls as the Color Change chime: play, browse, and clear. Custom chime files must be WAV format. TempoWeave includes built-in default chimes that work without any setup. #### Woven Length The **Woven Length** expander in the settings panel is your progress instrument cluster: * **Project density** — the picks-per-inch (or per cm) from Project Info, shown read-only. Changing the density in Project Info updates it here immediately. * **Pick Counter 1** — the picks-woven odometer. It counts every pick you advance while weaving forward (Back Up doesn't touch it, so corrections don't inflate your count). It's editable: set it to 0 to restart, or type a number to match where the cloth actually is. * **Theoretical length** — Pick Counter 1 divided by the project density: how much cloth the count says you've woven. * **Pick Counter 2** — a trip meter. It only counts while **Start** is pressed, and **Reset** zeroes it anytime — use it for "picks since the last color band" or any short-term count, independent of the odometer. * **Length Calculator** — enter a measured length of actual cloth and it computes your *actual* beat density, for comparing against the project density. #### Your progress is saved automatically The Weave Assistant saves your weaving position — current pick, odometer, and counters — into the draft file automatically: every ten picks in the background and again when you close the assistant. This works even on a **locked** draft (only the weaving-progress section of the file is touched; the draft itself stays untouched and locked). If the power fails mid-session, you resume from at most ten picks back. *** ### Working with Sections If your draft has Section Assembly markers (defined in the Section Assembly editor), the **Section Filter** dropdown in the toolbar lets you limit weaving to one section at a time. For example, if your draft has a Header (picks 1–12), Pattern (picks 13–180), and Footer (picks 181–200): 1. Select "Header" from the Section dropdown 2. The Weave Assistant only cycles through picks 1–12 3. When you reach pick 12, the next advance wraps back to pick 1 (and plays the End Wrap chime) 4. When the header is done, switch to "Pattern" and weave that section 5. Switch to "Footer" for the closing section This is much easier than remembering pick numbers or manually stopping at section boundaries. *** ### How to Use It #### Basic Workflow (No Dobby) 1. Open your draft 2. Click **Weave Assistant** in the Tools tab 3. The window shows your treadling starting at pick 1 4. Sit at your loom with the screen visible 5. Press **Space** (or your foot pedal) to advance to each pick 6. For each pick, look at the info bar to see which shafts to raise and what color to use 7. Weave the pick, then advance again 8. If you make a mistake, press **Shift+Space** to go back #### Basic Workflow (With Dobby) 1. Open your draft 2. Click **Weave Assistant** 3. In Settings, select your **Dobby Type** and **Serial Port** 4. Click **Connect**, then **Start Cycle** 5. The loom raises the correct shafts for pick 1 6. Throw your shuttle and beat 7. The loom automatically advances to the next pick when the cycle completes 8. Continue weaving — the loom and software stay in sync *** ### Step-by-Step Example: Weaving with Color Change Alerts You have a pattern with alternating color blocks and want audio cues for color changes: 1. Open your draft and click **Weave Assistant** 2. In Settings > Sound, make sure **Color Change Chime** is checked 3. Set the volume to a comfortable level and test it with the ▶ button 4. Start weaving with Space or your foot pedal 5. Each time the weft color changes, you hear a chime — time to switch shuttles 6. At the end of the repeat, a double-ding tells you it's wrapping back to the start ### Step-by-Step Example: Threading with Prepare Threading You have a complex draft and want help threading the loom: 1. Use **Prepare Threading** (Tools tab > Dobby group) to create a threading WIF 2. Open the threading WIF file 3. Click **Weave Assistant** 4. Each pick now represents one warp thread 5. Step through with Space — for each pick, the info bar shows which shaft to thread that warp thread through 6. The weft color shows what color yarn should be at that position 7. Thread your warp one thread at a time, advancing after each one *** ### Tips * **Keep the window visible** — Position the Weave Assistant window where you can see it from your loom. The large pick number and shaft list in the info bar are designed to be readable at a distance. * **Use the foot pedal** — Hands-free advancing is a game-changer, especially for long treadling sequences. Any USB foot pedal that sends a keyboard key will work. * **Zoom for comfort** — If the grid is too small to read from your weaving position, zoom in. If you want to see more picks at once (to plan ahead), zoom out. * **Section filtering saves time** — Rather than counting picks to know when a section ends, let the Section Filter handle it. The End Wrap chime tells you when it's time to switch sections. * **Color change chimes are addictive** — Once you get used to hearing the chime for color changes, you'll wonder how you ever wove without it. It's especially helpful for rep weave and color-and-weave patterns. * **Escape to close** — Press Esc to close the Weave Assistant quickly. * **Your position is saved** — When you close the Weave Assistant, your current pick number is saved. Next time you open it for the same draft, you'll pick up where you left off. * **Keyboard shortcuts** — Ctrl/Cmd + Plus/Minus also works for zooming, matching the standard zoom shortcuts. *** ### Supported Dobby Looms | Loom | Manufacturer | Connection | | --------- | ------------ | -------------------- | | Megado | Louet | Serial (USB adapter) | | Octado | Louet | Serial (USB adapter) | | Magic | Louet | Serial (USB adapter) | | Weavebird | Leclerc | Serial (USB adapter) | If you don't have one of these looms, the Weave Assistant still works fully as a visual guide — just skip the Dobby Connection section in Settings. *** ### Quick Reference | Action | Default Key | Configurable? | | ------------- | ---------------- | --------------------------- | | Next pick | Space | Yes (Settings > Foot Pedal) | | Previous pick | Shift+Space | Yes (Settings > Foot Pedal) | | Zoom in | Ctrl/Cmd + Plus | No | | Zoom out | Ctrl/Cmd + Minus | No | | Close window | Escape | No | | Setting | Default | Saved? | | ------------------ | ------------ | ------------------------ | | Next Pick Key | Space | Yes | | Previous Pick Key | Shift+Space | Yes | | Chime Volume | 70% | Yes | | Color Change Chime | On | Yes | | End Wrap Chime | On | Yes | | Dobby Type | Louet Megado | Yes | | Zoom Level | 100% | No (resets each session) | # Thread Assistant ### What It Does The Thread Assistant is your at-the-loom companion for **threading the warp** — sleying each warp end through its heddle on the correct shaft. Instead of squinting at a paper draft and counting ends, it walks you through the warp a small group at a time, showing exactly which shaft each end goes through and what color it is. You mark each group as you thread it (with a button, the keyboard, or a foot pedal) and it advances to the next group automatically. Think of it as a guided checklist for dressing the loom: it keeps your place, shows the shaft number and yarn color for every end, tracks how far you've threaded, and even tells you how many heddles to pre-pull on each shaft for the group you're about to thread. Your threading progress is saved with the draft and is **shared with the mobile app**, so you can start threading at your computer and finish at the loom on a tablet or phone (or vice versa). *** ### Opening the Thread Assistant * **Ribbon**: Tools tab > Dobby group > **Thread Assistant** button The Thread Assistant opens as a separate, non-modal window — you can keep working in the main drawdown while it's open. Only one instance can be open at a time; clicking the button again brings the existing window to the front. *** ### The Thread Assistant Window The window has five regions: * **Navigation bar** (top) — move between groups, jump to a thread, and zoom. * **Group display** (center) — the large color discs for the group you're currently threading. * **MARK THREADS** button — marks the current group done and advances. * **Threading Preview** strip — a warp's-eye overview of where you are. * **Settings panel** (right, collapsible) — direction, group size, starting point, foot pedal, and display options. * **Overview** strip (bottom) — a progress bar across the whole warp. *** #### Navigation Bar (Top) **Direction toggle** (e.g. "Right→Left") Toggles the threading direction. Most weavers thread from the right side of the warp to the left, so the default is **Right → Left**. Click to switch to **Left → Right**. (This is the same setting as the Direction radios in the Settings panel.) **◀ Prev / Next ▶** Step to the previous or next group without marking anything. Use these to review groups you've already threaded or to skip ahead. **Unmark** Clears the threaded marks for the **group currently on screen** only. Use it if you marked a group by mistake or need to re-thread it. (To clear the *entire* draft, use **Unmark All Threads** in the Settings panel.) **Thread \[ ] / \[total] Go** Type any thread (end) number and click **Go** (or press Enter) to jump straight to the group containing that end. The total number of warp ends is shown next to the field. **− / +** Make the color discs smaller or larger. Zoom in for big, easy-to-read discs at the loom; zoom out to fit a larger group on screen. *** #### The Group Display This is the heart of the window: one large **color disc per warp end** in the current group, laid out left to right in the order you'll thread them. Each disc tells you everything you need for that end: * **Disc color** — the yarn (warp) color of that end, so you can confirm you're picking up the right thread. * **Shaft number** (large, centered) — the shaft to thread this end through. A dash ("—") means the end is empty (no shaft assigned). * **End number** (above the disc) — which warp end this is, counting from end 1. * **Green ✓ badge** — appears on ends that are already threaded; threaded discs are also dimmed so your eye goes to what's left to do. * **⋆ (amber star)** — marks the **geometric center** of the warp. * **◆ (blue diamond)** — marks your **starting/anchor end** (where group 1 begins). When every end in a group is threaded, a note appears: *"This group is threaded. Use Prev / Next or Unmark."* **Heddle Summary (optional)** When **Show heddle summary** is enabled (Settings panel), a small **Shaft / Heddles** table appears in the top-left corner. It lists how many ends in the current group fall on each shaft — so you can pre-pull exactly the right number of heddles per shaft before you start the group. Only shafts used by the current group are listed. *** #### MARK THREADS The big red **MARK THREADS** button marks the current group as threaded and advances to the next group. This is the action you'll repeat over and over as you dress the loom. So you don't have to reach for the mouse at the loom, you can also trigger it with a **keyboard key or foot pedal** — the default is the **Space** bar (configurable in Settings). When marking, an optional beep confirms the action. The Thread Assistant **does not wrap around**: when you mark the last group, threading is complete and it stops rather than looping back to the start. *** #### Threading Preview The **Threading Preview** strip below the discs is a warp's-eye view of your draft's threading. It shows the shaft cells across the warp, with **threaded ends in green** and the **current group highlighted in blue** so you always know where you are in the overall draft. A frozen shaft-number column stays in view as the preview scrolls horizontally through a wide warp. You can hide this strip and set how many shafts it displays (**Max shafts in preview**, 8–64) in the Settings panel — handy for very tall drafts, or to free up vertical space for bigger discs. *** #### Overview (Bottom Strip) A thin progress bar spanning the bottom of the window represents the **entire warp** at a glance — threaded versus not-yet-threaded — so you can see how much of the warp remains. A small label shows the range currently in view. *** #### Settings Panel (Right) The panel on the right holds all the configuration. Click **◀ Collapse settings** to hide it (a thin **▶** tab brings it back) — useful for a wider disc area at the loom. **Direction** **Right → Left** or **Left → Right** — the order in which the assistant walks the warp. Matches the toggle in the navigation bar. **Group size** How many ends are shown and marked together (1–8, default **4**). Smaller groups are easier to keep your place with; larger groups mean fewer marking steps. **Starting thread** The anchor end where **group 1** begins (1–40,000, default 1). * **Position at Center** — sets the starting thread to the geometric center of the warp and jumps there. Use this when you prefer to **start threading in the middle and work outward**, a common approach that keeps the design centered in the reed. The center end is marked with the **⋆** glyph and your chosen start with the **◆** glyph in the group display. **Foot pedal** The key (or pedal mapped to a key) that triggers **MARK THREADS**. Click **Set**, then press the key or pedal you want to use. The default is **Space**. **Beep when marking** Plays a short confirmation chime each time you mark a group. Turn off for silent marking. **Display** * **Show heddle summary** — toggles the Shaft / Heddles table described above. * **Show threading preview** — toggles the Threading Preview strip. * **Max shafts in preview** — how many shafts the preview shows (8–64, default 16). Bigger drafts can show more shafts; the tradeoff is less room for the discs. **Unmark All Threads** Clears **every** threaded mark in the draft, so you can start the threading over. Use this when you reopen an already-threaded draft and want a clean slate. (To clear only the group on screen, use **Unmark** in the navigation bar.) *** ### Typical Workflow 1. **Open the Thread Assistant** (Tools > Dobby > Thread Assistant) with your draft loaded. 2. In the **Settings panel**, set your **Direction**, **Group size**, and **Starting thread** — or click **Position at Center** to thread outward from the middle. 3. (Optional) Turn on **Show heddle summary** and pre-pull the heddles it lists for the first group. 4. Thread the ends shown in the **disc row**, matching each end to its **shaft number** and **color**. 5. Press **MARK THREADS** — or your **foot pedal / Space key** — to mark the group done and advance. 6. Repeat. Watch the **Threading Preview** and **Overview** bar fill in as you go. 7. Made a mistake? **Unmark** the current group (navigation bar) and re-thread it. 8. When the last group is marked, threading is complete. *** ### Notes & Tips * **Progress is saved with the draft.** Threaded marks round-trip through the `.wif` / `.twa` file (the `[TW THREAD ASSISTANT]` section), so they survive saving, closing, and reopening. * **Shared with mobile.** Because progress lives in the file, you can start threading on the desktop and continue in the TempoWeave mobile app at the loom — your marks carry over both ways. * **The assistant guides; it doesn't change your draft.** Marking a group threaded only records progress — it never alters your threading, colors, or shafts. * **Center-out threading** keeps the pattern centered in the reed: use **Position at Center**, then thread one direction, and switch the **Direction** toggle to thread the other half. * **At the loom**, collapse the Settings panel and zoom the discs up (**+**) for a large, glanceable display, and drive everything from the foot pedal. *** *See also: Weave Assistant for the at-the-loom weaving companion, and Prepare Threading.* --- [Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)